ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (5,273)
  • Journals
  • Online Books  (5,273)
Collection
  • Books  (5,273)
  • Journals
Language
Branch Library
  • 1
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Paris : OECD
    Call number: PIK P 113-10-0202
    Description / Table of Contents: This joint IEA/NEA report on electricity generating costs presents the latest data available for a wide variety of fuels and technologies, including coal and gas (with and without carbon capture), nuclear, hydro, onshore and offshore wind, biomass, solar, wave and tidal as well as combined heat and power (CHP).  It provides levelised costs of electricity (LCOE) per MWh for almost 200 plants, based on data covering 21 countries (including four major non-OECD countries), and several industrial companies and organisations.  For the first time, the report contains an extensive sensitivit
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 215 S. : graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9789264084308
    Language: English
    Note: Foreword; Acknowledgements; List of participating members of the Expert Group; CONTENTS; List of tables; List of figures; Executive summary; Part I: Methodology and Data on Levelised Costs for Generating Electricity; Chapter 1 Introduction and context; Chapter 2 Methodology, conventions and key assumptions; Chapter 3 Technology overview; Chapter 4 Country-by-country data on electricity generating costs for different technologies; Part 2: Sensitivity analyses and boundary issues; Chapter 5 Median case; Chapter 6 Sensitivity analyses. , Chapter 7 System integration aspects of variable renewable power generationChapter 8 Financing issues; Chapter 9 Levelised costs and the working of actual power markets; Chapter 10 Carbon capture and storage; Chapter 11 Synthesis report on other studies of the levelised cost of electricity; ANNEXES; Annex 1 Issues concerning data from non-OECD countries and assumptions forthe electricity generating cost calculations; Annex 2 List of abbreviations;.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : Springer
    Call number: 6/M 16.89656
    Description / Table of Contents: Geodetic datum (including coordinate datum, height datum, depth datum, gravimetry datum) and geodetic systems (including geodetic coordinate system, plane coordinate system, height system, gravimetry system) are the common foundations for every aspect of geomatics. This course book focuses on geodetic datum and geodetic systems, and describes the basic theories, techniques, methods of geodesy. The main themes include: the various techniques of geodetic data acquisition, geodetic datum and geodetic control networks, geoid and height systems, reference ellipsoid and geodetic coordinate systems, Gaussian projection and Gaussian plan coordinates and the establishment of geodetic coordinate systems. The framework of this book is based on several decades of lecture noted and the contents are developed systematically for a complete introduction to the geodetic foundations of geomatics.
    Description / Table of Contents: REVIEW: "The present work integrates both classical materials and modern developments in geodesy, it describes pure theoretical approaches and recent practical applications. The book can be used as a general textbook for undergraduates studying geomatics and survejing and mapping in higher education institutions. For technicians who are engaged in geomatic and surveying engineering, the book is strongly recommended as a basic and useful reference guide."
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXI, 401 S.
    ISBN: 9783642412455 , 9783642412448
    Classification:
    Geodesy
    Language: English
    Note: Introduction -- Geodetic Data Collection Techniques -- Geodetic datum and Geodetic Control Network -- Geoid and Height System -- Reference Ellipsoid and Geodetic Coordinate System -- Gauss and UTM Conformal Projection and Plane Rectangular Coordinate System -- Establishment of Geodetic Coordinate System
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Call number: PIK A 190-16-89749
    Description / Table of Contents: Modern science is a model-building activity. But how are models contructed? How are they related to theories and data? How do they explain complex scientific phenomena, and which role do computer simulations play? To address these questions which are highly relevant to scientists as well as to philosophers of science, 8 leading natural, engineering and social scientists reflect upon their modeling work, and 8 philosophers provide a commentary
    Description / Table of Contents: Modern science is a model-building activity. But how are models contructed? How are they related to theories and data? How do they explain complex scientific phenomena, and which role do computer simulations play? To address these questions which are highly relevant to scientists as well as to philosophers of science, 8 leading natural, engineering and social scientists reflect upon their modeling work, and 8 philosophers provide a commentary. U. Gähde and J. H. Wolf, University of Hamburg; S. Hartmann, Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität Munich.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VIII, 274 Seiten , graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9783110313680 , 9783110313604
    Series Statement: Abhandlungen der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Hamburg 4
    Language: English
    Note: Preface; Contributors; Content; Introduction; Cosmology - The Largest Possible Model?; The Standard Model of Cosmology as a Tool for Interpretation and Discovery; Patterns in Physical and Biological Systems; Symmetry and the Explanation of Organismal Form; Pluralistic Modeling of Complex Systems; The Methodological Challenges of Complex Systems; Contested Modeling: The Case of Economics; A Unifying Approach to High- and Low-Level Cognition; High-vs Low-Level Cognition and the Neuro- Emulative Theory of Mental Representation. , Evaluating a Computational Model of Eye-Movement Control in ReadingConsidering Criteria for Model Modification and Theory Change in Psychology; Identification of Kinetic Models by Incremental Refinement; Kinetics, Models, and Mechanism; Modeling Complexity: The Case of Climate Science; Chaos, Plurality, and Model Metrics in Climate Science; Subject Index; Author Index.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: M 16.89755
    Description / Table of Contents: Provides a deeper understanding of earthquake processes, based on laboratory-derived physical laws and formulae, for researchers, professionals and graduate students
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: x, 270 S.
    Edition: Online-Ausg. 2013
    ISBN: 9781107030060
    Classification:
    Seismology
    Parallel Title: Print version: The Physics of Rock Failure and Earthquakes
    Language: English
    Note: Contents; Preface; 1 Introduction; 2 Fundamentals of rock failure physics; 2.1 Mechanical properties and constitutive relations; 2.1.1 Elastic deformation; 2.1.2 Ductile deformation; 2.1.3 Fracture; 2.1.4 Friction; 2.2 Basics of rock fracture mechanics; 2.2.1 Energy release rate and resistance to rupture growth; 2.2.2 Stress concentration and cohesive zone model; 2.2.3 Breakdown zone model for shear failure; 2.2.4 j-integral and energy criterion for shear failure; 2.2.5 Relation between resistance to rupture growth and constitutive relation parameters. , 3 Laboratory-derived constitutive relations for shear failure3.1 Shear failure of intact rock; 3.1.1 Method and apparatus used; 3.1.2 Constitutive relations derived from data on the shear failure of intact rock; 3.1.3 Geometric irregularity of shear-fractured surfaces and characteristic length; 3.2 Frictional slip failure on precut rock interface; 3.2.1 Method and apparatus used; 3.2.2 Geometric irregularity of precut fault surfaces and characteristic length; 3.2.3 Constitutive relations derived from data on frictional stick-slip failure. , 3.2.4 Laboratory-derived relationships between physical quantities observed during dynamic slip rupture propagation3.3 Unifying constitutive formulation and a constitutive scaling law; 3.3.1 Unification of constitutive relations for shear fracture and for frictional slip failure; 3.3.2 A constitutive scaling law; 3.3.3 Critical energy required for shear fracture and for frictional stick-slip failure; 3.3.4 Stabilityinstability of the breakdown process; 3.3.5 Breakdown zone size; 3.4 Dependence of constitutive law parameters on environmental factors; 3.4.1 Introduction. , 3.4.2 Dependence of shear failure strength on environmental factors3.4.3 Dependence of breakdown stress drop on environmental factors; 3.4.4 Dependence of breakdown displacement on environmental factors; 4 Constitutive laws for earthquake ruptures; 4.1 Basic foundations for constitutive formulations; 4.2 Rate-dependent constitutive formulations; 4.3 Slip-dependent constitutive formulations; 4.4 Depth dependence of constitutive law parameters; 5 Earthquake generation processes; 5.1 Shear failure nucleation processes observed in the laboratory; 5.1.1 Introduction; 5.1.2 Experimental method. , 5.1.3 Nucleation phases observed on faults with different surface roughnessesRough fault; Smooth fault; Extremely smooth fault; 5.1.4 Scaling of the nucleation zone size; 5.2 Earthquake rupture nucleation; 5.2.1 Seismogenic background; 5.2.2 Physical modeling and theoretical derivation of the nucleation zone size; 5.2.3 Comparison of theoretical relations with seismological data; 5.2.4 Foreshock activity associated with the nucleation process; 5.3 Dynamic propagation and generation of strong motion seismic waves; 5.3.1 Slip velocity and slip acceleration in the breakdown zone. , 5.3.2 The cutoff frequency fs max of the power spectral density of slip acceleration at the source.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Call number: M 17.91020
    Description / Table of Contents: In diesem Praxisbuch lernen Sie alles kennen, was Sie für den erfolgreichen Einsatz der BPMN in Ihren Projekten wissen müssen. Ausführlich stellen die Autoren die Kern-Elemente der Notation sowie die grundlegenden Modellierungsprinzipien vor. Doch alleine damit ist es noch nicht getan, denn obwohl die BPMN auf den ersten Blick so einfach aussieht, verbergen sich in der Anwendung doch einige Fallstricke. Daher zeigen die Autoren einerseits, worauf es bei der fachlichen Prozessmodellierung ankommt, und gehen andererseits auf die Perspektive der Prozessautomatisierung ein. Und natürlich kommt auch die Zusammenführung von fachlichen und technischen Modellen, das so genannte Business-IT-Alignment, nicht zu kurz. Das alles wird Ihnen mithilfe von Fallbeispielen anschaulich vermittelt. Best Practices, Modellierungskonventionen/Guidelines und 'Dos and Don'ts' bieten Ihnen konkrete Hilfestellung für den Einsatz der BPMN in der Praxis. Jakob Freund und Bernd Rücker führen gemeinsam die camunda services GmbH und beschäftigen sich seit Jahren mit dem Business Process Management (BPM), sowohl aus der Perspektive des Business als auch der IT. Sie sind gefragte Trainer und Sprecher auf Konferenzen.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIX, 282 Seiten
    Edition: 5., aktualisierte Auflage
    ISBN: 3446450785 , 9783446450547 , 3446450548 (print) , (print)
    Language: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge, Mass : MIT Press
    Call number: IASS 16.90011
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    ISBN: 0585374848 (electronic bk.) , 9780585374840 (electronic bk.) , 0262530457 (print)
    Parallel Title: Print version Macroeconomics after Keynes
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Call number: IASS 16.90012
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: ix, 512 Seiten
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    ISBN: 97817847166777 , 9781784716660 (print) , 9781784716653 (print)
    Language: English
    Note: ""Cover""; ""Copyright""; ""Contents""; ""Preface""; ""Conventions""; ""Abbreviations""; ""1. Introduction""; ""PART I The Early Years""; ""2. Early attempts at monetary union and the Hague Summit""; ""3. The Werner Report and the collapse of Bretton Woods""; ""4. The 'snake in the tunnel' reappears""; ""5. Monetarism arrives amidst currency turmoil""; ""6. The Delors Report""; ""7. Onward to Maastricht""; ""8. The Maastricht Treaty""; ""9. Converging to crisis and austerity""; ""10. The ideological straitjacket""; ""11. The Stability and Growth Pact (SGP)"". , ""12. The convergence farce: smokescreens and denial""""PART II The Path to Crisis""; ""13. The first few years: smug self-congratulation and mass delusion""; ""14. The 2003 fiscal crisis""; ""15. The German 'jobwunder'""; ""16. European Groupthink: denial on a grand scale""; ""PART III The Options for Europe""; ""17. A monetary framework for fiscal policy activism""; ""18. Framing the debate: two alternative visions of the economy""; ""19. The basic principles of functional finance""; ""20. The federal solution""; ""21. Overt Monetary Financing""; ""22. Abandoning the euro"". , ""23. Employment guarantees""""References""; ""Index"".
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Monograph available for loan
    Tokyo : Springer Japan
    Call number: M 17.90963
    Description / Table of Contents: This book on multiscale seismic tomography, written by one of the leaders in the field, is suitable for undergraduate and graduate students, researchers, and professionals in Earth and planetary sciences who need to broaden their horizons about seismotectonics, volcanism, and interior structure and dynamics of the Earth and Moon. It describes the state-of-the-art in seismic tomography, with emphasis on the new findings obtained by applying tomographic methods in local, regional, and global scales for understanding the generating mechanism of large and great earthquakes such as the 2011 Tohoku-oki earthquake (Mw 9.0), crustal and upper mantle structure, origin of active arc volcanoes and intraplate volcanoes including hotspots, heterogeneous structure of subduction zones, fate of subducting slabs, origin of mantle plumes, mantle convection, and deep Earth dynamics. The first lunar tomography and its implications for the mechanism of deep moonquakes and lunar evolution are also introduced
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 304 p. 146 illus., 117 illus. in color
    ISBN: 9784431553595 , 9784431553601 (ebook)
    Series Statement: Springer Geophysics
    URL: Cover
    Language: English
    Note: IntroductionMethodology of Seismic Tomography -- Subduction Zone Tomography -- Large Earthquakes and Seismotectonics -- Hotspots and Mantle Plumes -- East Asia Structure and Tectonics -- Global Tomography and Deep Earth dynamics -- Seismic Tomography of the Moon..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    facet.materialart.12
    Paris : OECD Publishing
    Call number: 9789282108000 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (220 pages)
    ISBN: 9789282108000 , 9789282107997
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Chapter 1. The transport sector today ; Chapter 2. Transport demand and CO2 emissions to 2050 ; Chapter 3. International freight ; Chapter 4. International passenger aviation ; Chapter 5. Mobility in cities ; Statistical annex
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Call number: IASS 16.90373
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 234 Seiten
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783845271415 (Online) , 9783848725250 (Print)
    Series Statement: Umweltsoziologie Band 3
    Language: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    facet.materialart.12
    Wiesbaden, Germany : Springer Gabler
    Call number: 9783658065287 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Die zügige und ganzheitliche Einarbeitung und Integration eines neuen Mitarbeiters (Onboarding) ist ein zentraler Prozess, um die Leistungsfähigkeit einer Organisation dauerhaft sicherstellen zu können. Diese Investitionsleistung zahlt sich mehrfach aus, denn nur auf dieser Grundlage wird der neue Mitarbeiter seine volle Leistungsfähigkeit und Leistungsbereitschaft zum Nutzen der Organisation entwickeln. Dieses Essential bietet konkrete Hilfestellungen, um den Onboarding-Prozess für alle Beteiligten - den neuen Mitarbeiter, die Führungskraft und den HR Bereich - erfolgreich gestalten zu können.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (39 pages)
    ISBN: 9783658065287 (e-book)
    ISSN: 2197-6716
    Series Statement: Essentials
    Language: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    facet.materialart.12
    Paris : OECD
    Call number: 9789264235410 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This report provides a new detailed quantitative assessment of the consequences of climate change on economic growth through to 2060 and beyond. It focuses on how climate change affects different drivers of growth, including labour productivity and capital supply, in different sectors across the world. The sectoral and regional analysis shows that while the impacts of climate change spread across all sectors and all regions, the largest negative consequences are projected to be found in the health and agricultural sectors, with damages especially strong in Africa and Asia.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (137 Seiten)
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 926423540X , 9789264235410
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Executive summary ; Chapter 1. Modelling the economic consequences of climate change ; Chapter 2. The damages from selected climate change impacts to 2060 ; Chapter 3. The bigger picture of climate change ; Chapter 4. The benefits of policy action ; Annex I. Description of the modelling tools
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 80 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: IHP-VII Technical Documents in Hydrology 83
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Amsterdam : Elsevier
    Call number: 19/M 16.90210
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVII, 321 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    ISBN: 9780128044889
    Classification:
    Mathematics
    Parallel Title: Print version Environmental data analysis with matlab
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Princeton : Princeton University Press
    Call number: IASS 16.90214
    Description / Table of Contents: Cover -- Title -- Copyright -- CONTENTS -- Acknowledgments -- Introduction -- PART I FROM CUNEIFORM TO CLASSICAL CIVILIZATION -- 1 Finance and Writing -- 2 Finance and Urbanism -- 3 Financial Architecture -- 4 Mesopotamian Twilight -- 5 Athenian Finance -- 6 Monetary Revolution -- 7 Roman Finance -- PART II THE FINANCIAL LEGACY OF CHINA -- 8 China's First Financial World -- 9 Unity and Bureaucracy -- 10 Financial Divergence -- PART III THE EUROPEAN CRUCIBLE -- 11 The Temple and Finance -- 12 Venice -- 13 Fibonacci and Finance -- 14 Immortal Bonds
    Description / Table of Contents: 15 The Discovery of Chance -- 16 Efficient Markets -- 17 Europe, Inc. -- 18 Corporations and Exploration -- 19 A Projecting Age -- 20 A Bubble in France -- 21 According to Hoyle -- 22 Securitization and Debt -- PART IV THE EMERGENCE OF GLOBAL MARKETS -- 23 Marx and Markets -- 24 China's Financiers -- 25 The Russian Bear -- 26 Keynes to the Rescue -- 27 The New Financial World -- 28 Re-Engineering the Future -- 29 Post-War Theory -- Conclusion -- Notes -- Bibliography -- Illustration Credits -- Index
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VIII, 584 Seiten : Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 0691143781 (print) , 9780691143781 (print) , 1400881307 (ebook) , 9781400881307 (ebook)
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Oldenbourg : De Gruyter
    Call number: 18/M 16.90219
    Description / Table of Contents: 〈!doctype html public ""-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en""〉 〈html〉〈head〉 〈meta content=""text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"" http-equiv=content-type〉 〈meta name=generator content=""mshtml 8.00.6001.23619""〉〈/head〉 〈body〉 〈P〉This book systematically describes important aspects when planning secure IT systems, as well as the different approaches that may be used. It presents procedures and protocols in detail and explains them with case examples. This book is a must-read for anyone involved in IT security.〈/P〉〈/body〉〈/html〉
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 990 Seiten
    Edition: 9. Aufl.
    ISBN: 9783486778489
    Language: German
    Note: Vorwort; Inhaltsverzeichnis; 1 Einführung; 1.1 Grundlegende Begriffe; 1.2 Schutzziele; 1.3 Schwachstellen, Bedrohungen, Angriffe; 1.3.1 Bedrohungen; 1.3.2 Angriffs- undAngreifer-Typen; 1.3.3 Rechtliche Rahmenbedingungen; 1.4 ComputerForensik; 1.5 Sicherheitsrichtlinie; 1.6 Sicherheitsinfrastruktur; 2 Spezielle Bedrohungen; 2.1 Einführung; 2.2 Buffer-Overflow; 2.2.1 Einführung; 2.2.2 Angriffe; 2.2.3 Gegenmaßnahmen; 2.3 Computerviren; 2.3.1 Eigenschaften; 2.3.2 Viren-Typen; 2.3.3 Gegenmaßnahmen; 2.4 Würmer; 2.5 Trojanisches Pferd; 2.5.1 Eigenschaften; 2.5.2 Gegenmaßnahmen; 2.6 Bot-Netze undSpam. , 2.6.1 Bot-Netze2.6.2 Spam; 2.7 MobilerCode; 2.7.1 Eigenschaften; 2.7.2 Sicherheitsbedrohungen; 2.7.3 Gegenmaßnahmen; 2.7.4 MobileApps; 3 Internet-(Un-)Sicherheit; 3.1 Einführung; 3.2 Internet-Protokollfamilie; 3.2.1 ISO/OSI-Referenzmodell; 3.2.2 DasTCP/IP-Referenzmodell; 3.2.3 Das Internet-Protokoll IP; 3.2.4 DasTransmissionControlProtokoll TCP; 3.2.5 DasUserDatagramProtocolUDP; 3.2.6 DHCP und NAT; 3.3 Sicherheitsprobleme; 3.3.1 Sicherheitsprobleme von IP; 3.3.2 Sicherheitsprobleme von ICMP; 3.3.3 Sicherheitsprobleme vonARP; 3.3.4 Sicherheitsprobleme vonUDPundTCP. , 3.4 Sicherheitsprobleme vonNetzdiensten3.4.1 DomainNameService (DNS); 3.4.2 NetworkFileSystem(NFS); 3.4.3 WeitereDienste; 3.5 Web-Anwendungen; 3.5.1 World Wide Web (WWW); 3.5.2 Sicherheitsprobleme; 3.5.3 OWASPTop-TenSicherheitsprobleme; 3.6 Analysetools undSystemhärtung; 4 Security Engineering; 4.1 Entwicklungsprozess; 4.1.1 AllgemeineKonstruktionsprinzipien; 4.1.2 Phasen; 4.1.3 BSI-Sicherheitsprozess; 4.2 Strukturanalyse; 4.3 Schutzbedarfsermittlung; 4.3.1 Schadensszenarien; 4.3.2 Schutzbedarf; 4.4 Bedrohungsanalyse; 4.4.1 Bedrohungsmatrix; 4.4.2 Bedrohungsbaum; 4.5 Risikoanalyse. , 4.5.1 Attributierung4.5.2 Penetrationstests; 4.6 Sicherheitsarchitektur und Betrieb; 4.6.1 Sicherheitsstrategie undSicherheitsmodell; 4.6.2 Systemarchitektur undValidierung; 4.6.3 Aufrechterhaltung im laufenden Betrieb; 4.7 Sicherheitsgrundfunktionen; 4.8 Realisierung der Grundfunktionen; 4.9 Security Development Lifecycle (SDL); 4.9.1 Die Entwicklungsphasen; 4.9.2 Bedrohungs- und Risikoanalyse; 5 Bewertungskriterien; 5.1 TCSEC-Kriterien; 5.1.1 Sicherheitsstufen; 5.1.2 Kritik am Orange Book; 5.2 IT-Kriterien; 5.2.1 Mechanismen; 5.2.2 Funktionsklassen; 5.2.3 Qualität; 5.3 ITSEC-Kriterien. , 5.3.1 Evaluationsstufen5.3.2 Qualität und Bewertung; 5.4 Common Criteria; 5.4.1 Überblick über dieCC; 5.4.2 CC-Funktionsklassen; 5.4.3 Schutzprofile; 5.4.4 Vertrauenswürdigkeitsklassen; 5.5 Zertifizierung; 6 Sicherheitsmodelle; 6.1 Modell-Klassifikation; 6.1.1 Objekte undSubjekte; 6.1.2 Zugriffsrechte; 6.1.3 Zugriffsbeschränkungen; 6.1.4 Sicherheitsstrategien; 6.2 Zugriffskontrollmodelle; 6.2.1 Zugriffsmatrix-Modell; 6.2.2 RollenbasierteModelle; 6.2.3 Chinese-Wall Modell; 6.2.4 Bell-LaPadula Modell; 6.3 Informationsflussmodelle; 6.3.1 Verbands-Modell; 6.4 Fazit undAusblick. , 7 Kryptografische Verfahren.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Dordrecht : Springer Science + Business Media B.V
    Call number: PIK N 456-16-90276
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook describes various physical, radiative, dynamical and chemical processes involved in the coupling between the Stratosphere and Troposphere. This textbook is intended for graduate students in middle atmosphere stratospheric physics, dynamic and atmospheric science courses and will be useful to all research workers in meteorology, aeronomy, atmospheric physics, atmospheric chemistry and environmental sciences. Current areas of interest, such as Antarctic ozone hole, global warming effects on stratospheric cooling are also addressed. Stratosphere troposphere exchange, transport processes in the upper troposphere and lower stratosphere and the role of stratosphere on tropospheric weather systems are presented. The information provided in the textbook will have broad applicability in other branches of atmospheric science, and will be of interest to those studying such areas as climate change, extreme weather events, and potential for the prediction of tropospheric weather systems.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVII, 416 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9781402082160 , 9781402082177
    Language: English
    Note: ""Preface""; ""Acknowledgments""; ""Contents""; ""Chapter 1 Structure and Composition of the Lower and Middle Atmosphere""; ""Chapter 2 Radiative Processes in the Lower and Middle Atmosphere""; ""Chapter 3 Dynamics of the Troposphere and Stratosphere""; ""Chapter 4 Waves in the Troposphere and Stratosphere""; ""Chapter 5 Chemical Processes in the Stratosphere and Troposphere""; ""Chapter 6 Stratospheric Ozone Depletion and Antarctic Ozone Hole""; ""Chapter 7 Transport Processes in the Stratosphere and Troposphere""; ""Chapter 8 Stratosphere�Troposphere Exchange"". , ""Chapter 9 Stratospheric Influence on Tropospheric Weather and Climate""""Acronyms""; ""List of Symbols""; ""Table of Physical Constants""; ""Answers to Selected Problems""; ""Index"".
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Call number: M 17.90354
    Description / Table of Contents: Fiber optic sensors based on nano-films -- Lossy Mode Resonances based sensors -- Surface Plasmon Resonances based fiber optic sensors -- Plastic optical fiber biosensors -- Vapor based deposition techniques for optical fiber sensing -- Fiber optic sensors in biomedical applications -- Optical hyperspectral sensors -- Fiber optic sensors for radiation dosimetry -- Fiber optic gas sensors -- Structural health monitoring fiber optic sensors -- Distributed temperature sensors -- Respiratory diseases fiber optic based sensors -- Optical sensing based on photonic crystal structures -- Long Period grating based sensors -- Magnetic field fiber optic sensors -- Sensing at THz frecuencies -- Multimode Interference Fiber Sensors -- Fiber optics sensors based on multicore structures
    Description / Table of Contents: This book describes important recent developments in fiber optic sensor technology and examines established and emerging applications in a broad range of fields and markets, including power engineering, chemical engineering, bioengineering, biomedical engineering, and environmental monitoring. Particular attention is devoted to niche applications where fiber optic sensors are or soon will be able to compete with conventional approaches. Beyond novel methods for the sensing of traditional parameters such as strain, temperature, and pressure, a variety of new ideas and concepts are proposed and explored. The significance of the advent of extended infrared sensors is discussed, and individual chapters focus on sensing at THz frequencies and optical sensing based on photonic crystal structures. Another important topic is the resonances generated when using thin films in conjunction with optical fibers, and the enormous potential of sensors based on lossy mode resonances, surface plasmon resonances, and long-range surface exciton polaritons. Detailed attention is also paid to fiber Bragg grating sensors and multimode interference sensors. Each chapter is written by an acknowledged expert in the subject under discussion
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VIII, 381 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319426242
    Series Statement: Smart Sensors, Measurement and Instrumentation 21
    Classification:
    Engineering
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Call number: IASS 16.90592
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Introduction -- Chapter 2. China’s Arctic Policy -- Chapter 3. Japan’s Arctic Policy -- Chapter 4. Arctic Policy of South Korea (Republic of Korea) -- Chapter 5. Singapore’s Arctic Policy -- Chapter 6. India’s Arctic Policy -- Chapter 7. Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: This book examines the growing interest by Asian states, which are normally considered as ‘outsiders’ in the Arctic governance system. Whilst existing research asserts that Asian states are mostly interested in the economic aspect of the changing Arctic, including its mineral and fossil sources and the opening up of new sea routes, the book argues that the relation between Asian states and the Arctic is much more complex and dynamic, grounded in their unique perspective on national security and the role of economic development in securing their national interests. Aki Tonami is Researcher at the Nordic Institute of Asian Studies, Department of Political Science, University of Copenhagen, Denmark. She received her Ph.D from Kyoto University, Japan, and has worked as Research Advisor for the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Japan. She has written extensively on East Asian environmental foreign policy, and her research interests include environmental governance, economic diplomacy, and the Polar Regions
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xv, 140 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9781137537454 , 9781137537461 (eBook)
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham [u.a.] : Springer
    Call number: IASS 16.90595
    Description / Table of Contents: In the late 18th century explorers and scientists started venturing into the Arctic in a heroic and sometimes deadly effort to understand and unveil the secrets of the unforgiving and mysterious polar region of the high north. Despite that the Arctic was already populated mattered less for the first wave of polar researchers and explorations who nevertheless, brought back valuable knowledge. Today the focus in Arctic science and discourse has changed to one which includes the peoples and societies, and their interaction with the world beyond. The image of a static Arctic - heralded first by explorers - prevailed for a long time, but today the eyes of the World see the Arctic very differently. Few, if any, other places on Earth are currently experiencing the kind of dramatic change witnessed in the Arctic. According to model forecasts, these changes are likely to have profound implications on biophysical and human systems, and will accelerate in the decades to come.  “The New Arctic” highlights how, and in what parts, the natural and political system is being transformed. We’re talking about a region where demography, culture, and political and economic systems are increasingly diverse, although many common interests and aspects remain; and with the new Arctic now firmly placed in a global context. Settlements range from small, predominantly indigenous communities, to large industrial cities, and all have a link to the surrounding environment, be it glaciers or vegetation or the ocean itself. “The New Arctic” contributes to our further understanding of the changing Arctic. It offers a range of perspectives, which reflect the deep insight of a variety of scientific scholars across many disciplines bringing a wide range of expertise. The book speaks to a broad audience, including policy-makers, students and scientific colleagues
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXII, 352 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319176017 (print) , 9783319176024 (eBook)
    Parallel Title: Print version The New Arctic
    Language: English
    Note: Foreword; Preface; Contents; Authors' Biography; Chapter 1: Paths to the New Arctic; Chapter 2: Indigenous Peoples in the New Arctic; Chapter 3: Pioneering Nation: New Narratives About Greenland and Greenlanders Launched Through Arts and Branding; Chapter 4: Perpetual Adaption? Challanges for the Sami and Reindeer Husbandry in Sweden; Chapter 5: On Past, Present and Future Arctic Expeditions; Chapter 6: Arctopias: The Arctic as No Place and New Place in Fiction; Chapter 7: The Fleeting Glaciers of the Arctic; Chapter 8: Arctic Carbon Cycle: Patterns, Impacts and Possible Changes; Chapter 9: Arctic Vegetation Cover: Patterns, Processes and Expected Change; Chapter 10: Human Development in the New Arctic; Chapter 11: Issues in Arctic Tourism; ...
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge, Mass. : Belknap Press of Harvard University
    Call number: IASS 16.90614
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 323 S.
    ISBN: 0674794850 , 9780674794856
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Call number: M 17.90783
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 358 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9785020384132
    Language: Russian
    Note: Zusammenfassung, Einführung und Inhaltsverzeichnis auch in engl. Sprache
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Washington, D.C : National Academy Press
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI A3-17-90661-2
    In: Issues in the integration of research and operational satellite systems for climate research, 2
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xvi, 82 S. , Ill.
    ISBN: 0309069947 (print; v. 2 : pbk.) , 9780309069946 (print; v. 2 : pbk.)
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Call number: 9783958457010 (ebook)
    Description / Table of Contents: Mathematische Grundlagen für Machine und Deep LearningUmfassende Behandlung zeitgemäßer Verfahren: tiefe Feedforward-Netze, Regularisierung, Performance-Optimierung sowie CNNs, Rekurrente und Rekursive Neuronale NetzeZukunftsweisende Deep-Learning-Ansätze sowie von Ian Goodfellow neu entwickelte Konzepte wie Generative Adversarial NetworksDeep Learning ist ein Teilbereich des Machine Learnings und versetzt Computer in die Lage, aus Erfahrungen zu lernen. Dieses Buch behandelt umfassend alle Aspekte, die für den Einsatz und die Anwendung von Deep Learning eine Rolle spielen: In Teil I erläutern die Autoren die mathematischen Grundlagen für Künstliche Intelligenz, Neuronale Netze, Machine Learning und Deep Learning.In Teil II werden die aktuellen in der Praxis genutzten Verfahren und Algorithmen behandelt.In Teil III geben die Autoren Einblick in aktuelle Forschungsansätze und zeigen neue zukunftsweisende Verfahren auf.Dieses Buch richtet sich an Studenten und alle, die sich in der Forschung mit Deep Learning beschäftigen sowie an Softwareentwickler und Informatiker, die Deep Learning für eigene Produkte oder Plattformen einsetzen möchten. Dabei werden Grundkenntnisse in Mathematik, Informatik und Programmierung vorausgesetzt.Teil I: Angewandte Mathematik und Grundlagen für das Machine LearningLineare AlgebraWahrscheinlichkeits- und InformationstheorieBayessche StatistikNumerische BerechnungTeil II: Deep-Learning-VerfahrenTiefe Feedforward-NetzeRegularisierungOptimierung beim Trainieren tiefer ModelleConvolutional Neural NetworksSequenzmodellierung für Rekurrente und Rekursive NetzePraxisorientierte MethodologieAnwendungen: Computer Vision, Spracherkennung, Verarbeitung natürlicher SpracheTeil III: Deep-Learning-ForschungLineare FaktorenmodelleAutoencoderRepresentation LearningProbabilistische graphische ModelleMonte-Carlo-VerfahrenDie PartitionsfunktionApproximative InferenzTiefe generative Modelle wie Restricted Boltzmann Machines, Deep-Belief-Netze, Gerichtete Generative Netze, Variational Autoencoder u.v.m.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxii, 883 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 3958457002 , 9783958457003 , 9783958457010 (electronic) , 9783958457027 (electronic)
    Language: German
    Note: Einleitung --- I Angewandte Mathematik und Grundlagen für das Machine Learning --- Lineare Algebra --- Wahrscheinlichkeits- und Informationstheorie --- Numerische Berechnung --- Grundlagen für das Machine Learning --- II Tiefe Netze: Zeitgemäße Verfahren --- Tiefe Feedforward-Netze --- Regularisierung --- Optimierung beim Trainieren von tiefen Modellen --- CNNs --- Sequenzmodellierung: RNNs und rekursive Netze --- Praxisorientierte Methodologie --- Anwendungen --- III Deep-Learning-Forschung --- Lineare Faktorenmodelle --- Autoencoder --- Representation Learning --- Strukturierte probabilistische Modelle für Deep Learning --- Monte-Carlo-Verfahren --- Die Partitionsfunktion --- Approximative Inferenz --- Tiefe generative Modelle --- Literaturverzeichnis --- Abkürzungsverzeichnis --- Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: M 17.91132
    Description / Table of Contents: The third edition of this classic text presents a complete introduction to plasma physics and controlled fusion, written by one of the pioneering scientists in this expanding field.  It offers both a simple and intuitive discussion of the basic concepts of the subject matter and an insight into the challenging problems of current research. This outstanding text offers students a painless introduction to this important field; for teachers, a large collection of problems; and for researchers, a concise review of the fundamentals as well as original treatments of a number of topics never before explained so clearly.  In a wholly lucid manner the second edition covered charged-particle motions, plasmas as fluids, kinetic theory, and nonlinear effects.  For the third edition, two new chapters have been added to incorporate discussion of more recent advances in the field.  The new chapter 9 on Special Plasmas covers non-neutral plasmas, pure electron plasmas, solid and ultra-cold plasmas, pair-ion plasmas, dusty plasmas, helicon plasmas, atmospheric-pressure plasmas, sheath-bounded plasmas, reconnection and turbulence.  Following this, chapter 10 describes Plasma Applications such as magnetic fusion (pinches, mirrors, FRCs, stellarators, tokamaks, spheromaks), plasma accelerators and FELs, ine rtial fusion, semiconductor etching, and spacecraft propulsion. This new revised edition remains an essential text for those new to the field and an invaluable reference source for established researchers
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xii, 490 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Third edition
    ISBN: 978331922308 , 9783319223094
    Language: English
    Note: IntroductionSingle-particle motions -- Plasmas as fluids -- Waves in plasmas -- Diffusion and resistivity -- Equilibrium and stability -- Kinetic theory -- Nonlinear effects -- Special plasmas -- Plasma applications..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: M 17.91137
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Space physics -- 2. Introduction to kinetic theory -- 3. Single particle motion and geomagnetically trapped particles -- 4. Magnetohydrodynamics -- 5. Solar physics -- 6. The solar wind -- 7. The solar wind interaction with planets and other solar system bodies -- 8. The magnetosphere
    Description / Table of Contents: Physics of Solar System Plasmas provides a comprehensive introduction to the plasma physics and magnetohydrodynamics that are needed to study the solar wind and magnetosphere. The text includes a broad introduction to plasma physics, including important discussions of kinetic theory, single particle motion, magnetohydrodynamics, geomagnetically trapped energetic particles and the physics of magnetic reconnection. This leads into a thorough description of the Sun and the solar wind, and, finally, the author addresses magnetospheric physics. Among the topics covered here are magnetospheric morphology, bow shocks, magnetospheric convection and electrical currents, substorms, ionospheric physics, magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling, auroral physics and the interaction of the solar wind with the planets. Problem sets at the end of each chapter make this a useful text for advanced undergraduate students in astrophysics, geophysics, or atmospheric sciences. Graduate students and researchers will also find it a valuable source of information
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xvi, 477 Seiten
    Edition: First paperpack edition
    ISBN: 9780521611947 , 9780521352802 (print) , 9780511529467
    Series Statement: Cambridge atmospheric and space science series
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer International Publishing AG
    Call number: IASS 19.93029
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: x, 198 Seiten , graphische Darstellungen
    Edition: 1st ed. 2019
    ISBN: 9783319937298 , 3319937294 , 9783319937304 , 3319937308
    Series Statement: Sustainable Production, Life Cycle Engineering and Management
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Call number: 9783658221454 (ebook)
    Description / Table of Contents: Wissen, Einstellungen, Verhaltensbereitschaften als Ergebnis von Mediennutzung und -erfahrung -- Individuelle Aneignungen zum Thema Klimawandel und die Bedeutung von Erfahrung -- Online-Kommunikation auf massenmedialen Plattformen und in sozialen Medien u.a
    Description / Table of Contents: Klimawandel ist ein Meta-Thema - seit Jahrzehnten auf der Agenda der Medien, global diskutiert, mit vielen Anschlusspunkten in politische, wirtschaftliche, kulturelle Fragen und Alltagsbelange. Was aber findet sich in den Köpfen der Menschen zum Thema Klimawandel? Welche Kommunikationskanäle, welche journalistischen und welche Online-Angebote waren dafür wichtig, und wie hängen Wissen, Einstellungen und Verhaltensbereitschaften damit zusammen? Die mit verschiedenen Methoden erarbeiteten Ergebnisse in diesem Buch zeigen, wie ,eigensinnig' bzw. kreativ sich Menschen das Thema Klimawandel aneignen, wie vielfach vernetzt und ,rhizomartig' die klimabezogene Kommunikation verläuft. Der Inhalt Wissen, Einstellungen, Verhaltensbereitschaften als Ergebnis von Mediennutzung und -erfahrung.- Individuelle Aneignungen zum Thema Klimawandel und die Bedeutung von Erfahrung.- Online-Kommunikation auf massenmedialen Plattformen und in sozialen Medien u.a. Die Zielgruppen Dozierende, Studierende, Forschende im Fachgebiet Kommunikationswissenschaft / Publizistik / Journalistik sowie in der Klimaforschung PraktikerInnen in den Gebieten Medien, Wissenschaftskommunikation, Politik Die Herausgeberinnen Irene Neverla ist Professorin (Emerita) an der Universität Hamburg, Monika Taddicken ist Professorin an der Technischen Universität Braunschweig, Ines Lörcher und Imke Hoppe sind wissenschaftliche Mitarbeiterinnen (Post-Docs) an der Universität Hamburg
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVIII, 292 S. 51 Abb., 1 Abb. in Farbe)
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Social Science and Law
    ISBN: 9783658221454 , 9783658221447 (print)
    Language: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : Packt Publishing
    Call number: 18/M 19.92992
    Description / Table of Contents: Ceph is an open source distributed storage system that is scalable to Exabyte deployments. This second edition of Mastering Ceph takes you a step closer to becoming an expert on Ceph. You’ll get started by understanding the design goals and planning steps that should be undertaken to ensure successful deployments. In the next sections, you’ll be guided through setting up and deploying the Ceph cluster with the help of orchestration tools. This will allow you to witness Ceph’s scalability, erasure coding (data protective) mechanism, and automated data backup features on multiple servers. You’ll then discover more about the key areas of Ceph including BlueStore, erasure coding and cache tiering with the help of examples. Next, you’ll also learn some of the ways to export Ceph into non-native environments and understand some of the pitfalls that you may encounter. The book features a section on tuning that will take you through the process of optimizing both Ceph and its supporting infrastructure. You’ll also learn to develop applications, which use Librados and distributed computations with shared object classes. Toward the concluding chapters, you’ll learn to troubleshoot issues and handle various scenarios where Ceph is not likely to recover on its own. By the end of this book, you’ll be able to master storage management with Ceph and generate solutions for managing your infrastructure.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 343 Seiten
    Edition: 2nd ed.
    ISBN: 9781789610703 , 9781789615104
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Call number: M 20.93497
    Description / Table of Contents: The Himalayas are a region that is most dependent, but also frequently prone to hazards from changing meltwater resources. This mountain belt hosts the highest mountain peaks on earth, has the largest reserve of ice outside the polar regions, and is home to a rapidly growing population in recent decades. One source of hazard has attracted scientific research in particular in the past two decades: glacial lake outburst floods (GLOFs) occurred rarely, but mostly with fatal and catastrophic consequences for downstream communities and infrastructure. Such GLOFs can suddenly release several million cubic meters of water from naturally impounded meltwater lakes. Glacial lakes have grown in number and size by ongoing glacial mass losses in the Himalayas. Theory holds that enhanced meltwater production may increase GLOF frequency, but has never been tested so far. The key challenge to test this notion are the high altitudes of 〉4000 m, at which lakes occur, making field work impractical. Moreover, flood waves can attenuate rapidly in mountain channels downstream, so that many GLOFs have likely gone unnoticed in past decades. Our knowledge on GLOFs is hence likely biased towards larger, destructive cases, which challenges a detailed quantification of their frequency and their response to atmospheric warming. Robustly quantifying the magnitude and frequency of GLOFs is essential for risk assessment and management along mountain rivers, not least to implement their return periods in building design codes. [...]
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 122 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Call number: 9780191079993 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (254 pages)
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 9780191079993 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Acknowledgments 1 Introduction to environmental DNA (eDNA) 1.1 Definitions 1.2 A brief history of eDNA analysis 1.3 Constraints when working with eDNA 1.4 Workflow in eDNA studies and main methods used 1.5 Environmental DNA as a monitoring tool 2 DNA metabarcode choice and design 2.1 Which DNA metabarcode? 2.2 Properties of the ideal DNA metabarcode 2.3 In silica primer design and testing 2.3.1 Prerequisites 2.3.2 Reference sequences: description, filtering, and formatting for ecoPrimers 2.3.3 In silica primer design with ecoPrimers 2.3.3.1 'Ihe ecoPrimers output 2.3.4 In silica primer testing with ecoPCR 2.3.4.1 The ecoPCR output 2.3.4.2 Filtering of the ecoPCR output 2.3.4.3 Evaluation of primer conservation 2.3.4.4 Taxonomic resolution and Bs index 2.4 Examples of primer pairs available for DNA metabarcoding 3 Reference databases 3.1 Extracting reference databases from EMBL/GenBank/DDBJ 3.1.1 Downloading a local copy of EMBL 3.1.2 Identifying sequences corresponding to the relevant metabarcode 3.2 Marker-specific reference databases 3.2.1 Nuclear rRNA gene reference databases 3.2.2 Eukaryote-specific databases 3.3 Building a local reference database 3.3.1 PCR-based local reference database 3.3.2 Shotgun-based local reference database 3.4 Current challenges and future directions 4 Sampling 4.1 The cycle of eDNA in the environment 4.1.1 State and origin 4.1.2 Fate 4.1.3 Transport 4.2 Sampling design 4.2.1 Focusing on the appropriate DNA population 4.2.2 Defining the sampling strategy 4.3 Sample preservation 5 DNA extraction 5.1 From soil samples 5.2 From sediment 5.3 From litter 5.4 From fecal samples 5.5 From water samples 6 DNA amplification and multiplexing 6.1 Principle of the PCR 6.2 Which polymerase to choose? 6.3 The standard PCR reaction 6.4 The importance of including appropriate controls 6.4.1 Extraction negative controls 6.4.2 PCR negative controls 6.4.3 PCR positive controls 6.4.4 Tagging system controls 6.4.5 Internal controls 6.5 PCR optimization 6.6 How to limit the risk of contamination? 6.7 Blocking oligonucleotides for reducing the amplification of undesirable sequences 6.8 How many PCR replicates? 6.9 Multiplexing several metabarcodes within the same PCR 6.10 Multiplexing many samples on the same sequencing lane 6.10.1 Overview of the problem 6.10.2 Strategy 1: single-step PCR with Illumina adapters 6.10.3 Strategy 2: two-step PCR with Illumina adapters 6.10.4 Strategy 3: single-step PCR with tagged primers 7 DNA sequencing 7.1 Overview of the first, second, and third generations of sequencing technologies 7.2 The Illumina technology 7.2.1 Library preparation 7.2.2 Flow cell, bridge PCR, and clusters 7.2.3 Sequencing by synthesis 7.2.4 Quality scores of the sequence reads 8 DNA metabarcoding data analysis 8.1 Basic sequence handling and curation 8.1.1 Sequencing quality 8.1.1.1 The pros and cons of read quality-based filtering 8.1.1.2 Quality trimming software 8.1.2 Paired-end read pairing 8.1.3 Sequence demultiplexing 8.1.4 Sequence dereplication 8.1.5 Rough sequence curation 8.2 Sequence classification 8.2.1 Taxonomic classification 8.2.2 Unsupervised classification 8.2.3 Chimera identification 8.3 Taking advantages of experimental controls 8.3.1 Filtering out potential contaminants 8.3.2 Removing dysfunctional PCRs 8.4 General considerations on ecological analyses 8.4.1 Sampling effort and representativeness 8.4.1.1 Evaluating representativeness of the sequencing per PCR 8.4.1.2 Evaluating representativeness at the sampling unit or site level 8.4.2 Handling samples with varying sequencing depth 8.4.3 Going further and adapting the ecological models to metabarcoding 9 Single-species detection 9.1 Principle of the quantitative PCR (qPCR) 9.1.1 Recording amplicon accumulation in real time via fluorescence measurement 9.1.2 The typical amplification curve 9.1.3 Quantification of target sequences with the Ct method 9.2 Design and testing of qPCR barcodes targeting a single species 9.2.1 1he problem of specificity 9.2.2 qPCR primers and probe 9.2.3 Candidate qPCR barcodes 9.3 Additional experimental considerations 9.3.1 General issues associated with sampling, extraction, and PCR amplification 9.3.2 The particular concerns of contamination and inhibition 10 Environmental DNA for functional diversity 10.1 Functional diversity from DNA metabarcoding 10.1.1 Functional inferences 10.1.2 Targeting active populations 10.2 Metagenomics and metatranscriptomics: sequencing more than a barcode 10.2.1 General sampling constraints 10.2.1.1 Optimization of the number of samples 10.2.1.2 Enrichment in target organisms 10.2.1.3 Enrichment in functional information 10.2.2 General molecular constraints 10.2.3 From sequences to functions 10.2.3.1 Assembling (or not) a metagenome 10.2.3.2 Sorting contigs or reads in broad categories 10.2.3.3 Extracting functional information via taxonomic inferences 10.2.3.4 Functional annotation of metagenomes 11 Some early landmark studies 11.1 Emergence of the concept of eDNA and first results on microorganisms 11.2 Examining metagenomes to explore the functional information carried by eDNA 11.3 Extension to macroorganisms 12 Freshwater ecosystems 12.1 Production, persistence, transport, and delectability of eDNA in freshwater ecosystems 12.1.1 Production 12.1.2 Persistence 12.1.3 Transport/ diffusion distance 12.1.4 Detectability 12.2 Macroinvertebrates 12.3 Diatoms and microeukaryotes 12.4 Aquatic plants 12.5 Fish, amphibians, and other vertebrates 12.5.1 Species detection 12.5.2 Biomass estimates 12.6 Are rivers conveyer belts of biodiversity information? 13 Marine environments 13.1 Environmental DNA cycle and transport in marine ecosystems 13.2 Marine microbial diversity 13.3 Environmental DNA for marine macroorganisms 14 Terrestrial ecosystems 14.1 Delectability, persistence, and mobility of eDNA in soil 14.2 Plant community characterization 14.3 Earthworm community characterization 14.4 Bacterial community or metagenome characterization 14.5 Multitaxa diversity surveys 1 5 Paleoenvironments 15.1 Lake sediments 15.1.1 Pollen, macrofossils, and DNA metabarcoding 15.1.2 Plants and mammals from Lake Anteme 15.1.3 Viability in the ice-free corridor in North America 15.2 Permafrost 15.2.1 Overview of the emergence of permafrost as a source of eDNA 15.2.2 Large-scale analysis of permafrost samples for reconstructing past plant communities 15.3 Archaeological midden material 15.3.1 Bulk archaeological fish bones from Madagascar 15.3.2 Midden from Greenland to assess past human diet 16 Host-associated microbiota 16.1 DNA dynamics 16.2 Early molecular-based works 16.3 Post-holobiont works 17 Diet analysis 17.1 Some seminal diet studies 17.1.1 Proof of concept-analyzing herbivore diet using next-generation sequencing 17.1.2 Assessing the efficiency of conservation actions in Bialowieza forest 17.1.3 Characterizing carnivore diet, or how to disentangle predator and prey eDNA 17.1.4 Analyzing an omnivorous diet, or integrating several diets in a single one 17.2 Methodological and experimental specificities of eDNA diet analyses 17.2.1 eDNAsources 17.2.1.1 Feces 17.2.1.2 Gut content 17.2.1.3 Whole body 17.2.2 Quantitative aspects 17.2.2.1 Relationship between the amount of ingested food and DNA quantity in the sample 17.2.2.2 Quantifying DNA with PCR and next-generation sequencing 17.2.2.3 Empirical correction of abundances 17.2.3 Diet as a sample of the existing biodiversity 17.2.4 Problematic diets 18 Analysis of bulk samples 18.1 What is a bulk sample? 18.2 Case studies 18.2.1 Bulk insect samples for biodiversity monitoring 18.2.2 Nematode diversity in tropical rainforest 18.2.3 Marine metawan diversity in benthic ecosystems 18.3 Metabarcoding markers for bulk samples 18.4 Alternative strategies 19 The future of eDNA metabarcoding 19.1 PCR-based approaches 19.1.1 Singl
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Call number: M 20.93503
    Description / Table of Contents: Steep mountain channels are an important component of the fluvial system. On geological timescales, they shape mountain belts and counteract tectonic uplift by erosion. Their channels are strongly coupled to hillslopes and they are often the main source of sediment transported downstream to low-gradient rivers and to alluvial fans, where commonly settlements in mountainous areas are located. Hence, mountain streams are the cause for one of the main natural hazards in these regions. Due to climate change and a pronounced populating of mountainous regions the attention given to this threat is even growing. Although quantitative studies on sediment transport have significantly advanced our knowledge on measuring and calibration techniques we still lack studies of the processes within mountain catchments. Studies examining the mechanisms of energy and mass exchange on small temporal and spatial scales in steep streams remain sparse in comparison to low-gradient alluvial channels. In the beginning of this doctoral project, a vast ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 180 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Call number: M 20.93504
    Description / Table of Contents: The concept of hydrologic connectivity summarizes all flow processes that link separate regions of a landscape. As such, it is a central theme in the field of catchment hydrology, with influence on neighboring disciplines such as ecology and geomorphology. It is widely acknowledged to be an important key in understanding the response behavior of a catchment and has at the same time inspired research on internal processes over a broad range of scales. From this process-hydrological point of view, hydrological connectivity is the conceptual framework to link local observations across space and scales. This is the context in which the four studies this thesis comprises of were conducted. The focus was on structures and their spatial organization as important control on preferential subsurface flow. Each experiment covered a part of the conceptualized flow path from hillslopes to the stream: soil profile, hillslope, riparian zone, and stream. For each study site, the most characteristic structures of the investigated domain and scale, such as slope deposits and peat layers were identified based on preliminary or previous investigations or literature reviews. Additionally, further structural data was collected and topographical analyses were carried out. [...]
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xix, 223 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Call number: M 20.93505
    Description / Table of Contents: Active and passive source data from two seismic experiments within the interdisciplinary project TIPTEQ (from The Incoming Plate to mega Thrust EarthQuake processes) were used to image and identify the structural and petrophysical properties (such as P- and S-velocities, Poisson's ratios, pore pressure, density and amount of fluids) within the Chilean seismogenic coupling zone at 38.25°S, where in 1960 the largest earthquake ever recorded (Mw 9.5) occurred. Two S-wave velocity models calculated using traveltime and noise tomography techniques were merged with an existing velocity model to obtain a 2D S-wave velocity model, which gathered the advantages of each individual model. In a following step, P- and S-reflectivity images of the subduction zone were obtained using different pre stack and post-stack depth migration techniques. Among them, the recent prestack line-drawing depth migration scheme yielded revealing results. Next, synthetic seismograms modelled using the reflectivity method allowed, through their input 1D synthetic P- and S-velocities, to infer the composition and rocks within the subduction zone. Finally, an image of the subduction zone is given, jointly interpreting the results from this work with results from other studies. The Chilean seismogenic coupling zone at 38.25°S shows a continental crust with highly reflective horizontal, as well as (steep) dipping events. Among them, the Lanalhue Fault Zone (LFZ), which is interpreted to be east-dipping, is imaged to very shallow depths. ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xvi, 111 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Call number: 9783958459182 (ebook)
    Description / Table of Contents: Schnell zur formvollendeten Arbeit – ohne Vorkenntnisse Lösungsorientierte und verständliche Beschreibungen – mit Schnellanleitungen bei Zeitdruck Von Tabellen und Grafiken über Formeln bis zum Literaturverzeichnis Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten – angefangen mit Seminararbeiten über Abschlussarbeiten bis hin zu späteren Veröffentlichungen wie Dissertationen und Seminarunterlagen – erfordern ein professionelles Layout. Dieses Buch wurde speziell für diese Aufgabe konzipiert. Sie lernen kompakt und schnell alles, was Sie wissen müssen, um formvollendete wissenschaftliche Arbeiten zu schreiben. Hierzu gehören: professioneller Aufbau eines Dokuments sowie der Kapitel und Textseiten Gestalten von Überschriften, Kopfzeilen, Fußzeilen und Fußnoten Erstellen und Einfügen von Listen, Aufzählungen, Tabellen, Grafiken und Bildern korrekte Verwaltung von Zitaten, Quellen und Verweisen hilfreicher und zielgerichteter Einsatz diverser Assistenzfunktionen Anfertigen von Inhalts- und Stichwortverzeichnissen effektives Arbeiten mit Formatvorlagen Falls Ihr Abgabetermin kurz bevorsteht, zeigen Ihnen besonders hervorgehobene Kurzanleitungen, wie Sie Ihre inhaltlich fertige Arbeit auf die Schnelle in eine ansehnliche Form bringen. Es werden alle Funktionen für die Office-Versionen 365, 2019, 2016, 2013 und 2010 parallel dargestellt. So finden Sie beim Versionswechsel sofort die jeweiligen Funktionen wieder. Aus dem Inhalt: Teil I: Dokument vorbereiten und einrichten Dokument und Seiten einrichten Fließtext und Überschriften gestalten Kopf- und Fußzeilen formatieren und Seiten nummerieren Verweise und Verzeichnisse erstellen Teil II: Word ist keine Schreibmaschine Text eingeben, importieren und korrigieren Eingabehilfen verwenden und anpassen Zeichen, Wörter, Zeilen und Absätze formatieren Text suchen, ersetzen und sortieren Teil III: Ergänzend zum Fließtext Listen und Aufzählungen verwenden Tabellen, Bilder und Formeln einbinden und beschriften Teil IV: Automatische Funktionen nutzen Feld-, Zähl- und Rechenfunktionen verstehen Arbeit erleichtern mit Makros Teil V: Abschließen und publizieren Dokumente verwalten und veröffentlichen Im Workflow arbeiten Fertiges Dokument drucken Anhänge Die eigene Word-Oberfläche gestalten Probleme lösen und Fehler beheben Glossar, Index, Trickkiste Biographische Informationen G.O. Tuhls beschäftigt sich seit dem Aufkommen der ersten 'Textautomaten' intensiv mit dem Thema Textverarbeitung. Seine Lehrunterlagen als Kommunika-tionstrainer wie auch seine Publikationen fertigt er mit Microsoft Word an und kennt daher die Fähigkeiten und Schwachstellen des Programms bestens aus eigener Erfahrung.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (536 pages)
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783958459182 , 9783958459175
    Series Statement: mitp Professional
    Language: German
    Note: Cover -- Titel -- Impressum -- Inhaltsverzeichnis -- Nichts als Stress mit der Textverarbeitung -- Über dieses Buch -- Teil I: Gute Vorbereitung ist alles! -- Kapitel 1: Dokument vorbereiten und einrichten -- 1.1 Der Aufbau des Dokuments -- 1.1.1 Abschnitte und Umbrüche -- 1.1.2 Das Deckblatt -- 1.2 Seite einrichten -- 1.2.1 Satzspiegel nach Vorgaben einrichten -- 1.2.2 Satzspiegel frei gestalten -- 1.2.3 Satzspiegel anzeigen -- 1.2.4 Gültigkeit der Seiteneinstellungen -- 1.2.5 Seiteneinstellungen übertragen -- 1.3 Seiten rahmen -- 1.4 Ein- oder mehrspaltig? -- 1.4.1 Abstand oder Trennlinie? -- 1.4.2 Registerhaltigkeit -- 1.4.3 Spaltenaufteilung im Text wechseln -- 1.4.4 Ungleiche Spaltenbreiten -- 1.5 Außerhalb des Satzspiegels -- 1.5.1 Positionsrahmen und Textfelder -- 1.5.2 Seitenrand nutzen -- 1.5.3 Textfelder mit Überlauf -- 1.5.4 Textfelder drehen -- Kapitel 2: Dokument in Fließtext und Überschriften gliedern -- 2.1 Schriftart auswählen -- 2.1.1 Die Schrift für den Textkörper -- 2.1.2 Schrift mit Serifen oder ohne Serifen? -- 2.1.3 Die passende Schriftgröße -- 2.2 Formatvorlagen verwenden -- 2.2.1 Arbeit erleichtern mit Formatvorlagen -- 2.2.2 Einem Text eine Formatvorlage zuweisen -- 2.2.3 Formatvorlagen den Vorgaben anpassen -- 2.2.4 Neue Formatvorlagen aus manuell formatiertem Text erstellen -- 2.3 Überschriften verwenden -- 2.3.1 Was macht eine Überschrift aus? -- 2.3.2 Überschriften per Formatvorlage -- 2.3.3 Überschriften automatisch formatieren lassen -- 2.3.4 Handformatierte Überschriften nachträglich in Formatvorlagen-Überschriften umwandeln -- 2.4 Nummerierte Überschriften -- 2.4.1 Lineare Nummerierungen -- 2.4.2 Hierarchische Überschriften mit Gruppenwechsel -- 2.4.3 Separate Überschriften-Nummerierung für den Nachtext -- 2.5 Problembehandlung für die Überschriftennummerierung -- 2.6 Überschriften in der Kopfzeile wiederholen (Kolumnentitel) -- 2.6.1 Überschriftentext mit Nummer in der Kopfzeile zeigen -- 2.6.2 Mehrere Überschriften in die Kopfzeile -- 2.6.3 Die Suchreihenfolge der {StyleRef}-Felder -- 2.6.4 Problembehandlung für Kolumnentitel -- Kapitel 3: Kopf- und Fußzeilen -- 3.1 Kopf- und Fußzeilen einrichten -- 3.1.1 Kopf- und Fußzeilen ausblenden -- 3.1.2 Die erste Seite anders gestalten -- 3.1.3 Seiten ohne Kopfzeileneinträge -- 3.2 Kopf- und Fußzeilen bearbeiten -- 3.2.1 Abstände einrichten -- 3.2.2 Kopf- und Fußzeilen für beidseitigen Druck spiegeln -- Kapitel 4: Seiten nummerieren -- 4.1 Seitennummern in die Kopf- oder Fußzeile einbringen -- 4.1.1 Seite X von Y -- 4.1.2 Erste Seite von der Paginierung ausnehmen -- 4.1.3 Mehrere Seiten von der Paginierung ausnehmen -- 4.1.4 Kapitelweise paginieren -- 4.2 Paginierungs-Spezialitäten -- 4.2.1 Welche Seiten wie nummerieren? -- 4.2.2 Vortext und Nachtext mit eigener Seitenzählung -- 4.2.3 Nummerierung im Nachtext -- 4.2.4 Seitennummern bei querformatigen Seiten platzieren -- 4.2.5 Wechselnde Seitennummerierung gerade/ungerade -- 4.2.6 Hinweis auf Folgeseite -- Kapitel 5: Verweise und Verzeichnisse -- 5.1 Querverweise -- 5.1.1 Querverweis einrichten -- 5.1.2 Auf mehrere Ziele verweisen -- 5.1.3 Textmarke als Verweisziel -- 5.1.4 Verweise auf andere Dateien -- 5.2 Fuß- und Endnoten -- 5.2.1 Wann Fußnoten, wann Endnoten? -- 5.2.2 Fuß- und Endnoten einfügen -- 5.2.3 Fuß- und Endnoten löschen -- 5.2.4 Fuß- und Endnotennummer gestalten -- 5.2.5 Fußnotentext einrücken -- 5.2.6 Fußnotentrennlinie gestalten -- 5.2.7 Fußnoten mit Platzproblemen -- 5.3 Verzeichnisse -- 5.3.1 Wohin mit welchen Verzeichnissen? -- 5.3.2 Unterschiedliche Grunddaten für Verzeichnisse -- 5.4 Inhaltsverzeichnis -- 5.4.1 Überschriften vorbereiten -- 5.4.2 Inhaltsverzeichnis generieren -- 5.4.3 Inhaltsverzeichnis aktualisieren -- 5.4.4 Weitere Formatvorlagen zum Inhaltsverzeichnis hinzufügen -- 5.4.5 Andere Texte zum Inhaltsverzeichnis hinzufügen -- 5.4.6 Inhaltsverzeichnis formatieren -- 5.4.7 Inhaltsverzeichnis »einfrieren« -- 5.5 Abbildungs-, Tabellen- und Formelverzeichnis -- 5.5.1 Verzeichnis der Abbildungen, Tabellen oder Formeln einfügen -- 5.5.2 Quellenangaben für Illustrationen -- 5.6 Zitate, Quellen, Literaturhinweise -- 5.6.1 Quellen eintragen -- 5.6.2 Quellen organisieren -- 5.6.3 Quellenhinweis einfügen -- 5.6.4 Zitierweisen anpassen -- 5.6.5 Zitatverweis mit Platzhalter -- 5.6.6 Literatur- oder Quellenverzeichnis einfügen -- 5.6.7 Mehrere Quellenverzeichnisse -- 5.7 Rechtsgrundlagenverzeichnis -- 5.7.1 Zitate eintragen -- 5.7.2 Einträge hinzufügen -- 5.7.3 Zitate wiederverwenden -- 5.7.4 Rechtsgrundlagenverzeichnis einfügen -- 5.8 Index (Stichwortverzeichnis) -- 5.8.1 Stichworte (Einträge) erfassen -- 5.8.2 Einträge hinzufügen -- 5.8.3 Untereinträge -- 5.8.4 Verweisoptionen -- 5.8.5 Index erstellen -- 5.8.6 Glossar und Abk.-Verz. -- 5.9 Verzeichnis-Spezialitäten -- 5.9.1 Verzeichnisse und Hyperlinks -- 5.9.2 Verzeichnisse über mehrere Dokumente -- Kapitel 6: Formatvorlagen professionell -- 6.1 Alle Formatvorlagen anzeigen -- 6.2 Formatvorlagen verwenden -- 6.2.1 Zeichen- oder Absatzformat? -- 6.2.2 Formatvorlagen auf handformatierte Texte anwenden -- 6.2.3 Einen Absatz mit mehreren Absatz-Formatvorlagen formatieren -- 6.3 Formatvorlagen bearbeiten -- 6.3.1 Eigenschaften einer Formatvorlage anzeigen -- 6.3.2 Formatvorlagen erstellen und ändern -- 6.3.3 Formatvorlage aus handformatiertem Text erstellen -- 6.3.4 Überschriften-Formatvorlagen -- 6.3.5 Formatvorlage löschen -- 6.4 Dokumentvorlagen -- 6.4.1 Das Mysterium Normal.dot/m/x -- 6.4.2 Formatvorlagen wiederverwenden -- 6.5 Formatfehler finden -- 6.5.1 Formatierungen analysieren und vergleichen -- 6.5.2 Automatische Formatierungsüberwachung -- 6.5.3 Der Formatinspektor -- Teil II: Word ist keine Schreibmaschine -- Kapitel 7: Text eingeben und bearbeiten -- 7.1 Text eingeben -- 7.2 Text bearbeiten -- 7.2.1 Steuerzeichen anzeigen lassen -- 7.2.2 Text ändern -- 7.3 Interpunktion -- 7.3.1 Die Satzzeichen -- 7.3.2 Leerzeichen, aber wo und welche? -- 7.3.3 Striche - verbindend und trennend -- 7.3.4 Problemfall Apostroph -- 7.3.5 Anführungszeichen -- 7.4 Zahlen -- 7.4.1 Zahlwörter bis zwölf -- 7.4.2 Zahlenbreiten und -abstände -- 7.4.3 Die Tausender-Trennung -- 7.4.4 Brüche -- 7.4.5 Englische Ordinalzahlen -- 7.5 Sonderzeichen -- 7.5.1 Das große Eszett -- 7.5.2 Sonderzeichen per Tastatur -- 7.5.3 Sonderzeichen per Symbolauswahl -- 7.5.4 Sonderzeichen per Zahlencode -- 7.5.5 Sonderzeichen per AutoKorrektur -- 7.5.6 Sonderzeichen per Mathematischer AutoKorrektur -- 7.6 Zeichenkombinationen -- 7.6.1 Diakritische Zeichen -- 7.6.2 Zeichenkombinationen der Mathematischen AutoKorrektur -- 7.6.3 Zeichenkombination per Feldfunktion -- Kapitel 8: Navigieren und markieren -- 8.1 Im Text navigieren -- 8.1.1 Bildlauftasten und Bildlaufleiste verwenden -- 8.1.2 Den Navigationsbereich nutzen -- 8.1.3 Die Navigationswerkzeuge einsetzen -- 8.1.4 Rücksprung zum Bearbeitungspunkt -- 8.2 Text markieren -- 8.2.1 Text markieren mit der Tastatur -- 8.2.2 Speziell: Markieren im Markierungsmodus -- 8.2.3 Text markieren mit der Maus -- 8.2.4 Text markieren auf dem Tablet -- 8.2.5 Markierung aufheben -- 8.3 Text verschieben und kopieren -- 8.3.1 Verschieben strukturierter Texte -- 8.3.2 Text umstrukturieren -- Kapitel 9: Zeilen und Absätze -- 9.1 Zeilenumbruch und Silbentrennung -- 9.1.1 Silbentrennung vorgeben mit Trennfugen -- 9.1.2 Silbentrennung unterdrücken -- 9.1.3 Trennfugen an Sonderzeichen -- 9.2 Zeilenabstände -- 9.3 Text drehen -- 9.4 Absätze -- 9.4.1 Durchschuss zwischen Absätzen -- 9.4.2 Absatzeinzüge -- 9.4.3 Absätze durch Linien trennen -- 9.5 Absatzausrichtung -- 9.5.1 Blocksatz -- 9.5.2 Zentrierter Text -- 9.5.3 Rechtsbündig -- 9.6 Tabulatoren -- 9.6.1 Eigene Tabulatoren einrichten -- 9.6.2 Tabulatoren ändern -- 9.6.3 Tabulatoren mit der Maus bearbeiten -- 9.7 Absätze vor Umbruch bewahren -- 9.7.1 Überschriften am Folgetext halten -- 9.7.2 Seitenumbruch im Absatz vermeiden -- Kapitel 10: Text importieren und anpassen -- 10.1 Vorsorge bei E-Mail-Anhängen und Download
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Type of Medium: Non-book medium
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Call number: M 20.94085
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: v, 146 Seiten , Graphiken
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Call number: https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496
    Description / Table of Contents: Faults commonly trap fluids such as hydrocarbons and water and therefore are of economic significance. During hydrocarbon field development, smaller faults can provide baffles and/or conduits to flow. There are relatively simple, well established workflows to carry out a fault seal analysis for siliciclastic rocks based primarily on clay content. There are, however, outstanding challenges related to other rock types, to calibrating fault seal models (with static and dynamic data) and to handling uncertainty. The variety of studies presented here demonstrate the types of data required and workflows followed in today's environment in order to understand the uncertainties, risks and upsides associated with fault-related fluid flow. These studies span all parts of the hydrocarbon value chain from exploration to production but are also of relevance for other industries such as radioactive waste and CO2 containment.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 288 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786204592 , 9781786205315
    Series Statement: Geological Society of London Special Publications 496
    Language: English
    Note: Integrated Fault Seal Analysis: An Introduction / Steven R. Ogilvie, Steve J. Dee, Robert W. Wilson and Wayne R. Bailey / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 1-8, 7 May 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2020-51 --- Fault seal behaviour in Permian Rotliegend reservoir sequences: case studies from the Dutch Southern North Sea / K. van Ojik, A. Silvius, Y. Kremer and Z. K. Shipton / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 9-38, 13 November 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-189 --- An experimental and numerical investigation on the hydromechanical behaviour of carbonate fault zones upon reactivation: the impact of carbonate mud sealing layers and overall research outcomes / M. Nogueira Kiewiet, C. Lima, A. Giwelli, C. Delle Piane, V. Lemiale, L. Esteban, F. Falcao, M. B. Clennell, J. Dautriat, L. Kiewiet, J. Raimon, S. Kager and D. Dewhurst / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 39-73, 8 November 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-153 --- Fault failure modes, deformation mechanisms, dilation tendency, slip tendency, and conduits v. seals / David A. Ferrill, Kevin J. Smart and Alan P. Morris / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 75-98, 16 December 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2019-7 --- Fault zone architecture and its scaling laws: where does the damage zone start and stop? / A. Torabi, T. S. S. Ellingsen, M. U. Johannessen, B. Alaei, A. Rotevatn and D. Chiarella / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 99-124, 11 October 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-151 --- Fault fictions: systematic biases in the conceptualization of fault-zone architecture / Z. K. Shipton, J. J. Roberts, E. L. Comrie, Y. Kremer, R. J. Lunn and J. S. Caine / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 125-143, 16 December 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-161 --- Validation and analysis procedures for juxtaposition and membrane fault seals in oil and gas exploration / Titus A. Murray, William L. Power, Anthony J. Johnson, Greg J. Christie and David R. Richards / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 145-161, 11 November 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-171 --- Stochastic modelling of fault gouge zones: implications for fault seal analysis / Neil T. Grant / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 163-197, 24 October 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-135 --- Efficient handling of fault properties using the Juxtaposition Table Method / Tor Anders Knai and Guillaume Lescoffit / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 199-207, 23 March 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-192 --- A knowledge database of hanging-wall traps that are dependent on fault-rock seal / Peter G. Bretan, Graham Yielding and Einar Sverdrup / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 209-222, 27 September 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-157 --- Subsurface observations of deformation bands and their impact on hydrocarbon production within the Holstein Field, Gulf of Mexico, USA / Scott J. Wilkins, Russell K. Davies and Steve J. Naruk / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 223-252, 11 October 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-2018-139 --- Enhancing trap and fault seal analyses by integrating observations from HR3D seismic data with well logs and conventional 3D seismic data, Texas inner shelf / Johnathon L. Osmond and Timothy A. Meckel / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 496, 253-279, 19 December 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP496-201
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Call number: https://doi.org/10.1144/SP407
    In: Geological Society special publication
    Description / Table of Contents: This Special Publication is dedicated to heritage stone: those natural stones that have special significance in human culture. Some stones that have had important uses in the past are now neglected because theyare no longer extracted. Others are still commercially important, but their heritage uses have not beenwell documented in widely available sources. The Heritage Stone Task Group of the International Unionof Geological Sciences is working to establish a new formal designation of 'Global Heritage StoneResource' to recognize those stones that have had internationally significant architectural and ornamentaluses. The aim is to spread awareness of the cultural heritage aspects of these stones, to help to encouragecontinued supply for maintenance and repair of important monuments and to preserve historically importantquarries. The aim is neither to promote nor to limit these stones for new construction: in some cases continuingcommercial use might help to ensure future supplies for building conservation purposes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VI, 275 Seiten)
    ISBN: 9781862396951 (electronic) , 9781862396852 (print)
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication 407
    URL: Cover
    Language: English
    Note: Introduction -- Procedures and criteria for the definition of Global Heritage Stone Resources -- The 'Global Heritage Stone Resource' designation: past, present and future -- Global stone heritage: Larvikite, Norway -- The Hallandia gneiss, a Swedish heritage stone resource -- The Kolmården serpentine marble in Sweden: a stone found both in castles and peoples homes -- Global Heritage Stone: Estremoz Marbles, Portugal -- Contribution of Portuguese two-mica granites to stone built heritage: the historical value of Oporto granite -- Piedra Pajarilla: a candidacy as a global heritage stone resource for Martinamor granite -- The Sierra Nevada serpentinites: the serpentinites most used in Spanish heritage buildings -- Villamayor Stone (Golden Stone) as a Global Heritage Stone Resource from Salamanca (NW of Spain) -- Colmenar Limestone, Madrid, Spain: considerations for its nomination as a Global Heritage Stone Resource due to its long term durability -- Carrara Marble: a nomination for Global Heritage Stone Resource from Italy -- Rosa Beta granite (Sardinian Pink Granite): a heritage stone of international significance from Italy -- Pietra Serena: the stone of the Renaissance -- Ornamental stones of the Verbano Cusio Ossola quarry district: characterization of materials, quarrying techniques and history and relevance to local and national heritage -- Stone materials used for monumental buildings in the historical centre of Turin (NW Italy): architectonical survey and petrographic characterization of Via Roma -- Podpec limestone: a heritage stone from Slovenia -- Stone heritage in Southeast Slovenia -- Ornamental stone in the history of St Petersburg architecture -- Natural stone in the built heritage of the interior of Brazil: the use of stone in Minas Gerais -- Piedra Mar del Plata: An Argentine orthoquartzite worthy of being considered as a Global Heritage Stone Resource..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Call number: https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486
    In: Geological Society special publication
    Description / Table of Contents: Heritage stones are building and ornamental stones that have special significance in human culture. The papers in this volume discuss a wide variety of such materials, including stones from Europe, Asia, North and South America, Africa and Australia. Igneous (basalt, porphyry, granite), sedimentary (sandstone, limestone) and metamorphic (marble, quartzite, gneiss, soapstone, slate) stones are featured. These have been utilized over long periods of time for a wide range of uses contributing to the historical fabric of the built environment. Many of these stones are of international significance and potential Global Heritage Stone Resources – stones that have the requisite qualities for international recognition by the Heritage Stones Subcommission of the International Union of Geological Sciences. The contributions in this volume bring together diverse information on these stones, ranging from their geological setting and quarry locations to mechanical properties, current availability and uses over time. As such, the papers can serve as an entry into the literature on these important stones.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VI, 354 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786204080 (print)
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication 486
    URL: Cover
    Language: English
    Note: Worldwide examples of global heritage stones: an introduction / Joseph T. Hannibal, S. Kramar and B. J. Cooper / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 1-6, 26 August 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486-2020-84 --- Victorian Bluestone: a proposed Global Heritage Stone Province from Australia / Susan M. Walter / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 7-31, 1 January 2018, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486.1 --- Trentino Porphyry, Italy / P. Primavori and A. Angheben / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 33-51, 26 August 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486-2020-20 --- Cadalso de los Vidrios leucogranite ‘Blanco Cristal’: a widely used heritage stone from Spain / David M. Freire-Lista and Rafael Fort / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 53-65, 9 October 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486-2017-189 --- Rapakivi granite in the architecture of St Petersburg: a potential Global Heritage Stone from Finland and Russia / Andrey Bulakh, Paavo Härmä, Elena Panova and Olavi Selonen / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 67-76, 31 July 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486-2018-5 --- Indiana Limestone: America's building stone / Nelson R. Shaffer / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 77-101, 1 January 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486-2018-58 --- Solnhofener Plattenkalk: a heritage stone of international significance from Germany / M. Kölbl-Ebert and B. J. Cooper / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 103-113, 1 January 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486-2017-324 --- Échaillon stone from France: a Global Heritage Stone Resource proposal / Thierry Dumont and Sauvegarde du Patrimoine Industriel d'Autrefois / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 115-128, 9 July 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486-2019-92 --- Global Heritage Stone: Belgian black ‘marbles’ / Francis Tourneur / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 129-147, 1 January 2018, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486.5 --- Drenov Grič black limestone: a heritage stone from Slovenia / Sabina Kramar, Nina Žbona, Mojca Bedjanič, Ana Mladenović and Boštjan Rožič / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 149-162, 4 October 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486-2017-188 --- Seneca sandstone: a heritage stone from the USA / Carol A. Grissom, Emily M. Aloiz, Edward P. Vicenzi and Richard A. Livingston / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 163-176, 20 September 2018, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486.4 --- Berea sandstone: A heritage stone of international significance from Ohio, USA / Joseph T. Hannibal / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 177-204, 27 January 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486-2019-33 --- Cretaceous building sandstones in northern Germany / Angela Ehling / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 205-215, 1 January 2018, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486.7 --- The white marbles of Brasília, a World Heritage site and capital of Brazil / Maria Heloisa Barros de Oliveira Frascá, Risale Neves and Nuria Fernández Castro / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 217-227, 23 January 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486-2018-31 --- Cockeysville marble: a heritage stone from Maryland, USA / Joseph T. Hannibal and Lorraine Schnabel / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 229-249, 22 June 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486-2019-1 --- Connemara Marble, Co. Galway, Ireland: a Global Heritage Stone Resource proposal / Patrick N. Wyse Jackson, Louise Caulfield, Martin Feely, Ambrose Joyce and Matthew A. Parkes / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 251-268, 1 January 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486.6 --- Gneisses (Serizzo and Beola) of the Verbano–Cusio–Ossola District (Piedmont, northern Italy): possible candidates for designation as Global Heritage Stone Resources / Alessandro Cavallo, Giovanna Antonella Dino and Piero Primavori / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 269-285, 25 October 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486-2018-8 --- Soapstone in Jugend (Art Nouveau) architecture of northern European cities (1890s–1910s) / Andrey Bulakh, Olavi Selonen and Heikki Pirinen / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 287-294, 1 January 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486-2017-158 --- Shoksha quartzite, a heritage stone of international importance from Russia / Andrey Bulakh and Jacques Touret / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 295-303, 24 February 2020, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486-2017-303 --- Heritage stone in Cape Town, South Africa / Doug Cole / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 305-323, 1 January 2018, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486.3 --- Heritage stones in India / Vinod K. Sharma / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 325-341, 21 November 2019, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486-2017-151 --- The limits of heritage stone designation / Barry J. Cooper / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 486, 343-347, 1 January 2018, https://doi.org/10.1144/SP486.2
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Call number: 9783836283793 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (425 Seiten)
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 9783836283793
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort TEIL I Wie mache ich meine Behörde fit für Social Media? »Wie viel Personal kostet das?« - Die drängendste Frage der Behördenleitung 1.1 Was tun Social-Media-Verantwortliche in Behörden? Eine Aufgabenbeschreibung 1.1.1 Community Management (30 %) 1.1.2 Beiträge vorbereiten und posten (30 %) 1.1.3 Interne Kommunikation (20 %) 1.1.4 Strategie und Weiterentwicklung (5 %) 1.1.5 Organisation und Rechtliches (5 %) 1.1.6 Lernen und Fortbildung (5 %) 1.1.7 Projekte (5 %) 1.2 Wie ermittle ich den Personalbedarf für meine Behörde? 1.3 Können mir Dienstleister bei der Arbeit helfen? 2 Welche Talente brauche ich für mein Social-Media-Team? 2.1 Welche Kompetenzen muss man haben, um in einer Behörde Social Media zu machen? 2.2 Interne Personalsuche 2.3 Externe Personalsuche 3 Social-Media-Manager sind genauso wichtig wie Pressesprecher 4 Wie organisiere ich mein Social-Media-Team? 4.1 Der Behörden-Newsroom 4.1.1 Was der Behörden-Newsroom nicht ist 4.1.2 Was der Behörden-Newsroom stattdessen ist 4.1.3 So ist der Behörden-Newsroom aufgebaut 4.1.4 So arbeitet der Behörden-Newsroom 4.1.5 Das Neuigkeitenzimmer - Ein Erfahrungsbericht 4.2 Die behördliche Social-Media-Redaktion 4.2.1 Einbindung in die Behörden-Hierarchie 4.2.2 Struktur und Abläufe 4.2.3 Abstimmungs- und Freigabeprozesse 4.2.4 Budget und Arbeitsmittel 4.3 Was kann ich als »Ein-Personen-Team« schaffen? 5 Social Media ist auch interne Kommunikation 5.1 Zusammenarbeit mit der Behördenleitung 5.2 Zusammenarbeit mit den Fachabteilungen 5.3 Zusammenarbeit mit anderen wichtigen Stellen im Haus TEIL II Social Media ist die Bürgerkommunikation von heute Müssen wir da etwa antworten? 6.1 Der richtige Umgang mit Kommentaren und Nachrichten auf Social-Media-Kanälen 6.2 Netiquette: Wie stelle ich als Amt Diskussionsregeln auf und setze sie durch? 6.3 Community Management: Leitlinien für Behörden 6.3.1 Du oder Sie? 6.3.2 Wem darf ich als Behörde in sozialen Netzwerken folgen? 6.3.3 Welche Inhalte von anderen darf ich teilen? 6.4 Wochenend-Dienst wegen Social Media? 7 »Social Amt«: Wie ich als Behörde Beziehungen zu meinen Zielgruppen aufbaue 7.1 Netzwerken in sozialen Netzwerken 7.2 Ihr Profil ist Ihre Visitenkarte 7.3 Content is King 7.4 Follower-Treffen und Instawalks 7.5 Die wichtigste Zutat: Glaubwürdigkeit 8 Was tun, wenn ein »Shitstorm« kommt? 8.1 Wie kann man einem Shitstorm vorbeugen? 8.2 Überlebensplan bei einem Shitstorm 9 Wie gehe ich als Behörde mit Hass im Netz um? 9.1 Wie ich auf Verschwörungstheorien reagieren sollte 9.2 Muss ich bei strafrechtlich relevanten Inhalten Anzeige erstatten? TEIL III Die perfekte Social-Media-Strategie für meine Behörde 10 Wofür möchte meine Behörde Social Media nutzen? 10.1 Ziel und Zweck meiner Präsenz in sozialen Netzwerken bestimmen 10.2 Wie kann ich den Nutzen von Social Media für meine Behörde messen? 11 Meine Zielgruppen besser kennenlernen 11.1 Community-Aufbau: Wen möchten wir als Behörde ansprechen? 11.2 Wie lerne ich die Interessen unserer Zielgruppen besser kennen? 11.2.1 Toolgestützte Online-Analyse 11.2.2 Analyse ohne Hilfsmittel 11.2.3 Zielgruppenbefragung 12 Welches soziale Netzwerk passt zu meiner Behörde? 12.1 Facebook: Das Massenmedium 12.2 Instagram: Der (noch) hippe Kanal 12.3 Twitter: Das Politik-Netzwerk 12.4 XING oder nicht XING, das ist hier die Frage 12.5 LinkedIn: das Business-Facebook 12.6 YouTube: Lineares Fernsehen war gestern 12.7 TikTok: Müssen wir als Behörde jetzt auch noch singen und tanzen? 12.8 Von Podcast bis Clubhouse: Audio ist im Trend 13 Trockene Behörden-Themen spannend erzählen 13.1 Die fünf wichtigsten Social-Media-Formate für Ämter 13.2 Wie ich Inhalte finde, die unsere Follower begeistern 13.3 Storytelling für Behörden: Geschichten statt Pressemitteilungen 13.3.1 Storytelling lernen von einem Jahrhundert-Journalisten 13.3.2 Wie wird ein Amts-Inhalt zu einer guten Story? 13.3.3 Fotos, Grafiken und Videos: Wie ich Behörden-Botschaften zum Leben erwecke 13.3.4 Bloß kein Amtsdeutsch: Texten für Social Media 13.4 Wie ich einen Social-Media-Redaktionsplan aufstelle und damit Arbeitszeit spare TEIL IV Mit Social Media sicher durch die Krise 14 Was unterscheidet Krisenkommunikation vom Social-Media-Tagesgeschäft? 15 Was Behörden aus der Corona-Krise kommunikativ lernen können 16 Mit der richtigen Vorbereitung sicher durch die Krise 16.1 Wie Sie einen Krisenkommunikationsplan für Social Media aufstellen 16.2 Checkliste: Mit Social Media sicher durch die Krise TEIL V So werde ich Behörden-Influencer 17 Corporate Influencer in Behörden 17.1 Strategischer Einsatz von Behörden-Botschaftern: Warum ich meinem Amt viele Gesichter geben sollte 17.2 Wie ich Behörden-Botschafter am besten unterstütze 17.3 Wie kann ich Behörden-Botschafter*in werden? 18 Behördenleiter-Kommunikation auf Social Media 18.1 Wie überzeuge ich meine Chefin oder meinen Chef zu twittern? 18.2 Personal Branding: Wie ich mich als behördliche Führungskraft richtig in sozialen Netzwerken positioniere TEIL VI Best Practice: Von den besten Ämtern lernen 19 Polizei Sachsen: Verdächtig gute Kommunikation 20 Land Schleswig-Holstein: Azubis als Instagram-Stars 21 Der österreichische Bundespräsident und sein Team: Social-Media-Star mit 77 Jahren 22 Stadt Nürnberg: Die Foto-Community 23 Land Brandenburg: Mit Herz und Humor auf Facebook 24 Stadtbibliothek Erlangen: Idee schlägt Budget Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    facet.materialart.12
    London : Facet Publishing
    Call number: 9781783305162 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The Academic Teaching Librarian's Handbook is a comprehensive resource on teaching and professional development for information professionals and instructors at all career stages. It explores the current landscape of teaching librarianship, and highlights and discusses the important developments, issues, and trends that are shaping current and future practice.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 279 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781783305162
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Figures and tables Acknowledgements Introduction Part 1 Constructing the Academic Teaching Librarian 1 Shaping the academic teaching librarian 1.1 Introduction: critical issues for academic teaching librarians 1.2 Conceptions of literacy: terminology and the academic teaching librarian 1.3 New frameworks: information literacy in context 1.4 Critical information literacy 1.5 Social media and filter bubbles: the rise of 'fake news' 1.6 Learning analytics 1.7 E-research and datafied scholarship 2 Defining the academic teaching librarian 2.1 Introduction: who is the academic teaching librarian? 2.2 Professional identity and 'teacher identity' 2.3 Roles and responsibilities of academic teaching librarians 2.4 The information-literate self 2.5 Reflective practice for academic teaching librarians 2.6 Developing a personal teaching philosophy 3 Becoming an academic teaching librarian 3.1 Introduction: choosing the academic teaching librarian pathway 3.2 Looking inwards: self-analysis and the teaching role 3.3 Does a 'teaching personality' exist? 3.4 Mapping your teaching profile 3.5 Planning and developing your teaching role 3.6 Keeping current with teaching trends 3.7 Documenting and showcasing your work: teaching portfolios for librarians Part 2 Excelling as an Academic Teaching Librarian 4 Technology and the academic teaching librarian 4.1 Introduction: the digital environment for academic teaching librarians 4.2 Teaching, learning and technology: key concepts 4.3 The digital imperative in higher education 4.4 Digital education in higher education (HE): state of the art 4.5 Digital learning and the academic teaching librarian.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Call number: 9781634001151 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: "Examines issues faced by disabled library workers, through the lens of critical disability theory"
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (219 Seiten)
    ISBN: 9781634001151 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Laying the theoretical groundwork Fighting stigma, building power The library as organization Coming out: Giving voice to our vulnerability and exercising our strength Accommodations, advocacy and doing what works Getting help and transgressing borders Building a caring workplace Working well with a metabolic disorder Working well with a movement disorder: I found meaning when our interdependency increased.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    facet.materialart.12
    Cambridge, Mass. : Harvard University Press
    Call number: 9780674241893 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Neptune's Laboratory traces shifts over the last two centuries in the imagination of ocean space by scientists, policy makers, and the public. Oceans gained prominence in the public's imagination in the early nineteenth century as scientists first probed the depths, and marine fisheries were industrialized. It wasn't long, however, before some fishermen, policy makers, and scientists grew concerned that fish stocks could be exhausted. In Europe, these fears gave rise to new internationalist aspirations as scientists sought to conduct research on an ocean-wide scale and nations struggled to protect their fisheries. The internationalist program for marine research was disrupted by the start of World War I. Nevertheless, we find a resurgence of internationalist dreams in evocations of a Pacific World at world fairs on the west coast of the United States, both during the interwar period and as late as the 1960s. With the arrival of the Cold War, ocean spaces were re-cast as both battlefields, post-apocalyptic living spaces, and as utopian frontiers by scientific visionaries, policy makers, and the public. Late into the twentieth century, dreams of a new global political internationalism, with ocean spaces and marine science as its foundation, persisted.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (241 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780674241893 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Introduction 1 I Discovering Wonder in the Deep 2 I Marine Science for the Nation or for the World? 3 I Scientific Internationalism in a Pacific World 4 I Cold War Science on the Seafloor 5 I Ocean Science and Governance in the Anthropocene Conclusion Notes Acknowledgments Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Call number: 9783658282356 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (433 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783658282356 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Politik gestalten - Kommunikation, Deliberation und Partizipation bei politisch relevanten Projekten
    Language: English
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorhabenträger auf dem Weg zu gesellschaftlich tragfähigen Lösungen / Frank Brettschneider und Ulrich Müller Baustellenbeirat und Baggerballett / Sarah Rögele Kommunikationsmanagement bei Bau- und Infrastrukturprojekten / Lisa Fehrentz Dialogorientierte Baukommunikation / Annika Zimmer Atomausstieg 2022 / Julia Schabel
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Call number: 9781292407623 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: For courses in two-semester generalchemistry. Accurate, data-driven authorship with expanded interactivityleads to greater student engagement Unrivaled problem sets, notablescientific accuracy and currency, and remarkable clarity have made Chemistry:The Central Science the leading general chemistry text for more than adecade. Trusted, innovative, and calibrated, the text increases conceptualunderstanding and leads to greater student success in general chemistry bybuilding on the expertise of the dynamic author team of leading researchers andaward-winning teachers. MasteringTMChemistry is not included. Students, if Mastering is arecommended/mandatory component of the course, please ask your instructor forthe correct ISBN and course ID. Mastering should only be purchased whenrequired by an instructor. Instructors, contact your Pearson rep for moreinformation. Mastering is an online homework,tutorial, and assessment product designed to personalize learning and improveresults. With a wide range of interactive, engaging, and assignable activities,students are encouraged to actively learn and retain tough course concepts.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (1323 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: 15th global edition
    ISBN: 9781292407623
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS PREFACE 1 Introduction: Matter, Energy, and Measurement 1.1 The Study of Chemistry The Atomic and Molecular Perspective of Chemistry Why Study Chemistry? 1.2 Classifications of Matter States of Matter Pure Substances Elements Compounds Mixtures 1.3 Properties of Matter Physical and Chemical Changes Separation of Mixtures 1.4 The Nature of Energy Kinetic Energy and Potential Energy 1.5 Units of Measurement SI Units Length and Mass Temperature Derived SI Units Volume Density Units of Energy 1.6 Uncertainty in Measurement Precision and Accuracy Significant Figures Significant Figures in Calculations 1.7 Dimensional Analysis Conversion Factors Using Two or More Conversion Factors Conversions Involving Volume Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Chemistry Put to Work Chemistry and the Chemical Industry A Closer Look: The Scientific Method Chemistry Put to Work: Chemistry in the News Strategies for Success: Estimating Answers Strategies for Success: The Importance of Practice Strategies for Success: The Features of This Book 2 Atoms, Molecules, and Ions 2.1 The Atomic Theory of Matter 2.2 The Discovery of Atomic Structure Cathode Rays and Electrons Radioactivity The Nuclear Model of the Atom 2.3 The Modern View of Atomic Structure Atomic Numbers, Mass Numbers, and Isotopes 2.4 Atomic Weights The Atomic Mass Scale Atomic Weight 2.5 The Periodic Table 2.6 Molecules and Molecular Compounds Molecules and Chemical Formulas Molecular and Empirical Formulas Picturing Molecules 2.7 Ions and Ionic Compounds Predicting Ionic Charges Ionic Compounds 2.8 Naming Inorganic Compounds Names and Formulas of Ionic Compounds Names and Formulas of Acids Names and Formulas of Binary Molecular Compounds 2.9 Some Simple Organic Compounds Alkanes Some Derivatives of Alkanes Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises A Closer Look Basic Forces A Closer Look The Mass Spectrometer Chemistry and Life Elements Required by Living Organisms Strategies for Success: How to Take a Test 3 Chemical Reactions and Stoichiometry 3.1 The Conservation of Mass, Chemical Equations, and Stoichiometry How to Balance Chemical Equations A Step-by-Step Example of Balancing a Chemical Equation 3.2 Simple Patterns of Chemical Reactivity: Combination, Decomposition, and Combustion Combination and Decomposition Reactions Combustion Reactions 3.3 Formula Weights and Elemental Compositions of Substances Formula and Molecular Weights Elemental Compositions of Substances 3.4 Avogadro's Number and the Mole; Molar Mass The Mole and Avogadro's Number Molar Mass Converting Between Masses, Moles, and Atoms/Molecules/Ions 3.5 Formula Weights and Elemental Compositions of Substances Molecular Formulas from Empirical Formulas Combustion Analysis 3.6 Reaction Stoichiometry 3.7 Limiting Reactants Theoretical and Percent Yields Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Integrative Exercises Design an Experiment Strategies for Success: Problem Solving Chemistry and Life: Glucose Monitoring Strategies for Success: Design an Experiment 4 Reactions in Aqueous Solution 4.1 General Properties of Aqueous Solutions Electrolytes and Nonelectrolytes How Compounds Dissolve in Water Strong and Weak Electrolytes 4.2 Precipitation Reactions Solubility Guidelines for Ionic Compounds Exchange (Metathesis) Reactions Ionic Equations and Spectator Ions 4.3 Acids, Bases, and Neutralization Reactions Acids Bases Strong and Weak Acids and Bases Identifying Strong and Weak Electrolytes Neutralization Reactions and Salts Neutralization Reactions with Gas Formation 4.4 Oxidation-Reduction Reactions Oxidation and Reduction Oxidation Numbers Oxidation of Metals by Acids and Salts The Activity Series 4.5 Concentrations of Solutions Molarity Expressing the Concentration of an Electrolyte Interconverting Molarity, Moles, and Volume Dilution 4.6 Solution Stoichiometry and Chemical Analysis Titrations Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Integrative Exercises Design an Experiment Chemistry Put to Work Antacids Strategies for Success Analyzing Chemical Reactions 5 Thermochemistry 5.1 The Nature of Chemical Energy 5.2 The First Law of Thermodynamics System and Surroundings Internal Energy Relating Δf to Heat and Work Endothermic and Exothermic Processes State Functions 5.3 Enthalpy Pressure-Volume Work Enthalpy Change 5.4 Enthalpies of Reaction 5.5 Calorimetry Heat Capacity and Specific Heat Constant-Pressure Calorimetry Bomb Calorimetry (Constant-Volume Calorimetry) 5.6 Hess's Law 5.7 Enthalpies of Formation Using Enthalpies of Formation to Calculate Enthalpies of Reaction 5.8 Bond Enthalpies Bond Enthalpies and the Enthalpies of Reactions 5.9 Foods and Fuels Foods Fuels Other Energy Sources Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Integrative Exercises Design an Experiment A Closer Look: Energy, Enthalpy, and P-V Work A Closer Look: Using Enthalpy as a Guide Chemistry and Life: The Regulation of Body Temperature Chemistry Put to Work: The Scientific and Political Challenges of Biofuels 6 Electronic Structure of Atoms 6.1 The Wave Nature of Light 6.2 Quantized Energy and Photons Hot Objects and the Quantization of Energy The Photoelectric Effect and Photons 6.3 Line Spectra and the Bohr Model Line Spectra Bohr's Model The Energy States of the Hydrogen Atom Limitations of the Bohr Model 6.4 The Wave Behavior of Matter The Uncertainty Principle 6.5 Quantum Mechanics and Atomic Orbitals Orbitals and Quantum Numbers 6.6 Representations of Orbitals The s Orbitals The p Orbitals The d and f Orbitals 6.7 Many-Electron Atoms Orbitals and Their Energies Electron Spin and the Pauli Exclusion Principle 6.8 Electron Configurations Hund's Rule Condensed Electron Configurations Transition Metals The Lanthanides and Actinides 6.9 Electron Configurations and the Periodic Table Anomalous Electron Configurations Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Integrative Exercises Design an Experiment A Closer Look: Measurement and the Uncertainty Principle A Closer Look: Thought Experiments and Schrödinger's Cat A Closer Look: Probability Density and Radial Probability Functions Chemistry and Life Nuclear Spin and Magnetic Resonance Imaging 7 Periodic Properties of the Elements 7.1 Development of the Periodic Table 7.2 Effective Nuclear Charge 7.3 Sizes of Atoms and Ions Periodic Trends in Atomic Radii Periodic Trends in Ionic Radii 7.4 Ionization Energy Variations in Successive Ionization Energies Periodic Trends in First Ionization Energies Electron Configurations of Ions 7.5 Electron Affinity Periodic Trends in Electron Affinity 7.6 Metals, Nonmetals, and Metalloids Metals Nonmetals Metalloids 7.7 Trends for Group 1 and Group 2 Metals Group 1: The Alkali Metals Group 2: The Alkaline Earth Metals 7.8 Trends for Selected Nonmetals Hydrogen Group 16: The Oxygen Group Group 17: The Halogens Group 18: The Noble Gases Chapter Summary and Key Terms Learning Outcomes Key Equations Exercises Additional Exercises Integrative Exercises Design and Experiment A Closer Look: Effective Nuclear Charge Chemistry Put to Work: Ionic Size and Lithium-Ion Batteries Chemistry and Life: The Improbable Development of Lithium Drugs 8 Basic Concepts of Chemical Bonding 8.1 Lewis Symbols and the Octet Rule Lewis Symbols The Octet Rule 8.2 Ionic Bonding Energetics of Ionic Bond Formation Electron Configurations of Ions of the s- and p-Block Elements Transition Metal Ions 8.3 Covalent Bonding Lewis Structures Multiple Bonds 8.4 Bond Polarity and Electronegativity Electronegativity Electronegativity and Bond Polarity Dipole Moments Comparing Ionic and Covalent Bonding 8.5 Drawing Lewis Structures Formal Charge and Alternative Lewis Structures 8.6 Resonance St
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    facet.materialart.12
    San Diego : Elsevier
    Call number: 9780128232293 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online Ressource (606 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780128232293
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Introduction Section I - Arctic Seas 1 Loss of Sea Ice 2 Rising Sea Surface Temperatures 3 Changes in Ocean Circulation Patterns 4 Sea Level Change 5 Impacts of Ocean Acidification on Arctic Marine Ecosystems 6 Impacts of Chemical Pollution on Marine Ecosystems 7 Impacts of Overfishing in Arctic and Sub-Arctic Waters 8 Impacts of Global Shipping to Arctic Ocean Ecosystems Section II Arctic ice 9 Decline in Arctic glaciers Section III Arctic Lands 10 Greenland Ice Sheet 11 Changes in terrestrial environments 12 Impacts of global change 13 Impacts of oil and mineral extraction Section IV Arctic people 14 Impacts of permafrost degradation 15 Threats to native ways of life 16 Changing political landscape of the Arctic Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    facet.materialart.12
    Berlin : BWV Berliner Wissenschafts-Verlag
    Call number: 9783830542148 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: 3., aktualisierte und erweiterte Auflage
    ISBN: 9783830542148
    Former Title: Mitarbeiterführung in Wissenschaft und Forschung
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort zur dritten Auflage Einleitung Exzellenzfaktor Personalführung Prämissen effizienter Führung Optimierungspotenziale Motivationsfaktor Personalführung Strategische Planung Elemente der Strategie Strategie als Qualitätsmerkmal Strategie- und Leitbildentwicklung Führungsmodelle Situative Führung Transformationale Führung Führungsinstrumente Mitarbeiterinnengespräche Leistungsfeedback Zielvereinbarungen Personalentwicklung Führungsfeedback Effizientes Delegieren Effekte und Nutzen „Smart" delegieren Berichtswesen und Dokumentation Problemfaktor Rückdelegation Delegationspotenziale Laterale und agile Führung Führung ohne Weisungsbefugnis Agile Führung Führungskultur und -Struktur Funktionale Strukturen Förderung der Verantwortung Verhaltensorientierte Führung Zielführende Kommunikation Kulturmerkmal Verbindlichkeit Team-Management Teamentwicklung Abstimmung im und mit dem Team Interkulturelle Führung und Diversität Interkulturelles Management Kulturübergreifende Kommunikation Abstimmung in interkulturellen Teams Personalauswahl und -gewinnung Auswahlkriterien Auswahlinterviews Praktisches Vorgehen Changemanagement Grundlagen Partizipatives Vorgehen Erste und neue Führungspositionen Gestern Kollegin - Heute Chefin Führung als Nachfolge Erneuern und Bewahren Führen mit Konzept Mitarbeiterinnenbeteiligen Strategisches Selbstmanagement Grundlagen Zeitdiebe und -fallen Life Balance Anhang Quellennachweis Arbeitsmittel - Tools - Checklisten Meine strategische Planung Reflexion des eigenen Führungsverhaltens Gesprächsleitfaden Mitarbeiterinnengespräche Leistungsbeurteilung/-feedback Vorbereitung Mitarbeiterinnengespräch Dokumentation Zielvereinbarung Personalentwicklung Führungsfeedback einholen Teamanalyse Vorgehen bei Team-Klausuren/-workshops/Retreats Matrix zur Auswahl von Mitarbeiterinnen bei Personalentscheidungen Denkzettel (zur Vermeidung von Rückdelegationen) Delegationspotenziale erkennen: Protokoll Delegationspotenziale erkennen: Auswertung Der 100-Tage-Plan bei Antritt einer neuen Führungsfunktion Register Informationen zum Autor
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    facet.materialart.12
    Amsterdam : Academic Press is an imprint of Elsevier
    Call number: 9780128009956 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Aquafeed Formulation is the only resource that provides summaries with examples and formulation techniques specifically to meet the needs of anyone in the aquaculture industry. As feed is the largest single cost item in aquaculture production, and formulating aquaculture feed requires many combinations of several ingredients and nutrient requirements, this book takes a clear and concise approach, providing essential information on formulation and covering relevant available software, feed nutrients, and additives such as enzymes and phytase and conjugated fatty acids, as well as best industry practices to improve aquafeed production. Users will find this to be a one-stop resource for anyone interested or involved in, the global aquaculture industry.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (303 Seiten) , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    ISBN: 9780128009956
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of contributors Acknowledgments Introduction 1 Overview of the aquaculture feed industry / Zuridah Merican and Dagoberto Sanchez 1. Aquafeed in Asia 1.1 Introduction 1.2 A shift in equilibrium 1.3 Lower demand with EMS 1.4 Horizontal expansion and integration 1.5 Extruded and functional feeds 1.6 Rising production costs 1.7 Feed production and trends 1.8 New capacity and new entrants 1.9 Shrimp feed types 1.10 Feed prices 1.11 Country developments 2. Aquafeed in the Americas 2.1 Development of aquafeed production in the Americas 2.2 Country development Acknowledgments References 2 Feed formulation software / A. Victor Suresh 2.1 Introduction 2.2 General overview of the formulation process in the feed industry 2.3 LP-based feed formulation 2.4 Essential components of LP-based feed formulation software 2.5 Software options 2.6 Conclusion Acknowledgments References 3 Understanding the nutritional and biological constraints of ingredients to optimize their application in aquaculture feeds / Brett Glencross 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Characterizing ingredients 3.3 Chemical composition of oils 3.4 Digestibility, palatability, and utilization value of plant protein meals 3.5 Nutritional value of plant and animal oils to aquaculture species 3.6 Processing effects of ingredients References 4 Nutrient requirements / Cesar Molina-Poveda 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Proteins and amino acids 4.3 Lipids and fatty acids 4.4 Carbohydrates 4.5 Nutritional energetics 4.6 Vitamins 4.7 Minerals References 5 Functional feed additives in aquaculture feeds / Pedro Encarnagao 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Phytogenies 5.3 Organic acids 5.4 Yeast products 5.5 Probiotics 5.6 Enzymes 5.7 Mycotoxin binders References 6 Optimizing nutritional quality of aquafeeds / Karthik Masagounder, Sheila Ramos, Ingolf Reimann and Girish Channarayapatna 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Sources of nutrient database 6.3 Nutrient levels and variability in commonly used raw materials 6.4 Impact of heat damage on the amino acid level and their variability 6.5 Proximate nutrients of raw material 6.6 Managing nutrient variation 6.7 Integration of Laboratory Information Management System and formulation 6.8 Summary References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Call number: 10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.23 (e-book)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 53
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume examines the processes responsible for sedimentation in modern glacimarine environments, and how such modern studies can be used as analogues in the interpretation of ancient glacimarine sequences. Sediments released from glaciers grounded in tidewater, floating ice shelves, ice tongues, icebergs and sea ice form complex sequences governed by glaciological, oceanographic, sedimentary and biogenic controls. Ten per cent of the world’s oceans and epicontinental seas contain such active glacimarine environments, but during Cenozoic glacial periods this area was doubled. This book will, therefore, be of relevance to all scientists concerned with high and middle latitude marine environments. The early chapters are concerned largely with processes of sedimentation in modern glacimarine environments; examples are drawn from Alaska, the Canadian Arctic, Svalbard and Antarctica. Studies of ancient sequences, both Cenzoic and pre-Cenozoic, from the Barents Sea, Greenland, Sweden, Alaska and the northwest European continental shelf, form the latter part of the book.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VII, 423 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: First published
    ISBN: 0-903317-54-0
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London 53
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Julian A. Dowdeswell and James D. Scourse: Preface --- Julian A. Dowdeswell and James D. Scourse: On the description and modelling of glacimarine sediments and sedimentation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:1-13, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.01 --- G. S. Boulton: Sedimentary and sea level changes during glacial cycles and their control on glacimarine facies architecture / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:15-52, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.02 --- Ross D. Powell: Glacimarine processes at grounding-line fans and their growth to ice-contact deltas / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:53-73, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.03 --- Ellen A. Cowan and Ross D. Powell: Suspended sediment transport and deposition of cyclically interlaminated sediment in a temperate glacial fjord, Alaska, U.S.A. / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:75-89, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.04 --- Eugene W. Domack: Laminated terrigenous sediments from the Antarctic Peninsula: the role of subglacial and marine processes / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:91-103, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.05 --- Robert Gilbert: Rafting in glacimarine environments / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:105-120, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.06 --- Julian A. Dowdeswell and Tavi Murray: Modelling rates of sedimentation from icebergs / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:121-137, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.07 --- Paul R. Carlson, Terry R. Bruns, and Michael A. Fisher: Development of slope valleys in the glacimarine environment of a complex subduction zone, Northern Gulf of Alaska / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:139-153, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.08 --- Alec E. Aitken: Fossilization potential of Arctic fjord and continental shelf benthic macrofaunas / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:155-176, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.09 --- James P. M. Syvitski, K. William G. LeBlanc, and R. E. Cranston: The flux and preservation of organic carbon in Baffin Island fjords / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:177-199, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.10 --- Ian J. Fairchild and Baruch Spiro: Carbonate minerals in glacial sediments: geochemical clues to palaeoenvironment / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:201-216, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.11 --- C. M. T. Woodworth-Lynas and J. Y. Guigné: Iceberg scours in the geological record: examples from glacial Lake Agassiz / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:217-233, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.12 --- Jens Bischof, Joachim Koch, Michaela Kubisch, Robert F. Spielhagen, and Jörn Thiede: Nordic Seas surface ice drift reconstructions: evidence from ice rafted coal fragments during oxygen isotope stage 6 / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:235-251, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.13 --- Anders Solheim, Lars Russwurm, Anders Elverhøi, and Mona Nyland Berg: Glacial geomorphic features in the northern Barents Sea: direct evidence for grounded ice and implications for the pattern of deglaciation and late glacial sedimentation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:253-268, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.14 --- Tore O. Vorren, Erland Lebesbye, and Kjell B. Larsen: Geometry and genesis of the glacigenic sediments in the southern Barents Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:269-288, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.15 --- D. Huddart and J. D. Peacock: Early Holocene morainal bank sedimentology and marine ecology, Skjoldungebrae gorge, North Scoresby Land, East Greenland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:289-305, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.16 --- Rodney L. Stevens: Proximal and distal glacimarine deposits in southwestern Sweden: contrasts in sedimentation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:307-316, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.17 --- A. R. Lord: The Pleistocene—Holocene transition in Southwestern Sweden and the recognition of deglaciation effects in adjacent seas / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:317-328, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.18 --- J. D. Scourse, W. E. N. Austin, R. M. Bateman, J. A. Catt, C. D. R. Evans, J. E. Robinson, and J. R. Young: Sedimentology and micropalaeontology of glacimarine sediments from the Central and Southwestern Celtic Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:329-347, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.19 --- M. S. Stoker: Glacially-influenced sedimentation on the Hebridean slope, northwestern United Kingdom continental margin / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:349-362, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.20 --- Carolyn H. Eyles and Martin B. Lagoe: Sedimentation patterns and facies geometries on a temperate glacially-influenced continental shelf: the Yakataga Formation, Middleton Island, Alaska / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:363-386, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.21 --- A. C. M. Moncrieff and M. J. Hambrey: Marginal-marine glacial sedimentation in the late Precambrian succession of East Greenland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:387-410, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.22
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Call number: 9783110379471 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Dieser Band stellt die zentralen Entwicklungen bei der Gestaltung von Lernwelten in Hochschulen und damit verbundenen Wissenschaftlichen Bibliotheken, in Öffentlichen Bibliotheken, in der Erwachsenenbildung sowie in kommunalen Kultur- und Bildungszentren systematisch dar. Auf dieser Grundlage werden Empfehlungen gegeben, wie Lernarrangements und Wissensräume in Zukunft gestaltet werden können. Dabei spielt die Perspektive eines integrierten Optionsraums für Lebenslanges Lernen eine zentrale Rolle.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783110379471
    Series Statement: Lernwelten
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort zur Reihe Vorwort Einleitung 1 Begriffskontexte 1.1 Information 1.2 Wissen 1.3 Kompetenz 1.4 Lernen / Aneignung 1.4.1 Einführung 1.4.2 Lerntheorien 1.4.3 Lebenslanges und selbstgesteuertes Lernen 1.4.4 Lernstile und Lerntypen 1.4.5 Lernraum 1.4.6 Kontextualisierungen 1.5 Lehren / Vermittlung / Didaktisches Handeln 1.5.1 Einführung 1.5.2 Didaktische Theorien, Modelle und Konzepte 1.5.3 Lernbegleitung / Lernberatung 1.5.4 Kontextualisierungen 1.6 Bildung 1.7 Zusammenfassung 2 Lernwelten im Wandel 2.1 Einführung 2.2 Begriffskontexte Lernwelten 2.3 Hochschulen und Wissenschaftliche Bibliotheken 2.3.1 Überblick 2.3.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.3.3 Raumkonzepte 2.3.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.3.5 Zusammenfassung 2.4 öffentliche Bibliotheken 2.4.1 Überblick 2.4.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.4.3 Raumkonzepte 2.4.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.4.5 Zusammenfassung 2.5 Erwachsenenbildung / Weiterbildung 2.5.1 Überblick 2.5.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.5.3 Raumkonzepte 2.5.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.5.5 Zusammenfassung 2.6 Bildungs- und Kulturzentren - Learning Centres 2.6.1 Überblick 2.6.2 Angebotskonzepte 2.6.3 Raumkonzepte 2.6.4 Organisationskonzepte 2.6.5 Zusammenfassung 3 Zukünftige Perspektiven 3.1 Wandlungsprozesse 3.1.1 Herausforderungen 3.1.2 Vom Produkt zum Prozess 3.1.3 Vom Lehren zum Lernen 3.1.4 Vom Konsum zur Produktion 3.1.5 Von der Lehrumgebung zur Lernumgebung 3.1.6 Von der Addition zur Integration 3.2 Optionsraum Lebenslanges Lernen 3.2.1 Herausforderungen 3.2.2 Angebotsentwicklung 3.2.3 Lernraumentwicklung 3.2.4 Organisationsentwicklung 3.2.5 Kooperationsentwicklung 3.2.6 Stadt- / Regionalentwicklung 3.2.7 Perspektiven Literatur Abkürzungsverzeichnis Abbildungsverzeichnis Tabellenverzeichnis Zum Autor Register
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    facet.materialart.12
    New York : Nova Publishers
    Call number: 9781634854368 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book discusses the ecology, diversity and environmental impact of Siberia. Chapter One discusses cultural interaction and mutual influence of the civilizations of the Ancient World and the Middle Ages: China, Japan, Korea, Iran, Central Asian nomadic empires, Turkic Khanate, Byzantium, Russian kingdoms, the Ottoman Empire and the Arab Caliphate to Siberia and the Urals. Chapter Two presents issues regarding the current state of soil resources in the world, and focuses on agricultural development of Siberian land within Russia and the world and its hidden productive potential, which in the process of time will have greater economic importance. Chapter Three reviews the impact of recent climate changes and technogenic contamination with fluorides emitted by aluminum smelters on the microbial transformation of carbon, the regimes of functioning, and the state of agroecosystems on gray forest soils (Luvic Greyzemic Phaeozems) in the forest-steppe zone of the Baikal region on the basis of data of the long-term agroecological monitoring. Chapter Four studies the ecological interactions that take place within the vast region of Siberia among the avian reservoir hosts and viral populations, and the environment they utilize. Chapter Five presents the results of hydro-chemical research conducted in the spring of 2013 and end of August of 2014 in the northern part of Western Siberia. Chapter Six presents the results of research on selected terrestrial surface waters in the arctic tundra of Western Siberia conducted during the Spring of 2013, Fall of 2014, and Winter of 2015. (Imprint: Nova)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (249 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781634854368 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Russian political, economic, and security issues
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Preface Chapter 1. North-East Eurasia (Siberia) in the Context of World History: New Concepts / Vladislav Kokoulin and Igor Likhomanov Chapter 2. The Past, Present, and Future of the use of the Agricultural Soils of Siberia / W. Halicki and K. Kita Chapter 3. Agroecological Monitoring of the Carbon Transformation in Agroecosystems on Gray Forest Soils of the Baikal Region under Current Climatic Changes and Conditions of Fluoride Pollution / L. V. Pomazkina and Yu. V. Semenova Chapter 4. Ecology of Avian Influenza Viruses in Siberia / Maria Alessandra De Marco, Kirill Sharshov, Marina Gulyaeva, Mauro Delogu, Lorenzo Ciccarese, Maria Rita Castrucci, Alexander Shestopalov Chapter 5. Assessment of Biogenic Substances of Selected Terrestrial Waters in the Northern Part of Western Siberia: Significance for Ecology and Climate Change / W. Halicki, M. W. Kochanska and S. N. Kirpotin Chapter 6. Quality Assessment of Selected Surface Waters of the Arctic Tundra of Western Siberia in the Context of Climate Change / W. Halicki, M.W. Kochanska and S.N. Kirpotin Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Call number: 9781629487991 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book described the current status and possible future changes of the thermokarst (thaw) lakes of western Siberia as dominant forms of landscape and regulators of greenhouse gas exchange within the atmosphere. Thawing permafrost and resulting microbial decomposition of previously frozen organic carbon is one of the most significant terrestrial ecosystem positive feedbacks to a warming climate. Ongoing processes of the permafrost thawing in Western Siberia are likely to increase the surface of water bodies via forming so-called thermokarst lakes, mobilizing the organic carbon (OC) from the soil pool to the rivers and, finally, to the ocean, and thus modifying the fluxes of methane (CH4) and CO2 to the atmosphere. Despite their tremendous importance for green house gazes regulation and hydrological regime control, very little is known about hydrochemistry of western Siberia thaw lakes. This book assesses the variation of major and trace elements (TE) and organic carbon (OC) concentration along the chronosequence of lake development and the latitude profile of variable permafrost abundance; characterizes the colloidal status of TE and distinguishes between the relative proportion of organic and organo-mineral colloids; describes the particularity of microbiological composition of thermokarst lake waters and production/mineralization processes in the water column; and presents the perspective of water chemical composition evolution under the climate change scenario. Each of these aforementioned objectives present a scientific challenge given mainly the paucity of existing information on these important but still very poorly studied ecosystems. Taken together, understanding of these issues and identification and quantification of controlling environmental parameters should produce conceptually new knowledge of biogeochemical processes operating within the Western Siberia Plain with the possibility of extrapolation of generated knowledge to much larger territories of arctic and subarctic permafrost-affected areas. (Imprint: Nova)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (179 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781629487991 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Biochemistry research trends
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Introduction: Thermokarst Lakes of Western Siberia as Dominant Forms of Landscape and Regulators of Greenhouse Gas Exchange with the Atmosphere Chapter 1. Thermokarst Lakes: Distribution, Cycle of Development, Surface Coverage and Evolution Chapter 2. Sources of Dissolved Components in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 3. Temperature and Gas Regime Chapter 4. Dissolved Organic Carbon Chapter 5. Microbiology of Thermokarst Lake Systems Chapter 6. Trace Elements in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 7. Colloids in Thermokarst Lakes Chapter 8. Latitude Profile Gradients of Lakes: Substituting Space for Time Chapter 9. Possible Impact of Climate Warming on Stocks and Fluxes of Carbon and Related Elements in Western Siberian Lakes Conclusions: Thaw Lakes as Indicators of Climate Change References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: 10.2312/zipe.1970.004
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 4
    Description / Table of Contents: Für die Erarbeitung differenzierterer Aussagen über den Regional- und Tiefenbau der Erdkruste sind bekanntermaßen weitere Detailuntersuchungen 1. über die Vertikalgliederung und 2. von Lateralinhomogenitäten erforderlich. In diesem Zusammenhang wird der - unter den physikalischen Gegebenheiten zu erwartende - magnetische Zustand der tieferen Erdkruste und die Wirksamkeit der unterschiedlichen elektrischen Leitungsmechanismen im Krustenbereich untersucht. Am Beispiel der Mobilisierungsprozesse in orogenen Regionen (zur Ausgleichung gestörter Gleichgewichtssituationen) und deren zwangsläufiger Folgeerscheinungen wird die Untersuchung lateraler Inhomogenitäten aufgenommen - in erster Linie, um zusätzliche Informationen über die thermischen und elastischen Parameter zu gewinnen. Für die letzteren wird im übrigen der Detailberechnungsgang in seinen Einzelheiten diskutiert.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (44 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 4
    Language: German
    Note: 1. Einleitung 2. Titanomagnetite - Ursachen ihrer Stabilität 3. Gesteinsporenfüllung und elektrische Leitfähigkeit der tieferen Erdkruste 4. Elastische Gesteinsparameter 5. Wärmeleitung 6. Channnels of lower velocity increase 7. Auswertung 8. Anhang Literatur
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030045890 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Population genomics has revolutionized various disciplines of biology including population, evolutionary, ecological and conservation genetics, plant and animal breeding, human health, medicine and pharmacology by allowing to address novel and long-standing questions with unprecedented power and accuracy. It employs large-scale or genome-wide genetic information and bioinformatics to address various fundamental and applied aspects in biology and related disciplines, and provides a comprehensive genome-wide perspective and new insights that were not possible before. These advances have become possible due to the development of new and low-cost sequencing and genotyping technologies and novel statistical approaches and software, bioinformatics tools, and models. Population genomics is tremendously advancing our understanding the roles of evolutionary processes, such as mutation, genetic drift, gene flow, and natural selection, in shaping up genetic variation at individual loci and across the genome and populations; improving the assessment of population genetic parameters or processes such as adaptive evolution, effective population size, gene flow, admixture, inbreeding and outbreeding depression, demography, and biogeography; resolving evolutionary histories and phylogenetic relationships of extant, ancient and extinct species; understanding the genomic basis of fitness, adaptation, speciation, complex ecological and economically important traits, and disease and insect resistance; facilitating forensics, genetic medicine and pharmacology; delineating conservation genetic units; and understanding the genetic effects of resource management practices, and assisting conservation and sustainable management of genetic resources. This Population Genomics book discusses the concepts, approaches, applications and promises of population genomics in addressing most of the above fundamental and applied crucial aspects in a variety of organisms from microorganisms to humans. The book provides insights into a range of emerging population genomics topics including population epigenomics, landscape genomics, seascape genomics, paleogenomics, ecological and evolutionary genomics, biogeography, demography, speciation, admixture, colonization and invasion, genomic selection, and plant and animal domestication. This book fills a vacuum in the field and is expected to become a primary reference in Population Genomics world-wide
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVII, 822 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9783030045890 , 978-3-030-04589-0
    ISSN: 2364-6764 , 2364-6772
    Series Statement: Population Genomics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction Population Genomics: Advancing Understanding of Nature / Gordon Luikart, Marty Kardos, Brian K. Hand, Om P. Rajora, Sally N. Aitken, and Paul A. Hohenlohe Part II Methods Genotyping and Sequencing Technologies in Population Genetics and Genomics / J. A. Holliday, E. M. Hallerman, and D. C. Haak Computational Tools for Population Genomics / Jarkko Salojärvi Population and Evolutionary Genetic Inferences in the Whole-Genome Era: Software Challenges / Alexandros Stamatakis Part III Concepts and Approaches Population Epigenomics: Advancing Understanding of Phenotypic Plasticity, Acclimation, Adaptation and Diseases / Ehren R. V. Moler, Abdulkadir Abakir, Maria Eleftheriou, Jeremy S. Johnson, Konstantin V. Krutovsky, Lara C. Lewis, Alexey Ruzov, Amy V. Whipple, and Om P. Rajora Landscape Genomics: Understanding Relationships Between Environmental Heterogeneity and Genomic Characteristics of Populations / Niko Balkenhol, Rachael Y. Dudaniec, Konstantin V. Krutovsky, Jeremy S. Johnson, David M. Cairns, Gernot Segelbacher, Kimberly A. Selkoe, Sophie von der Heyden, Ian J. Wang, Oliver Selmoni, and Stéphane Joost Paleogenomics: Genome-Scale Analysis of Ancient DNA and Population and Evolutionary Genomic Inferences / Tianying Lan and Charlotte Lindqvist Genome-Wide Association Studies and Heritability Estimation in the Functional Genomics Era / Dunia Pino Del Carpio, Roberto Lozano, Marnin D. Wolfe, and Jean-Luc Jannink Genomic Selection / Elisabeth Jonas, Freddy Fikse, Lars Rönnegård, and Elena Flavia Mouresan Part IV Population, Evolutionary and Ecological Genetics Applications and Inferences Population Genomics Provides Key Insights in Ecology and Evolution / Paul A. Hohenlohe, Brian K. Hand, Kimberly R. Andrews, and Gordon Luikart Inferring Demographic History Using Genomic Data / Jordi Salmona, Rasmus Heller, Martin Lascoux, and Aaron Shafer Advancing Biogeography Through Population Genomics / Jeremy S. Johnson, Konstantin V. Krutovsky, Om P. Rajora, Keith D. Gaddis, and David M. Cairns Adaptation Without Boundaries: Population Genomics in Marine Systems / Marjorie F. Oleksiak Population Genomics of Speciation and Admixture / Nicola J. Nadeau and Takeshi Kawakami Population Genomics of Colonization and Invasion / Shana R. Welles and Katrina M. Dlugosch Population Genomics of Crop Domestication: Current State and Perspectives / Philippe Cubry and Yves Vigouroux Population Genomics of Animal Domestication and Breed Development / Samantha Wilkinson and Pamela Wiener Population Genomics of Domestication and Breed Development in Canines in the Context of Cognitive, Social, Behavioral, and Disease Traits / Kristopher J. L. Irizarry and Elton J. R. Vasconcelos Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Call number: 10.2312/zipe.1982.073
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 73
    Description / Table of Contents: Die 1981 im Territorium der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik durchgeführten Feldarbeiten und Arbeitsberatungen der Unterkommission 2 bilden den Abschluß einer Reihe von Einsätzen in Typusgebieten der Ophiolithassoziation, wie sie im kleinen Kaukasus und der Seenzone der MVR einerseits sowie in mittel- bis südosteuropäischen Regionen mit besonders problematischen Ophiolith- und Initialitvorkommen andererseits gemeinsam durchgeführt wurden. Diese im Südteil der DDR und SW-Teil der VR Polen besuchten Gebiete gehören zu den klassischen Deformationszonen der Varisziden Zentraleuropas.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (83 Seiten) , Illustrationen , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 73
    Language: German , English , Russian
    Note: Vorwort Hovorka, D.; Pitoňák, P.; Spišiak, J.: Mesozoic basalts of the Malé Karpaty Mts. (the Western Carpathians) - Their significance for the tectonic interpretation of the Variscan granodiorite massif Savu, H.; Udrescu, C.: The prealpine basic and ultramaphic rocks from Romania Pilot, J.: Zu einigen isotopengeochemischen Ergebnissen und Problemen basischer Magmatite Mitteleuropas Виноградова, В.И., Буякайте, М.И.: Изотопный состав стронция в породах Войквро-Сыньинского офиолитового массива Полярного Урала Колчева, К., Желязкова-панайотова, М.: Ультрабазиты и связанное с ним хром-никельмагнетитовое оруденение в районе гор. Ардино (Центральные Родопы, Болгария) Зоненшайн, Л.П.: Сравнение базальтого ложа прошлых и современных океанов Добрецов, Н.Л.: Условня образования пироповых перидотитов и зклогоюитов в кристаллическом Фундаменте Богемского массива и его аналогов Werner, C.-D.: Ophiolites and initialites - a comparing reflection Haupt, M.; Kramer, W.; Noack, C.: Beiträge zum initialen Magmatismus des Saxothuringikums (Vogtländisches Synklinorium) Collective of authors: Final remarks on field work and sessions of the Problem Commission IX, Subcommission 2, in 1981 under the theme 'Ophiolithes and initialites of northern border of the Bohemian massif' Erläuterung der Tafeln
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Call number: 9789811664250 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book introduces systematically the cryospheric science, covering the formation, development, evolution, and research methods of each component of the cryosphere, the interaction between the cryosphere and the other spheres of the climate system and the anthroposphere, and the hot topics of social and economic sustainable development and geopolitics. The authors are world-renowned experts and scientists working in the related fields. They have a deep understanding and accurate grasp of the basic theory, evolution mechanism, and international frontiers of the cryosphere, as well as rich teaching experience, which makes this book suitable also as textbook for graduate students. It is also the first book that introduces the knowledge of cryospheric science systematically. In addition to theoretical knowledge, the book also introduces field work and experimental analysis. It should be of interests for the scholars and graduate student working in the fields of geography, hydrology, geology, geomorphology, atmosphere, ecology, environment, oceanography, and regional economic and social sustainable development.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 422 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811664250 , 978-981-16-6425-0
    ISSN: 2194-315X , 2194-3168
    Series Statement: Springer Geography
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Cryosphere and Cryospheric Science 2 Classification and Geographical Distribution of Cryosphere 3 Formation and Development of the Cryosphere 4 Physical Properties of the Cryosphere 5 Chemical Characteristics of the Cryosphere 6 Climatic and Environmental Record in Cryosphere 7 Cryospheric Evolutions at Different Time Scales 8 Interactions Between Cryosphere and the Other Spheres 9 Cryosphere Change Impact, Adaptation and Sustainable Development 10 Field Observations and Measurements for Cryospheric Science References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Call number: 10.2312/ZIPE.1980.060
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 60
    Description / Table of Contents: Ausgehend von der Kovarianzfunktion der Schwere (Schwereanomalie) und aufbauend auf den Arbeiten von GRAFAREND (1971, a-d, 1972, 1975), JORDAN (1972) und MORITZ (1974, 1975, 1976) werden die Autokovarianzfunktionen (AKF) der 1. und 2. Ableitungen des Schwerepotentials (Störpotentials) sowie sämtliche Kreuzkovarianzfunktionen (KKF) zwischen ihnen mit den Regeln der Kovarianzfortpflanzung in ebenen, homogenen, isotropen und differenzierbaren Zufallsfeldern abgeleitet. Das quadratische, bezüglich der Hauptdiagonale (AKF) symmetrische AKF-KKF-Schema umfaßt 9 x 9 = 81 Funktionen: 9 AKF der 1. und 2. Ableitungen des Schwerepotentials und 72 KKF zwischen ihnen. Davon sind 44 Funktionen (8 AKF, 36 KKF) durch Transformationen zu gewinnen. Als Ausgangsmodelle werden verallgemeinerte HIRVONEN-Modelle (MORITZ-, HIRVONEN- und POISSON-Modelle), das GAUSS-Modell sowie als Schwingungstyp die Spaltfunktion benutzt. Die abgeleiteten Funktionen lassen sich, in Polarkoordinaten-Schreibweise, als Skalarprodukte von Vektoren gewisser entfernungsabhängiger und winkelabhängiger Kompositionsfunktionen darstellen. Sie sind, anwendungsorientiert, in Tabellen zusammengefaßt. Die entfernungsabhängigen Kompositionsfunktionen sind für alle Modelle graphisch dargestellt. Im Grenzfall verschwindender Entfernungsdifferenz ergeben sich vollständige Varianz-Kovarianz-Schemata für einunddemselben Punkt der Ebene. Die benutzten mathematischen Grundlagen der Kovarianzfortpflanzung im (ebenen) Schwerefeld sind im Anhang behandelt.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (69 Seiten) , Diagramme, Tabellen, Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 60
    Language: German
    Note: Zusammenfassungen Verzeichnis der Symbole 0. Einleitung 1. Überblick zur Transformation von Kovarianzfunktionen im Schwerefeld 1.1. Transformationsmöglichkeiten 1.2. Voraussetzungen und Modellfunktionen 2. Kovarianzfunktionen der 1. Ableitungen des Schwerepotentials (Tx, Ty, Tz) 2.1. Lotabweichungsvektor 2.2. Anomaler Schwerevektor 2.3. Modell-Beispiele 3. Kovarianzfunktionen der 2. Ableitungen des Schwerepotentials (Txx, Txy, Tyy, Txz, Tyz, Tzz) 3.1. Niveauflächenkrümmung und Torsion des astronomischen Meridians 3.2. Horizontaler Schweregradient 3.3. Vertikaler Schweregradient 3.4. Kreuzkovarianzfunktionen zwischen den 2. Ableitungen 4. Vollständiges Schema der Auto- und Kreuzkovarianzfunktionen der 1. und 2. Ableitungen des Schwerepotentials 4.1. Kreuzkovarianzfunktionen zwischen den 1. und 2. Ableitungen 4.2. Modell-Beispiele 4.3. Varianz-Kovarianz-Schemata 5. Ergänzende Betrachtungen 5.1. Höhere Ableitungen des Schwerepotentials 5.2. Räumliche Kovarianzfunktionen 5.3. Nicht-differenzierbare Modelle Anhang I Kovarianzfortpflanzung bei Faltungsoperationen II Ebenes STOKES-Problem III Differentationsformeln IV Fortsetzung ebener Prozesse in den Raum Literatur Abbildungen
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Call number: 10.2312/ZIPE.1979.059
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 59
    Description / Table of Contents: Methodische Untersuchungen zur Schlußweise von Anomalien des geomagnetischen Feldes auf die Tiefe bis zur unteren Begrenzung ihrer Quellen können einen Beitrag zur Problematik der Auffindung des CURIE-Übergangsbereiches in der Erdkruste liefern. Als charakteristische Auswertegröße dient das Energiedichtespektrum, das über die zweidimensionale FOURIER-Transformation von flächenhaft vorliegenden Totalintensitätswerten gewonnen wird. Seine Untersuchung bringt ein Verfahren, das Tiefeninterpretationen zur Lage der Ober- und Unterkante der Quellen für die Modelle Prisma und Priamenensemble ermöglicht. Die Erweiterung für Doppelensemblemodelle gestattet es, durch Spektrenzerlegung unter Berücksichtigung der Kopplung der Teilbeiträge Aussagen über die mittleren Tiefenparameter beider Quellenensembles und das Verhältnis ihrer Magnetisierungen zu treffen. Die Methodik wird erfolgreich auf Felddaten unter Verwendung des Doppelensembles als Interpretationsmodell angewendet. Das bringt auch einen Beitrag zur Problematik, den Einfluß lokaler und regionaler Anomalien voneinander zu trennen. Für die Bearbeitung und Interpretation geophysikalischer Potentialfelder sowie die Erzeugung von Modellfeldern wird ein Bearbeitungssystem vorgestellt. Die Arbeit enthält die wesentlichsten Punkte der unveröffentlichten Dissertation (ROTHER, 1979).
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (96 Seiten) , Diagramme, Tabellen, Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 59
    Language: German
    Note: 1. Einleitung 2. Unterkante der magnetisch wirksamen Kruste 2.1. Magnetfeld der Erde und Krustenstruktur 2.2. CURIE-Isotherme - eine Grenzfläche in der vertikalen Gliederung der Erdkruste 3. Geomagnetische Interpretation - der Weg vom Anomalienfeld zu Aussagen über die Parameter seiner Quellen, speziell deren Unterkante 3.1. Direkte Aufgabe - Schluß vom Modell auf geophysikalisch meßbare Größen 3.1.1. Modell 3.1.2. Energiedichtespektrum 3.1.3. Komplexes Spektrum eines Modellensembles 3.1.4. Energiedichtespektrum eines Doppelensembles 3.2. Inverse Aufgabe - Schluß von geomagnetischen Anomalien auf die Parameter ihrer Quellen; spektrale Betrachtungen und Tiefenbestimmungen 3.2.1. Tiefenbestimmungen für Einzelquellen 3.2.2. Tiefenbestimmungen für Quellenensembles 3.2.3. Tiefenbestimmungen für Doppelensembles von Quellen 4. Verfahrens- und rechentechnische Realisierung der Erzeugung von Modellfeldern, der Bearbeitung und Interpretation geophysikalischer Potentialfelder 4.1. Allgemeine Bemerkungen 4.2. Überblick über mögliche Bearbeitungsschritte und ihre Kopplung 4.2.1. Direkte Aufgabenstellung 4.2.2. Dateneingabe 4.2.3. Übergang Ortsraum - Frequenzraum und Umkehrung 4.2.4. Datenaufbereitung 4.2.5. Spektrenberechnung 4.2.6. Logarithmisches radiales Energiedichtespektrum 4.2.7. Ergebnisse, Ausgabe, Darstellung von Feldern 4.2.8. Interpretation 5. Tiefeninterpretationen an Modell- und Felddaten 5.1. Einzelprismen 5.2. Prismenensembles 5.3. Doppelensembles 5.4. Anwendung auf Felddaten 5.4.1. Datengewinnung 5.4.2. Bearbeitung und Interpretation 5.4.3. Ergebnisse und Einschätzung 6. Zusammenfassung 7. Literaturverzeichnis
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Call number: 10.2312/zipe.1979.061
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 61
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (125 Seiten) , Karten, Diagramme, Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 61
    Language: German , Russian
    Note: Vorwort Bankwitz, P.; Bankwitz, E.: Tektonische Fotointerpretation eines Sojus-22-Bildes (MKF-6) vom Südtjanshan-Pamir-Gebiet (UdSSR) Макаров, В.И.; Скобелев, С.Ф.; Трифонов, В.Г.; Флоренский, П.В.: Карта линеаменов территории СССР Bażyński, I.; Motyl-Rakowska, I. : Vorläufige Interpretation des Satellitenbildes "Meteor 25" für das Gebiet Polens Bankwitz, P.; Bankwitz, E.; Frischbutter, A.: Fototektonische Interpretation von Mitteleuropa nach Aufnahmen der sowjetischen Wettersatelliten Meteor 25 und 28 Krull, P.: Zum bruchtektonischen Bau des Territoriums der DDR und angrenzender Gebiete Feirer, K.; Viehweg, M.; Naumann, M.: Vorläufige Ergebnisse zur geologischen Interpretation der METEOR-Aufnahmen vom Territorium der DDR Хосбаяр, П.: О Южно-Монгольском полигоне Bankwitz, P.: Einige methodische Aspekte der Interpretation aerokosmischer Aufnahmen für bruchtektonische Analysen Söllner, R.: Anwendung der digitalen Bildfilterung zur Aufbereitung aerokosmischer Aufnahmen für die visuelle geologische Interpretation Weller, M.; Leiterer, U.; Söllner, R.: Erste Arbeiten zur Bestimmung der spektralen Eigenstrahlung der Atmosphäre in Zenitrichtung unter Verwendung der MKF-6-Aufnahmen Frey, L.; Krämer, I.: Informationen über Möglichkeiten der Nutzung von aerokosmischen Aufnahmen für die Herstellung von Kartengrundlagen der thematischen Kartographie Weichelt, H.: Probleme der Bildbearbeitung mit kohärentem Licht
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Call number: 10.2312/zipe.1981.064
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 64
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (218 Seiten) , Diagramme, Illustrationen, Fotos, Karten
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 64
    Language: German
    Note: Vorwort Adlung, A. Die Entwicklung der Fernübertragung in der Seismologie und Seismik Bormann, P. : Der Beitrag Immanuel KANTs zur Entwicklung wissenschaftlicher Vorstellungen über die Natur der Erdbeben Elstner, C. : Beiträge von Erdgezeitenuntersuchungen zu Vorstellungen über die Struktur des Erdkörpers Germann, D. : Die seismische Station an der Universität Jena und die Neugründung einer deutschen Zentralstation für Erdbebenforschung 1923 Heckeler, V. : Registrierung und Auswertung von Erdbebenwechselwellen zur Erforschung des Tiefbaus der Erdkruste Hurtig, E. Ernst August v. Rebeur-Paschwitz und seine Bedeutung für die Entwicklung der Seismologie Kessler, J. ; Rotter, D. : Entwicklung der Untersuchung und Bekämpfung von Gas-Salz-Ausbrüchen in der DDR Kowalle, G. : Entwicklung der Vorstellungen über den Bau des Erdinnern Kozâk, J. ; Schmidt P. : Abbildungen seismologischen Inhalts in europäischen Drucken des 15. bis 18. Jahrhunderts Kühn, P. : Zur Geschichte der Erforschung der Seismotektonik des Nordatlantik Meinhold, R. : Von den Anfängen der angewandten Seismik in Deutschland Meyer, H. : Die Erdbebenstation Leipzig (1902 - 1934) Meyer, H. ; Jacobs, F. : Zur Entwicklung der Angewandten Seismik an der Karl-Marx-Universität Leipzig Neunhöfer, H. ; Weidermann, V. : Seismische Überwachung von Bergbaugebieten, dargestellt am Beispiel der Mansfelder Mulde Pätz, H. : Zur Geschichte der Seismik beim Nachweis von Erdöl- und Erdgaslagerstätten - Versuch einer gesellschaftsbezogenen Wichtung Reinhardt, H.-G. : Zur Entwicklung der seismischen Erkundung im VEB Geophysik Savarenski, E. F. : Abriß der 60jährigen Entwicklung der sowjetischen Seismologie (1917 bis 1977) Schneider, M. M. : Über die Vorgeschichte der experimentellen Erdgezeitenforschung bis zum Ausgang des 19. Jahrhunderts ( Zusammenfassung) Sponheuer, W. ; Grünthal, G. : Das Mitteldeutsche Erdbeben vom 6. März 1872 Teupser, Ch. : Seismologische Forschungen in Jena seit 1923 Tittel, B. : Fortschritte des seismologischen Meßprogramms am Geophysikalischen Observatorium Collm (Zusammenfassung) Wilsdorf, H. ; Schmidt, P. : Erdbebentheorien und Prodigia in der griechisch-römischen Antike und einige Aspekte ihrer Rezeption in späterer Zeit
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    facet.materialart.12
    facet.materialart.12
    Potsdam : Zentralinstitut Physik der Erde
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 10.2312/zipe.1980.065
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 65
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Arbeit vermittelt einen Überblick über wissenschaftlich-technische, erkenntnistheoretische, methodische, ökonomische und organisatorische Probleme der Erdfernerkundung mittels Flugzeugen und Satelliten. Dabei liegt die Betonung auf der Veranschaulichung und kritischen Bewertung der Grundlagen, des Standes wie der Entwicklungstendenzen dieser neuen Erkundungsmethode. Behandelt werden folgende Fragenkomplexe: - Einfluß gasförmiger, flüssiger und fester Substanzen auf die Ausbreitung elektromagnetischer Wellen; - Passive und aktive Fernerkundungssensoren; - Definition und Bedeutung des Auflösungsvermögens von Fernerkundungssensoren; - Bodensysteme für den Empfang, die Vorverarbeitung, Verteilung und Interpretation von Fernerkundungsdaten; - Grundlagen der visuellen Interpretation; - Methoden der digitalen Bearbeitung von Fernerkundungsdaten; - Methoden der Datensammlung, lnterpretation und Verifikation; - Voraussetzungen und Kosten-Nutzen-Betrachtungen zur Fernerkundung; - Betrieb und Organisation von Fernerkundungssystemen.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (127 Seiten) , Diagramme, Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 65
    Language: German
    Note: Zusammenfassungen Vorbemerkung 1. Begriffs- und Problembestimmung 2. Naturwissenschaftliche Grundlagen der Fernerkundung 2.1. Elektromagnetisches Spektrum, atmosphärische Fenster und Strahlungsbilanz der Erde 2.2. Zum Einfluß gasförmiger, flüssiger und fester Substanzen auf die Ausbreitung elektromagnetischer Wellen 2.3. Zur Ausbreitung elektromagnetischer Wellen im sichtbaren und IR-Bereich des Spektrums 2.2.2. Zur Ausbreitung von Mikrowellen 3. Technische Grundlagen sowie Stand und Entwicklungstendenzen der Fernerkundung 3.1. Fernerkundungssensoren 3.1.1. Generelle Bemerkungen zum Auflösungsvermögen von Fernerkundungssensoren 3.1.2. Passive Sensoren 3.1.2.1. Fotografische Fernerkundungssysteme 3.1.2.2. Hochauflösende Scannersysteme für Erd- und Erdressourcenbeobachtungen 3.1.2.3. Passive Sensoren für Fernbeobachtungen der Atmosphäre, Ozeane und großräumiger Umweltphänomene 3.1.3. Aktive Sensoren 3.1.3,1. Radarsensoren mit realer Apertur 3.1.3.2. Radarsensoren mit synthetischer Apertur 3.2. Bodensysteme für den Empfang, die Vorverarbeitung und die Verteilung von Satellitendaten 3.3. Nutzerzentren für die Interpretation von Fernerkundungsdaten 4. Grundlagen und Methodik der Aufbereitung und Interpretation von Fernerkundungsdaten 4.1. Generelle Bemerkungen 4.2. Grundlagen der visuellen Interpretation und Methoden der analogen fotografisch-optischen Bildbearbeitung 4.3. Methoden der digitalen Datenbearbeitung 4.3.1. Generelle Übersicht 4.3.2. Zur automatischen Klassifizierung und Hauptachsentransformation multispektraler Bilddaten 4.3.3. Zur Flächenbestimmung mit Hilfe klassifizierter digitaler Bilddaten 4.4. Methoden der Datensammlung, Interpretation und Verifikation 4.4.1. Sammlung von Daten in verschiedenen Niveaus und ihre gemeinsame Auswertung 4.4.2. Methodik der Sammlung und Nutzung unabhängiger Bodeninformationen 4.4.3. Zur Abgrenzung homogener Merkmalsschichten in Fernerkundungsaufnahmen 4.4.4. Konstruktion eines Flächenrahmens für die Datensammlung 4.4.5. Agro-meteorologische Methode der Abschätzung von Ernteerträgen 4.4.6. Klassifizierung von Landbedeckung und -nutzung 4.4.7. Zur Feststellung und Überwachung von Umweltverunreinigungen 4.4.8. Geologische Interpretation von Fernerkundungsdaten 5. Voraussetzungen, Bedürfnisse, Nutzung und Organisation der Fernerkundung 5.1. Generelle Voraussetzungen und Bedürfnisse 5.2. Kosten-Nutzen-Betrachtungen in der Fernerkundung 5.3. Allgemeine Gesichtspunkte der Organisation von Fernerkundungsaktivitäten 6. Schlußfolgerungen Erläuterung von Abkürzungen Literatur
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    facet.materialart.12
    facet.materialart.12
    Potsdam : Zentralinstitut Physik der Erde
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 10.2312/zipe.1987.089
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 89
    In: Geodetic boundary value problems, II
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (229 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 89
    Language: English
    Note: A. A test for the Marussi condition. B. On the evaluation of the numerical amount of the residual term of the solution of the geodetic boundary value problem. C. The solution of the first mixed boundary value problem of the geodesy as an optimal method for the computation of the altimetrygravimetry problem. D. Gravity disturbances as boundary values on the surface of the Earth. E. A proof of the convergence of the spherical - harmonics series development of a potential exterior of a regular surface by the completeness of the system of the base functions at the surface.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Call number: 10.2312/zipe.1986.087
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 87
    Description / Table of Contents: In einer durch eigene Geländearbeiten sowohl im südlichen Afrika (VR Moçambique) als auch Antarktika (Shackleton Range während der 22. Sowjetischen Antarktisexpedition) gestützten Literaturauswertung wird das geologische Regime des südlichen Afrikas und Antarktikas vom Präkambrium bis zum Jura, dem Beginn der Aufspaltung des Gondwana-Superkontinentes, in zahlreichen paläogeographischen und tektonischen Schemakarten beschrieben und die entsprechenden geologischen Strukturen beider Kontinente auf mögliche ehemalige Zusammengehörigkeit überprüft. Aufgrund der gesammelten Unterlagen ist die beste Übereinstimmung erreicht, wenn Gebiete des Dronning Maud Land Antarktikas an die heutige Küste der VR Moçambique angepaßt werden. Im westlichen Bereich der Nahtstelle schiebt sich das Falkland-/Malwinen-Plateau ein.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (205 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 87
    Language: German
    Note: Aktualisierte Fassung der am 19. Oktober 1984 bei der Akademie der Wissenschaften der DDR verteidigten Dissertation B , Zusammenfassungen Vorbemerkungen Legende, verwendet für Abbildungen und teilweise Tabellen 1. Afrika 1.1. Präkambrium 1.1.1. Archaische Kratone 1.1.1.1. Simbabwe-Kraton 1.1.1.2. Kaapvaal-Kraton 1.1.1.3. Limpopo-Provinz 1.1.2. Archaische Epikratonbecken 1.1.2.1. Pongola-Supergruppe 1.1.2.2. Witwatersrand-Triade 1.1.3. Altproterozoische Epikratonbecken der Transvaal-Supergruppe 1.1.3.1. Wolkberg-Gruppe 1.1.3.2. Black-Reef-Gruppe 1.1.3.3. Dolomit-/Ghaap-Gruppe 1.1.3.4. Pretoria-/Griquatown-Gruppe 1.1.4. Tektonik der Epikratonbecken (bis vor 2.000 Mill.J.) 1.1.4.1. Tektonischer Bau des Gesamtbeckens 1.1.4.2. Tektonischer Bau am Südrand 1.1.4.3. Bushveld-Magmatitkomplex 1.1.5. Mittelproterozoische Epikratonbecken 1.1.5.1. Waterberg-Gruppe (Kaapvaal-Kraton) 1.1.5.2. Umkondo-Gruppe (Simbabwe-Kraton) 1.1.6. Namaqua-Natal-Mobilgürtel 1.1.7. Jungproterozoische Akkumulationsgebiete 1.1.7.1. Geosynklinalentwicklung 1.1.7.2. Tafelentwicklung 1.1.8. Panafrikanische Tektogenese 1.1.8.1. Geosynklinalgebiete 1.1.8.2. Aktivierungsgebiete (Mozambique Belt) 1.2. Phanerozoikum 1.2.1. Cape-Supergruppe 1.2.1.1. Tafelberg-/Natal-Gruppe 1.2.1.2. Bokkeveld-Gruppe 1.2.1.3. Witteberg-Gruppe 1.2.2. Karroo-Supergruppe 1.2.2.1. Dwyka-Gruppe 1.2.2.1.1. Great Karroo Basin 1.2.2.1.2. Übrige Gebiete 1.2.2.1.3. Paläogeographie 1.2.2.2. Ecca-Gruppe und Upper-Dwyka shales 1.2.2.2.1. Great Karroo Basin 1.2.2.2.2. Übrige Gebiete 1.2.2.2.3. Paläogeographie 1.2.2.3. Beaufort-Gruppe 1.2.2.3.1. Great Karroo Basin 1.2.2.3.2. Übrige Gebiete 1.2.2.3.3. Paläogeographie 1.2.2.4. Untere Stormberg-Gruppe 1.2.2.4.1. Great Karroo Basin 1.2.2.4.2. Übrige Gebiete 1.2.2.4.3. Paläogeographie 1.2.2.5. Obere Stormberg-Gruppe 1.2.2.5.1. Great Karroo Basin 1.2.2.5.2. Libombos 1.2.2.5.3. Nuanetsi-Magmatitkomplex 1.2.2.5.4. Übrige Gebiete 1.2.2.5.5. Magmatische Provinzen 1.2.2.6. Cape-Tektogenese 1.2.3. Postkarroo 1.2.3.1. Kreide 1.2.3.2. Känozoikum 1.2.3.3. Tektonisches Regime 2. Antarktika 2.1. Ostantarktischer Kraton 2.1.1. Kristallines Fundament 2.1.1.1. Enderby Land 2.1.1.2. Dronning Maud Land 2.1.1.3. Shackleton Range 2.1.1.4. Transantarktisches Gebirge 2.1.2. Präriphäische Epikratonentwicklung 2.1.3. Riphäische Epikratonentwicklung 2.2. Mobilgürtel des Transantarktischen Gebirges 2.2.1. Geosynklinalentwicklung 2.2.1.1. Riphäikum 2.2.1.2. Kambrium -- Ordovizium 2.2.2. Tektogene Entwicklung 2.2.3. Subsequenter Magmatismus 2.3. Tafelentwicklung der Beacon-Supergruppe 2.3.1. Sedimente 2.3.1.1. Präglaziale Sedimente 2.3.1.2. Glaziale Sedimente 2.3.1.3. Permische Postglazialsedimente 2.3.1.4. Triassische Postglazialsedimente 2.3.2. Ferrar-Magmatite 2.3.3. Tektogene Entwicklung 2.4. Westantarktika 3. Regionalgeologischer Vergleich zwischen südlichem Afrika und Antarktika 3.1. Präriphäikum 3.2. Tektogenetische Beanspruchungen zwischen 2.000 und 900 Mill.J. 3.3. Riphäikum 3.3.1. Geosynklinalentwicklung 3.3.2. Tafelentwicklung 3.4. Panafrikanische bzw. Beardmore-Tektogenese 3.5. Kambrium bis Unteres Ordovizium 3.6. Karroo- bzw. Beacon-Supergruppe 3.6.1. Präglazialablagerungen 3.6.2. Permokarbonische Glazialablagerungen 3.6.3. Postglazialablagerungen 3.6.4. Cape-Weddell-Faltung 3.6.5. Jurassischer Tafelmagmatismus 4. Position von Afrika und Antarktika im Gondwana-Superkontinent 4.1. Bedeutung des Falkland-/Malwinen-Plateau 4.2. Rekonstruktionsversuch 5. Schlußfolgerungen Literatur
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Call number: 9783319671222 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: In this handbook social science researchers who focus on sustainability present and discuss their findings, including empirical work, case studies, teaching and learning innovations, and applied projects. As such, the book offers a basis for the dissemination of information, ideas and experiences acquired in the execution of research projects, especially initiatives which have influenced behavior, decision-making, or policy. Furthermore, it introduces methodological approaches and projects which aim to offer a better understanding of sustainability across society and economic sectors. This multidisciplinary overview presents the work of researchers from across the spectrum of the social sciences. It stimulates innovative thinking on how social sciences influence sustainable development and vice-versa
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 485 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783319671222 , 978-3-319-67122-2
    Series Statement: World sustainability series
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Exploring the Connections: Sustainability and Social Science Research Interplays of Sustainability, Resilience, Adaptation and Transformation / Jennifer L. Johnson, Laura Zanotti, Zhao Ma, David J. Yu, David R. Johnson, Alison Kirkham and Courtney Carothers Using Meta-Analysis in the Social Sciences to Improve Environmental Policy / Alexander Maki, Mark A. Cohen and Michael P. Vandenbergh Integrating Social Science Research to Advance Sustainability Education / Christine Jie Li, Martha C. Monroe and Tracey Ritchie Inclusive Sustainability: Environmental Justice in Higher Education / Flora Lu, Rebecca Hernandez Rosser, Adriana Renteria, Nancy Kim, Elida Erickson, Anna Sher and Lisa O’Connor Connective Methodologies: Visual Communication Design and Sustainability in Higher Education / Denielle Emans and Kelly M. Murdoch-Kitt The Teaching Green Building: Five Theoretical Perspectives / Laura B. Cole Blockchain for Good? Digital Ledger Technology and Sustainable Development Goals / Richard Adams, Beth Kewell and Glenn Parry Part II Research and Behavioral Interventions Psychological Distance and Response to Human Versus Non-Human Victims of Climate Change / Christie Manning, Hannah Mangas, Elise Amel, Hongyi Tang, Laura Humes, Rowena Foo, Vera Sidlova and Kelly Cargos Bridging the Gap Between Policy and Action in Residential Graywater Recycling / L. Bell Organizational Characteristics in Residential Rental Buildings: Exploring the Role of Centralization in Energy Outcomes / Elizabeth Hewitt Re-shuffling the Deck on Environmental Sustainability: Using a Card Sort to Uncover Perceived Behavioral Categories, Effort, and Impact in a College Environment / Casey G. Franklin and Abram Alebiosu Wind Energy and Rural Community Sustainability / Sarah Mills Achieving a Climate-Neutral Campus: A Psychological Analysis of the Participation Process with the Stage Model of Participation / Stefan Zimmermann, Thomas Bäumer and Patrick Müller Sustainability and Civic Engagement: A Communications Engagement and Education Plan / Madhavi Venkatesan, Jordan Remy and Andrew Sukeforth A Sustainable Touristic Place in Times of Crisis? The Case of Empuriabrava—A Superdiverse Mediterranean Resort / Dawid Wladyka and Ricard Morén-Alegret Social Justice and Sustainability Efforts in the U.S.-Mexico Transborder Region / Sylvia Gonzalez-Gorman Envisioning and Implementing Sustainable Bioenergy Systems in the U.S. South / John Schelhas, Sarah Hitchner and J. Peter Brosius Living Well and Living Green: Participant Conceptualizations of Green Citizenship / Erin Miller Hamilton, Meaghan L. Guckian and Raymond De Young Part III Methods and Evaluation Strategies Cognitive Mapping as Participatory Engagement in Social Science Research on Sustainability / Meaghan L. Guckian, Erin Miller Hamilton and Raymond De Young The Impact of Status and Brainstorming in Participation in Small Group Deliberations / Sandra Rodegher Promoting Participation in a Culture of Sustainability Web Survey / Heather M. Schroeder, Andrew L. Hupp and Andrew D. Piskorowski Use of Email Paradata in a Survey of Sustainability Culture / Andrew L. Hupp, Heather M. Schroeder and Andrew D. Piskorowski Innovative Instructional Module Uses Evaluation to Enhance Quality / Martha C. Monroe, Annie Oxarart, Tracey Ritchie and Christine Jie Li From Sustainable Cities to Sustainable People—Changing Behavior Towards Sustainability with the Five A Planning Approach / Petra Stieninger Hurtado Sustainability Knowledge and Attitudes - Assessing Latent Constructs / Adam Zwickle and Keith Jones Sustainability Literacy and Cultural Assessments / John Callewaert A Conceptual Framework for Designing, Embedding and Monitoring a University Sustainability Culture / Richard Adams, Stephen Martin and Katy Boom Epilogue
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    facet.materialart.12
    Berlin : Springer
    Call number: 9783662554760 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is the first comprehensive introduction to the theory of equatorially-confined waves and currents in the ocean. Among the topics treated are inertial and shear instabilities, wave generation by coastal reflection, semiannual and annual cycles in the tropic sea, transient equatorial waves, vertically-propagating beams, equatorial Ekman layers, the Yoshida jet model, generation of coastal Kelvin waves from equatorial waves by reflection, Rossby solitary waves, and Kelvin frontogenesis. A series of appendices on midlatitude theories for waves, jets and wave reflections add further material to assist the reader in understanding the differences between the same phenomenon in the equatorial zone versus higher latitudes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 517 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-662-55476-0 , 9783662554760
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 An Observational Overview of the Equatorial Ocean 1.1 The Thermocline: The Tropical Ocean as a Two-Layer Model 1.2 Equatorial Currents 1.3 The Somali Current and the Monsoon 1.4 Deep Internal Jets 1.5 The El Niño/Southern Oscillation (ENSO) 1.6 Upwelling in the Gulf of Guinea 1.7 Seasonal Variations of the Thermocline 1.8 Summary References 2 Basic Equations and Normal Modes 2.1 Model 2.2 Boundary Conditions 2.3 Separation of Variables 2.4 Lamb’s Parameter, Equivalent Depths, Kelvin Phase Speeds and All that 2.5 Vertical Modes and Layer Models 2.6 Nondimensionalization References 3 Kelvin, Yanai, Rossby and Gravity Waves 3.1 Latitudinal Wave Modes: An Overview 3.2 Latitudinal Wave Modes: Structure and Spatial Symmetries 3.3 Dispersion Relations: Exact and Approximate Frequencies 3.4 Analytic Approximations to Equatorial Wave Frequencies 3.4.1 Explicit Formulas 3.4.2 Long Wave Series 3.5 Separation of Time Scales 3.6 Forced Waves 3.7 How the Mixed-Rossby Gravity Wave Earned Its Name 3.8 Hough-Hermite Vector Basis 3.8.1 Introduction 3.8.2 Inner Product and Orthogonality 3.8.3 Orthonormal Basis Functions 3.9 Applications of the Hough-Hermite Basis: Linear Initial-Value Problems 3.10 Initialization Through Hough-Hermite Expansion 3.11 Energy Relationships 3.12 The Equatorial Beta-Plane as the Thin Limit of the Nonlinear Shallow Water Equations on the Sphere References 4 The “Long Wave” Approximation & Geostrophy 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Quasi-Geostrophy 4.3 The “Meridional Geostrophy”, “Low Frequency” or “Long Wave” Approximation 4.4 Boundary Conditions 4.5 Frequency Separation of Slow [Rossby/Kelvin] and Fast [Gravity] Waves 4.6 Initial Value Problems in an Unbounded Ocean, Linearized About a State of Rest, in the Long Wave Approximation 4.7 Reflection from an Eastern Boundary in the Long Wave Approximation 4.7.1 The Method of Images 4.7.2 Dilated Images 4.7.3 Zonal Velocity 4.8 Forced Problems in the Long Wave Approximation References 5 The Equator as Wall: Coastally Trapped Waves and Ray-Tracing 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Coastally-Trapped Waves 5.3 Ray-Tracing For Coastal Waves 5.4 Ray-Tracing on the Equatorial Beta-Plane 5.5 Coastal and Equatorial Kelvin Waves 5.6 Topographic and Rotational Rossby Waves and Potential Vorticity References 6 Reflections and Boundaries 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Reflection of Midlatitude Rossby Waves from a Zonal Boundary 6.3 Reflection of Equatorial Waves from a Western Boundary 6.4 Reflection from an Eastern Boundary 6.5 The Meridional Geostrophy/Long Wave Approximation and Boundaries 6.6 Quasi-normal Modes: Definition and Other Weakly Non-existent Phenomena 6.7 Quasi-normal Modes in the Long Wave Approximation: Derivation 6.8 Quasi-normal Modes in the Long Wave Approximation: Discussion 6.9 High Frequency Quasi-free Equatorial Oscillations 6.10 Scattering and Reflection from Islands References 7 Response of the Equatorial Ocean to Periodic Forcing 7.1 Introduction 7.2 A Hierarchy of Models for Time-Periodic Forcing 7.3 Description of the Model and the Problem 7.4 Numerical Models: Reflections and “Ringing” 7.5 Atlantic Versus Pacific 7.6 Summary References 8 Impulsive Forcing and Spin-Up 8.1 Introduction 8.2 The Reflection of the Switched-On Kelvin Wave 8.3 Spin-Up of a Zonally-Bounded Ocean: Overview 8.4 The Interior (Yoshida) Solution 8.5 Inertial-Gravity Waves 8.6 Western Boundary Response 8.7 Sverdrup Flow on the Equatorial Beta-Plane 8.8 Spin-Up: General Considerations 8.9 Equatorial Spin-Up: Details 8.10 Equatorial Spin-Up: Summary References 9 Yoshida Jet and Theories of the Undercurrent 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Wind-Driven Circulation in an Unbounded Ocean: f-Plane 9.3 The Yoshida Jet 9.4 An Interlude: Solving Inhomogeneous Differential Equations at Low Latitudes 9.4.1 Forced Eigenoperators: Hermite Series 9.4.2 Hutton–Euler Acceleration of Slowly Converging Hermite Series 9.4.3 Regularized Forcing 9.4.4 Bessel Function Explicit Solution for the Yoshida Jet 9.4.5 Rational Approximations: Two-Point Padé Approximants and Rational Chebyshev Galerkin Methods 9.5 Unstratified Models of the Undercurrent 9.5.1 Theory of Fofonoff and Montgomery (1955) 9.5.2 Model of Stommel (1960) 9.5.3 Gill (1971) and Hidaka (1961) References 10 Stratified Models of Mean Currents 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Modal Decompositions for Linear, Stratified Flow 10.3 Different Balances of Forces 10.3.1 Bjerknes Balance 10.4 Forced Baroclinic Flow in the “Bjerknes” Approximation 10.4.1 Other Balances 10.5 The Sensitivity of the Undercurrent to Parameters 10.6 Observations of Subsurface Countercurrents (Tsuchiya Jets) 10.7 Alternate Methods for Vertical Structure with Viscosity 10.8 McPhaden’s Model of the EUC and SSCC’s: Results 10.9 A Critique of Linear Models of the Continuously-Stratified, Wind-Driven Ocean References 11 Waves and Beams in the Continuously Stratified Ocean 11.1 Introduction 11.1.1 Equatorial Beams: A Theoretical Inevitability 11.1.2 Slinky Physics and Impedance Mismatch, or How Water Can Be as Reflective as Silvered Glass 11.1.3 Shallow Barriers to Downward Beams 11.1.4 Equatorial Methodology 11.2 Alternate Form of the Vertical Structure Equation 11.3 The Thermocline as a Mirror 11.4 The Mirror-Thermocline Concept: A Critique 11.5 The Zonal Wavenumber Condition for Strong Excitation of a Mode 11.6 Kelvin Beams: Background 11.7 Equatorial Kelvin Beams: Results References 12 Stable Linearized Waves in a Shear Flow 12.1 Introduction 12.2 UðyÞ: Pure Latitudinal Shear 12.3 Neutral Waves in Flow Varying with Both Latitude and Height: Numerical Studies 12.4 Vertical Shear and the Method of Multiple Scales References 13 Inertial Instability, Pancakes and Deep Internal Jets 13.1 Introduction: Stratospheric Pancakes and Equatorial Deep Jets 13.2 Particle Argument 13.2.1 Linear Inertial Instability 13.3 Centrifugal Instability: Rayleigh’s Parcel Argument 13.4 Equatorial Gamma-Plane Approximation 13.5 Dynamical Equator 13.6 Gamma-Plane Instability 13.7 Mixed Kelvin-Inertial Instability 13.8 Summary References 14 Kelvin Wave Instability: Critical Latitudes and Exponentially Small Effects 14.1 Proxies and the Optical Theorem 14.2 Six Ways to Calculate Kelvin Instability 14.2.1 Power Series for the Eigenvalue 14.2.2 Hermite-Padé Approximants 14.2.3 Numerical Methods 14.3 Instability for the Equatorial Kelvin Wave in the Small Wavenumber Limit 14.3.1 Beyond-All-Orders Rossby Wave Instability 14.3.2 Beyond-All-Orders Kelvin Wave Instability in Weak Shear in the Long Wave Approximation 14.4 Kelvin Instability in Shear: The General Case References 15 Nonmodal Instability 15.1 Introduction 15.2 Couette and Poiseuille Flow and Subcritical Bifurcation 15.3 The Fundamental Orr Solution 15.4 Interpretation: The “Venetian Blind Effect” 15.5 Refinements to the Orr Solution 15.6 The “Checkerboard” and Bessel Solution 15.6.1 The “Checkerboard” Solution 15.7 The Dandelion Strategy 15.8 Three-Dimensional Transients 15.9 ODE Models and Nonnormal Matrices 15.10 Nonmodal Instability in the Tropics 15.11 Summary References 16 Nonlinear Equatorial Waves 16.1 Introduction 16.2 Weakly Nonlinear Multiple Scale Perturbation Theory 16.2.1 Reduction from Three Space Dimensions to One 16.2.2 Three Dimensions and Baroclinic Modes 16.3 Solitary and Cnoidal Waves 16.4 Dispersion and Waves 16.4.1 Derivation of the Group Velocity Through the Method of Multiple Scales 16.5 Integrability, Chaos and the Inverse Scattering Method 16.6 Low Order Spectral Truncation (LOST) 16.7 Nonlinear Equatorial Kelvin Waves 16.7.1 Physics of the One-Dimensional Advection (ODA) Equation: ut + cux + buux = 0 16.7.2 Post-Breaking: Overturning, Taylor Shock or “Soliton Clusters”? 16.7.3 Viscous Regularization of Kelvin Fronts: Burgers’ Equation And Matched Asymptotic Perturbation Theory 16.8 Kelvin-Gravity Wave Shortwave Resonance: Curving Fronts and Undulations 16.9 Kelvin Solitary and Cnoidal Waves 16.10 Corner Waves and the Cnoidal-Corner-Breaking Scenario 16.11 Rossby Solitary Waves 16.12 Antisymmetr
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Call number: 9783319302591 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book highlights perspectives, insights, and data in the coupled fields of aquatic microbial ecology and biogeochemistry when viewed through the lens of collaborative duos - dual career couples. Their synergy and collaborative interactions have contributed substantially to our contemporary understanding of pattern, process and dynamics. This is thus a book by dual career couples about dual scientific processes. The papers herein represent wide-ranging topics, from the processes that structure microbial diversity to nitrogen and photosynthesis metabolism, to dynamics of changing ecosystems and processes and dynamics in individual ecosystems. In all, these papers take us from the Arctic to Africa, from the Arabian Sea to Australia, from small lakes in Maine and Yellowstone hot vents to the Sargasso Sea, and in the process provide analyses that make us think about the structure and function of all of these systems in the aquatic realm. This book is useful not only for the depth and breadth of knowledge conveyed in its chapters, but serves to guide dual career couples faced with the great challenges only they face. Great teams do make great science
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 300 Seiten) , Diagremma, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319302591 , 978-3-319-30259-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Unraveling Microbial Diversity and Their Processes Phagotrophic Protists: Central Roles in Microbial Food Webs / Evelyn B. Sherr and Barry F. Sherr Overview Protists as Elemental Recyclers Protists as Consumers of Bacteria Protists as Consumers of Phytoplankton Protists in High Latitude Food Webs Looking to the Future References Drivers That Structure Biodiversity in the Plankton / Tatiana A. Rynearson and Susanne Menden-Deuer Plankton Biodiversity Alternate Hypotheses That Explain the Paradox of the Plankton An Organismal Perspective on the Paradox of the Plankton: A Biodiversity Explosion from Within? Linking Individual Level Behaviors with Plankton Ecology Pervasive Intra-specific Variability in the Genetic Diversity, Physiological Capacity, and Behavioral Repertoire of Plankton Evolution: Generating and Structuring Diversity over the Long Term Opportunities for Progress References The Elongated, the Squat and the Spherical: Selective Pressures for Phytoplankton Shape / Lee Karp-Boss and Emmanuel Boss Introduction Effects of Shape on Diffusion Other Selective Pressures References Crossing the Freshwater/Saline Barrier: A Phylogenetic Analysis of Bacteria Inhabiting Both Freshwater and Marine Ecosystems / Mina Bižić-Ionescu and Danny Ionescu Introduction Recent Data on Shared Taxa Synthesis of Published Sequence Data Future Perspectives References Approaches and Challenges for Linking Marine Biogeochemical Models with the “Omics” Revolution / Victoria J. Coles and Raleigh R. Hood Introduction Bridging the Cultural and Structural Divide Relating Existing Omics to Current Biogeochemical Models Near-Term Innovation Conclusions References Part II Viewing Growth and Trophodynamics Through a Stoichiometric Lens Out of Africa and into Stoichiometry / Susan S. Kilham and Peter Kilham References Exploring the Implications of the Stoichiometric Modulation of Planktonic Predation / Aditee Mitra and Kevin J. Flynn Introduction Characterising the Predator–Prey Stoichiometric Link Elemental Stoichiometry and Commercial Microalgal Production Effects of Temperature, Ocean Acidification and Nutrient Excess Avoiding Predation Stoichiometry and Mixotrophy Conclusions References . Part III Understanding the Mysteries of Light and Nitrogen On Saturating Response Curves from the Dual Perspectives of Photosynthesis and Nitrogen Metabolism / Todd M. Kana and Patricia M. Glibert Introduction Static vs. Dynamic Behavior Gradient Signals and Dynamics of Response Curves Overall Perspective on Dynamic Kinetics References Nitrate Reductase: A Nexus of Disciplines, Organisms, and Metabolism / Erica B. Young and John A. Berges Introduction Why Nitrate Reductase? Understanding That Has Emerged from Recent NR Measurements Recent Advances and Emerging Challenges Conclusion References The Ammonium Paradox of an Urban High- Nutrient Low-Growth Estuary / Frances Wilkerson and Richard Dugdale High-Nutrient Low-Growth Estuaries and Oligotrophication Observation of an Ammonium Paradox Ammonium: The Gatekeeper Controlling Access to Nitrate References Why Is Planktonic Nitrogen Fixation So Rare in Coastal Marine Ecosystems? Insights from a Cross-Systems Approach / Roxanne Marino and Robert W. Howarth References Where Light and Nutrients Collide: The Global Distribution and Activity of Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum Layers / Greg M. Silsbe and Sairah Y. Malkin At the Confluence of Light and Nutrients Distribution of Marine SCMLs Phytoplankton Production in SCMLs Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum Layers in Lakes References Part IV Looking in the Rear View Mirror: The Long View on Changing Ecosystems An Ecosystem in Transition: The Emergence of Mixotrophy in the Arabian Sea / Joaquim I. Goes and Helga do R. Gomes Introduction Materials and Methods Results and Discussion References The Saint Lawrence Island Polynya: A 25-Year Evaluation of an Analogue for Climate Change in Polar Regions / Jacqueline M. Grebmeier and Lee W. Cooper Introduction Synthesis Results and Discussion The Northern Bering Sea: Interannual Variability and Change Benthivores Overall Summary References Ecological Processes and Nutrient Transfers from Land to Sea: A 25-Year Perspective on Research and Management of the Seine River System / Josette Garnier and Gilles Billen Introduction 1850–1990: Organic Pollution and Oxygen 1990–2000: Eutrophication and Algal Bloom 2000–2015: Agricultural Pollution and Nitrate Contamination Conclusion: From Microbial Ecology to Territorial Biogeochemistry References A Historical Perspective on Eutrophication in the Pensacola Bay Estuary, FL, USA / Jane M. Caffrey and Michael C. Murrell Introduction Pensacola Bay Physical Setting Human Colonization of Pensacola Bay River and Estuarine Water Quality Controls on Primary Production, Organic Matter, and Nutrient Cycling Summary References Unpublished Reports Websites Meeting in the Middle: On the Interactions Between Microalgae and Their Predators or Zooplankton and Their Food / Karen H. Wiltshire and Maarten Boersma Introduction Materials and Methods Results Discussion References Lake Transparency: A Window into Decadal Variations in Dissolved Organic Carbon Concentrations in Lakes of Acadia National Park, Maine / Collin Roesler and Charles Culbertson Introduction Methods Results Discussion References Part V Focusing on Unique Systems, Processes and Dynamics Phytoplankton Biodiversity in the Oligotrophic Northwestern Sargasso Sea / James L. Pinckney and Tammi L. Richardson Introduction Materials and Methods Results Discussion References Biological Oceanography of the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia: A Review / Peter C. Rothlisberg and Michele A. Burford Introduction Study Area Currents and Hydrography Phytoplankton and the Role of Nutrients Zooplankton Penaeid Prawn Larval Ecology Larval Dispersal Mechanisms Summary Points References Discerning the Causes of Toxic Cyanobacteria (Lyngbya majuscula) Blooms in Moreton Bay, Australia / Judith M. O’Neil and William C. Dennison Introduction Nutrient Interactions Light Interactions Conceptual Model Broader Significance References Copepod, Ctenophore, and Schyphomedusae Control in Structuring the Chesapeake Bay Summer Mesohaline Planktonic Food Web / Kevin G. Sellner and Stella G. Sellner Introduction Methods Results and Discussion References Microbiogeochemical Ecophysiology of Freshwater Hydrothermal Vents in Mary Bay Canyon, Yellowstone Lake, Yellowstone National Park WY / Carmen Aguilar and Russell Cuhel Introduction Methods Big Picture Outcomes Closing Remarks References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Call number: 9781493929818 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The meeting of Aquatic Noise 2013 will introduce participants to the most recent research data, regulatory issues and thinking about effects of man-made noise and will foster critical cross-disciplinary discussion between the participants. Emphasis will be on the cross-fertilization of ideas and findings across species and noise sources. As with its predecessor, The Effects of Noise on Aquatic Life: 3rd International Conference will encourage discussion of the impact of underwater sound, its regulation and mitigation of its effects. With over 100 contributions from leading researchers, a wide range of sources of underwater sound will be considered.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online Ressource ((XXX, 1292 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9781493929818 , 978-1-4939-2981-8
    ISSN: 2214-8019 , 0065-2598
    Series Statement: Advances in experimental medicine and biology 875
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Noise-Induced Hearing Loss: Permanent Versus Temporary Threshold Shifts and the Effects of Hair Cell Versus Neuronal Degeneration / M. Charles Liberman 2 Modeled and Measured Underwater Sound Isopleths and Implications for Marine Mammal Mitigation in Alaska / Lisanne A.M. Aerts and Bill Streever 3 Peer-Reviewed Studies on the Effects of Anthropogenic Noise on Marine Invertebrates: From Scallop Larvae to Giant Squid / Natacha Aguilar de Soto 4 Sources of Underwater Sound and Their Characterization / Michael A. Ainslie and Christ A.F. de Jong 5 Assessment of Marine Mammal Impact Zones for Use of Military Sonar in the Baltic Sea / Mathias H. Andersson and Torbjörn Johansson 6 Contribution to the Understanding of Particle Motion Perception in Marine Invertebrates / Michel André, Kenzo Kaifu, Marta Solé, Mike van der Schaar, Tomonari Akamatsu, Andreu Balastegui, Antonio M. Sánchez, and Joan V. Castell 7 Functional Morphology and Symmetry in the Odontocete Ear Complex / William Ary, Ted W. Cranford, Annalisa Berta, and Petr Krysl 8 A Low-Cost Open-Source Acoustic Recorder for Bioacoustics Research / John Atkins and Mark Johnson 9 Assessment of Impulsive and Continuous Low- Frequency Noise in Irish Waters / Suzanne Beck, Joanne O’Brien, Simon Berrow, Ian O’Connor, and Dave Wall 10 Is the Venice Lagoon Noisy? First Passive Listening Monitoring of the Venice Lagoon: Possible Effects on the Typical Fish Community / Marta Bolgan, Marta Picciulin, Antonio Codarin, Riccardo Fiorin, Matteo Zucchetta, and Stefano Malavasi 11 Effect of Pile-Driving Sounds on the Survival of Larval Fish / Loes J. Bolle, Christ A.F. de Jong, Stijn M. Bierman, Pieter J.G. van Beek, Peter W. Wessels, Ewout Blom, Cindy J.G. van Damme, Hendrik V. Winter, and René P.A. Dekeling 12 Challenge of Using Passive Acoustic Monitoring in High-Energy Environments: UK Tidal Environments and Other Case Studies / Cormac G. Booth 13 Hearing Mechanisms and Noise Metrics Related to Auditory Masking in Bottlenose Dolphins (Tursiops truncatus) / Brian K. Branstetter, Kimberly L. Bakhtiari, Jennifer S. Trickey, and James J. Finneran 14 Effects of Hatchery Rearing on the Structure and Function of Salmonid Mechanosensory Systems / Andrew D. Brown, Joseph A. Sisneros, Tyler Jurasin, and Allison B. Coffin 15 Effects of Impulsive Pile-Driving Exposure on Fishes / Brandon M. Casper, Thomas J. Carlson, Michele B. Halvorsen, and Arthur N. Popper 16 Review of the Effects of Offshore Seismic Surveys in Cetaceans: Are Mass Strandings a Possibility? / Manuel Castellote and Carlos Llorens 17 Addressing Challenges in Studies of Behavioral Responses of Whales to Noise / Douglas H. Cato, Rebecca A. Dunlop, Michael J. Noad, Robert D. McCauley, Eric Kniest, David Paton, and Ailbhe S. Kavanagh 18 Measurements of Operational Wind Turbine Noise in UK Waters / Samuel Cheesman 19 A Bioenergetics Approach to Understanding the Population Consequences of Disturbance: Elephant Seals as a Model System / Daniel P. Costa, Lisa Schwarz, Patrick Robinson, Robert S. Schick, Patricia A. Morris, Richard Condit, Daniel E. Crocker, and A. Marm Kilpatrick 20 Singing Fish in an Ocean of Noise: Effects of Boat Noise on the Plainfin Midshipman (Porichthys notatus) in a Natural Ecosystem / Sarika Cullis-Suzuki 21 Detection of Complex Sounds in Quiet Conditions by Seals and Sea Lions / Kane A. Cunningham, Brandon L. Southall, and Colleen Reichmuth 22 Offshore Dredger Sounds: Source Levels, Sound Maps, and Risk Assessment / Christ A.F. de Jong, Michael A. Ainslie, Floor Heinis, and Jeroen Janmaat 23 Effects of Offshore Wind Farms on the Early Life Stages of Dicentrarchus labrax / Elisabeth Debusschere, Bert de Coensel, Sofie Vandendriessche, Dick Botteldooren, Kris Hostens, Magda Vincx, and Steven Degraer 24 The European Marine Strategy: Noise Monitoring in European Marine Waters from 2014 / René Dekeling, Mark Tasker, Michael Ainslie, Mathias Andersson, Michel André, Fabrizio Borsani, Karsten Brensing, Manuel Castellote, John Dalen, Thomas Folegot, Sandra van der Graaf, Russell Leaper, Alexander Liebschner, Jukka Pajala, Stephen Robinson, Peter Sigray, Gerry Sutton, Frank Thomsen, Stefanie Werner, Dietrich Wittekind, and John V. Young 25 Potential Population Consequences of Active Sonar Disturbance in Atlantic Herring: Estimating the Maximum Risk / Lise Doksæter Sivle, Petter Helgevold Kvadsheim, and Michael Ainslie 26 Fulfilling EU Laws to Ensure Marine Mammal Protection During Marine Renewable Construction Operations in Scotland / Sarah J. Dolman, Mick Green, Sarah Gregerson, and Caroline R. Weir 27 Expert Elicitation Methods in Quantifying the Consequences of Acoustic Disturbance from Offshore Renewable Energy Developments / Carl Donovan, John Harwood, Stephanie King, Cormac Booth, Bruno Caneco, and Cameron Walker 28 Masking Experiments in Humans and Birds Using Anthropogenic Noises / Robert J. Dooling and Sandra H. Blumenrath 29 Documenting and Assessing Dolphin Calls and Ambient and Anthropogenic Noise Levels via PAM and a SPL Meter / Kathleen M. Dudzinski, Kelly Melillo-Sweeting, and Justin D. Gregg 30 Soundscapes and Larval Settlement: Larval Bivalve Responses to Habitat-Associated Underwater Sounds / David B. Eggleston, Ashlee Lillis, and DelWayne R. Bohnenstiehl 31 Characterizing Marine Soundscapes / Christine Erbe, Robert McCauley, and Alexander Gavrilov 32 Pile-Driving Noise Impairs Antipredator Behavior of the European Sea Bass Dicentrarchus labrax / Kirsty A. Everley, Andrew N. Radford, and Stephen D. Simpson 33 Using Reaction Time and Equal Latency Contours to Derive Auditory Weighting Functions in Sea Lions and Dolphins / James J. Finneran, Jason Mulsow, and Carolyn E. Schlundt 34 Does Primary Productivity Turn Up the Volume? Exploring the Relationship Between Chlorophyll a and the Soundscape of Coral Reefs in the Pacific / Pollyanna I. Fisher-Pool, Marc O. Lammers, Jamison Gove, and Kevin B. Wong 35 Expert Elicitation of Population-Level Effects of Disturbance / Erica Fleishman, Mark Burgman, Michael C. Runge, Robert S. Schick, and Scott Kraus 36 Current Status of Development of Methods to Assess Effects of Cumulative or Aggregated Underwater Sounds on Marine Mammals / Erica Fleishman, Bill Streever, Robyn Angliss, Christopher W. Clark, William T. Ellison, Adam Frankel, Jason Gedamke, Matthias Leu, Megan McKenna, Roberto Racca, Samantha Simmons, and Robert Suydam 37 Seismic Survey Footprints in Irish Waters: A Starting Point for Effective Mitigation / Thomas Folegot, Dominique Clorennec, Gerald Sutton, and Mark Jessopp 38 Stochastic Modeling of Behavioral Response to Anthropogenic Sounds / Adam S. Frankel, William T. Ellison, Kathleen J. Vigness-Raposa, Jennifer L. Giard, and Brandon L. Southall 39 Underwater Sound Levels at a Wave Energy Device Testing Facility in Falmouth Bay, UK / Joanne K. Garrett, Matthew J. Witt, and Lars Johanning 40 Predicting Anthropogenic Noise Contributions to US Waters / Jason Gedamke, Megan Ferguson, Jolie Harrison, Leila Hatch, Laurel Henderson, Michael B. Porter, Brandon L. Southall, and Sofie Van Parijs 41 Auditory Sensitivity and Masking Profiles for the Sea Otter (Enhydra lutris) / Asila Ghoul and Colleen Reichmuth 42 Are Masking-Based Models of Risk Useful? / Robert C. Gisiner 43 “Large” Tank Acoustics: How Big Is Big Enough? / Michael D. Gray, Peter H. Rogers, Arthur N. Popper, Anthony D. Hawkins, and Richard R. Fay 44 High-Resolution Analysis of Seismic Air Gun Impulses and Their Reverberant Field as Contributors to an Acoustic Environment / Melania Guerra, Peter J. Dugan, Dimitri W. Ponirakis, Marian Popescu, Yu Shiu, Aaron N. Rice, and Christopher W. Clark 45 Underwater Sound Propagation Modeling Methods for Predicting Marine Animal Exposure / Craig A. Hamm, Diana F. McCammon, and Martin L. Taillefer 46 Investigating the Effect of Tones and Frequency Sweeps on the Collective Behavior of Penned Herring (Clupea harengus) / Nils Olav Handegard, Kevin Boswell, Alex de Robertis, Gavin John
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham, Switzerland : Springer
    Call number: 9783030468620 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book gives an overview of the tectonic, geological, potential fields, etc maps of the Arctic that were compiled during geological and geophysical studies conducted in the Arctic over the past 15 years under the International project “Atlas of Geological Maps of the Circumpolar Arctic at a scale of 5M” and presents the results of geological, geophysical, paleogeographic and tectonic studies carried out in the Arctic Ocean and the Eastern Arctic during the implementation of national mapping and scientific programmes and studies intended to provide scientific substantiation for the extension of the continental shelf (ECS). Given its scope, the book will appeal to a wide range of geologists. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 208 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030468620 , 978-3-030-46862-0
    ISSN: 2197-9545 , 2197-9553
    Series Statement: Springer geology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents New Tectonic Map of the Arctic / O. V. Petrov, M. Pubellier, S. P. Shokalsky, A. F. Morozov, Yu. B. Kazmin, S. N. Kashubin, V. A. Vernikovsky, M. Smelror, H. Brekke, V. D. Kaminsky, and I. I. Pospelov Deep Structures of the Circumpolar Arctic / S. N. Kashubin, O. V. Petrov, V. A. Poselov, S. P. Shokalsky, E. D. Milshtein, and T. P. Litvinova Arctic Sedimentary Cover Structure and Eastern Arctic Structure Maps / L. A. Daragan-Sushchova, E. O. Petrov, O. V. Petrov, and N. N. Sobolev Geological and Paleogeographic Map of the Eastern Arctic / O. V. Petrov, E. O. Petrov, N. N. Sobolev, D. I. Leontiev, and V. N. Zinchenko Study of the Arctic Seabed Rocks / O. V. Petrov, S. P. Shokalsky, T. Yu. Tolmacheva, O. L. Kossovaya, and S. A. Sergeev Geology of the Eastern Arctic Islands and Continental Fridge of the Arctic Seas / O. V. Petrov, N. N. Sobolev, S. D. Sokolov, A. V. Prokopiev, V. F. Proskurnin, E. O. Petrov, and T. Yu. Tolmacheva Correlation of Chukotka, Wrangel Island and the Mendeleev Rise / M. I. Tuchkova, S. P. Shokalsky, S. D. Sokolov, and O. V. Petrov Tectonic Model and Evolution of the Arctic / O. V. Petrov, S. N. Kashubin, S. P. Shokalsky, S. D. Sokolov, E. O. Petrov, and M. I. Tuchkova
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Call number: 9783030394486 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Seaweeds (macroalgae) represent the most striking living components in the Antarctic’s near-shore ecosystems, especially across the West Antarctic Peninsula and adjacent islands. Due to their abundance, their central roles as primary producers and foundation organisms, and as sources of diverse metabolically active products, seaweed assemblages are fundamental to biogeochemical cycles in Antarctic coastal systems. In recent years, the imminence of climate change and the direct impacts of human beings, which are affecting vast regions of the Antarctic, have highlighted the importance of seaweed processes in connection with biodiversity, adaptation and interactions in the benthic network. Various research groups have been actively involved in the investigation of these topics. Many of these research efforts have a long tradition, while some “newcomers” have also recently contributed important new approaches to the study of these organisms, benefiting polar science as a whole. This book provides an overview of recent advances and insights gleaned over the past several years. Focusing on a timely topic and extremely valuable resource, it assesses the challenges and outlines future directions in the study of Antarctic seaweeds.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 397 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030394486 , 978-3-030-39448-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Antarctic Seaweeds: Biogeography, Adaptation, and Ecosystem Services / Iván Gómez and Pirjo Huovinen 1.1 Introduction: The Historical Context 1.2 Antarctic Seaweeds in the Wake of Climate Change 1.3 The Book 1.4 Gaps, Emerging Challenges, and Future Directions References Part II Diversity and Biogeography 2 Diversity of Antarctic Seaweeds / Mariana C. Oliveira, Franciane Pellizzari, Amanda S. Medeiros, and Nair S. Yokoya 2.1 The Antarctic Environment 2.2 Seaweeds in Antarctica: Definition and Importance 2.3 Seaweed Taxonomic Studies in Antarctica: Toward a New Species Compilation 2.4 Molecular Taxonomy for the Study of Antarctic Seaweed Diversity 2.5 Seaweed Distribution in Antarctica 2.6 Concluding Remarks: Gaps and Prospects for the Future References 3 Biogeographic Processes Influencing Antarctic and sub-Antarctic Seaweeds / Ceridwen I. Fraser, Adele Morrison, and Pamela Olmedo Rojas 3.1 Antarctica’s Place in the World: An Isolated Continent? 3.2 Physical Oceanographic Processes Influencing Movement of Seaweeds into or out of the Antarctic 3.3 Hitch-Hiking to the Antarctic: Passengers on Seaweed Rafts 3.4 Concluding Remarks References 4 Detached Seaweeds as Important Dispersal Agents Across the Southern Ocean / Erasmo C. Macaya, Fadia Tala, Iván A. Hinojosa, and Eva Rothäusler 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Detached Seaweeds in Antarctica 4.3 Abiotic Factors Influencing Floating Seaweeds 4.4 Biotic Factors Affecting Floating Seaweeds 4.5 Physiology of Floating and Drifting Seaweeds: Traspassing Thermal Barriers References 5 Biogeography of Antarctic Seaweeds Facing Climate Changes / Franciane Pellizzari, Luiz Henrique Rosa, and Nair S. Yokoya 5.1 The Abiotic Setting of the Southern Ocean 5.2 Biogeographic Patterns 5.3 Seaweed Assemblages: Are Antarctic Seaweed Diversity and Richness Changing? 5.4 The Physiological Bases of Macroalgal Shifts 5.5 Deception Island: A Case Study of Opportunistic, Alien, Cryptic and Cryptogenic Species 5.6 Reevaluating Eco-Regions, Isolation, and Endemism in the Southern Ocean 5.7 Concluding Remarks: Prospects for the Future Marine Flora of the Southern Ocean References 6 Comparative Phylogeography of Antarctic Seaweeds: Genetic Consequences of Historical Climatic Variations / Marie-Laure Guillemin, Claudio González-Wevar, Leyla Cárdenas, Hélène Dubrasquet, Ignacio Garrido, Alejandro Montecinos, Paula Ocaranza-Barrera, and Kamilla Flores Robles 6.1 Historical Isolation of Antarctic Marine Macroalgae 6.2 Antarctic Marine Macroalgae: Surviving Quaternary Glacial Cycles in Situ 6.3 Persistence in Multiple Isolated Glacial Refugia Versus a Single Antarctic Refugium 6.4 Antarctic Macroalgae Genetic Diversity: COI and TufA Sequences Data Sets 6.5 Brown, Red and Green Macroalgae: Sharing a Common Pattern of Glacial Impact and Postglacial Populations Recovery? 6.6 Concluding Remarks References Part III Physiology, Productivity and Environmental Reponses 7 Underwater Light Environment of Antarctic Seaweeds / Pirjo Huovinen and Iván Gómez 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Optics of Antarctic Coastal Waters 7.3 Adaptations of Antarctic Seaweeds to Extreme Light Conditions 7.4 Consequences for Light Field Under Current and Future Threats 7.5 Concluding Remarks References 8 Production and Biomass of Seaweeds in Newly Ice-Free Areas: Implications for Coastal Processes in a Changing Antarctic Environment / María L. Quartino, Leonardo A. Saravia, Gabriela L. Campana, Dolores Deregibus, Carolina V. Matula, Alicia L. Boraso, and Fernando R. Momo 8.1 Introduction: Seaweeds in Coastal Marine Ecosystems 8.2 Macroalgae and Carbon Fluxes in Antarctic Coastal Areas 8.3 Macroalgal Biomass Studies in Antarctica 8.4 The Ecosystem of Potter Cove: An Outstanding Case Study 8.5 A Dynamic Growth Model for Antarctic Macroalgae Under a Fast-Changing Environment 8.6 Seaweed Production in Present and Future Warming Scenarios 8.7 Future Prospects References 9 Carbon Balance Under a Changing Light Environment / Dolores Deregibus, Katharina Zacher, Inka Bartsch, Gabriela L. Campana, Fernando R. Momo, Christian Wiencke, Iván Gómez, and María L. Quartino 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Carbon Balance: A Case Study in Potter Cove 9.3 New Scenarios and Their Implications for Algal Photosynthesis 9.4 Concluding Remarks and Future Prospects References 10 Life History Strategies, Photosynthesis, and Stress Tolerance in Propagules of Antarctic Seaweeds / Nelso Navarro, Pirjo Huovinen, and Iván Gómez 10.1 Seasonal Strategies and Life History Cycles 10.2 Photosynthetic Light Requirements of Early Stages 10.3 Effects of Environmental Factors on the Biology of Propagules 10.4 Concluding Remarks: Biology of Propagules under Climate Change References 11 Form and Function in Antarctic Seaweeds: Photobiological Adaptations, Zonation Patterns, and Ecosystem Feedbacks / Iván Gómez and Pirjo Huovinen 11.1 Brief Overview of Form and Function in Seaweeds 11.2 Functional Groups of Seaweeds in the Antarctic 11.3 The Vertical Zonation of Antarctic Seaweeds: A Paradigm of Spatial Distribution of Different Morpho-functional Traits 11.4 Light Use Characteristics as a Major Factor Delineating Physiological Thallus Anatomy of Seaweeds 11.5 Form and Function in the Context of Life Strategies and Stress Tolerance 11.6 Functional Traits of Seaweeds and Properties of Benthic Communitie 11.7 Concluding Remarks References Part IV Biological Interactions and Ecosystem Processes 12 Successional Processes in Antarctic Benthic Algae / Gabriela L. Campana, Katharina Zacher, Fernando R. Momo, Dolores Deregibus, Juan Ignacio Debandi, Gustavo A. Ferreyra, Martha E. Ferrario, Christian Wiencke, and María L. Quartino 12.1 Introduction 12.2 Structural Patterns and Changes in Algal Community Composition during Succession 12.3 Ecological Factors Influencing Antarctic Algal Succession 12.4 Experimental Approaches to Study In Situ Succession of Antarctic Benthic Algae 12.5 Concluding Remarks and Perspectives References 13 Seaweed-Herbivore Interactions: Grazing as Biotic Filtering in Intertidal Antarctic Ecosystems / Nelson Valdivia 13.1 Biological Invasions and Their Impact on the Ecology of Antarctic Coastal Systems 13.2 Recent Introductions of Exotic Macroalgae in Antarctica 13.3 Can Grazers Control Alien Macroalgae in Antarctica? 13.4 Ulva intestinalis as a Case Study in a Simple, Two- Species Assembly Model 13.5 Concluding Remarks References 14 Diversity and Functioning of Antarctic Seaweed Microbiomes / Juan Diego Gaitan-Espitia and Matthias Schmid 14.1 Introduction: Environment and Antarctic Seaweed Host-Microbiome 14.2 Functional Interactions of Antarctic Seaweeds and Their Associated Microbiota 14.3 Deciphering the Structure and Diversity of Seaweed Microbiomes 14.4 Variation of Bacterial Community Diversity in Antarctic Seaweeds 14.5 Conclusions and Future Perspectives References 15 Seaweeds in the Antarctic Marine Coastal Food Web / Fernando R. Momo, Georgina Cordone, Tomás I. Marina, Vanesa Salinas, Gabriela L. Campana, Mariano A. Valli, Santiago R. Doyle, and Leonardo A. Saravia 15.1 Introduction 15.2 Food Webs and Seaweeds 15.3 Network Dynamics and Robustness 15.4 Non-Trophic Interactions 15.5 Final Remarks References 16 Trophic Networks and Ecosystem Functioning / Marco Ortiz, Brenda B. Hermosillo-Núñez, and Ferenc Jordán 16.1 Introduction 16.2 Macroscopic Ecosystem-Network Properties 16.3 Keystone Species Complex (KSC) 16.4 Contribution of Keystone Species Complex to Macroscopic Network Properties 16.5 Constrains and Perspectives Appendix 16.A References Part V Chemical Ecology 17 Chemical Mediation of Antarctic Macroalga-Grazer Interactions / Charles D. Amsler, James B. McClintock, and Bill J. Baker 17.1 Introduction 17.2 Feeding Bioassay Methodology 17.3 Antarctic Macroalgal Resistance to Herbivory 17.4 Macroalga-Invertebrate Interactions on the Western Antarctic Peninsula 17.5 Overview References 18 Brown Algal Phlorotannins: An Overview of Their Functional Roles / Iván Gómez and Pirjo
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030780135 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book describes the structure, composition and evolution of the Earth, the main geological processes occurring on it, and how some crucial environmental matters that are amply debated in the media (e.g. pollution, greenhouse effect) can be fully understood by placing them in the holistic context of the system Earth as a whole. It provides basic information on a series of key geological issues, from the structure and composition of the Earth to the large-scale processes that characterize our planet, such as rock alteration and sedimentation, magmatism, geomagnetism, seismicity, plate tectonics, cyclical migration of chemical elements through various Earth reservoirs (Geochemical Cycles), and evolution of the planet from Hadean to present. It intends to reach a wide readership, which is interested in our planet and wish to have a general and comprehensive view of its origin, evolution and activity. Potential readership includes undergraduate and advanced undergraduate students in Geology and other scientific disciplines, and any moderately- to well-educated people interested in the surrounding world and eager to gain a basic knowledge of the Earth and to reach an integrated view of how our planet is working. Includes debated issues of the environmental changes by framing them within the evolution and history of the Earth.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 223 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: 2021, corrected publication 2022
    ISBN: 9783030780135 , 978-3-030-78013-5
    Uniform Title: Aria, Acqua, Terra, Fuoco Come funziona il sistema Terra
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 The World Hidden Beneath Us - Structure and Composition of the Earth 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Xenoliths, Meteorites, Earthquakes: Witnesses of the Underground World 1.3 The Structure and Composition of the Earth 1.3.1 The Compositional Layering: Core, Mantle, and Crust 1.3.2 The Mechanical Layering: Inner Core, Outer Core, Convective Mantle, and Lithosphere 1.4 Summary 1.5 Box 1.1 - Minerals and Rocks References 2 Air, Water, Earth - The Exogenic Geological Processes 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Rocks and Soils 2.3 The Atmosphere 2.4 The Hydrosphere 2.5 The Sedimentary Cycle: Air, Water and Earth at Work 2.5.1 Rocks Breakdown 2.5.2 Removal and Transportation of Weathering Products 2.5.3 Sediment Deposition 2.5.4 Diagenesis: Back to Rocks 2.6 The Remains of Mountains 2.7 The Fate of the Organic Matter 2.8 Summary 2.9 Box 2.1 - Water-Air-Earth Interaction: Some Basic Geochemistry 2.10 Box 2.2 - Limestone, a Most Meritorious Rock References 3 Fire - How Magmatism Shaped the Earth 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Magmas: What They Are, How They Form 3.3 Magmatism and the Structure of the Earth 3.3.1 From Chaos to Order 3.4 Volcanism 3.4.1 Types of Volcanic Eruptions 3.4.2 Volcanism and the Terrestrial Environment 3.4.3 Large Igneous Provinces and Mass Extinctions 3.5 Global Distribution of Magmatism 3.6 Summary 3.7 Box 3.1 - Magmatism: How and Why 3.7.1 Main Types of Magma 3.7.2 Ascent, Diversification and Solidification of Magmas 3.8 Box 3.2 - Heat Flow and Geothermal Energy 3.9 Box 3.3 - Magmatism and Ore Deposits References 4 Geomagnetism - The Space Shield of the Planet Earth 4.1 Introduction 4.2 The Earth’s Magnetic Field 4.3 Palaeomagnetism: The Magnetic Memory of Rocks 4.3.1 Magnetic Reversal 4.4 Palaeomagnetism, Continental Drift, and Ocean Floor Spreading 4.5 Summary 4.6 Box 4.1 - Geomagnetism: A Historical Perspective 4.7 Box 4.2 - Geomagnetism and the Biosphere References 5 Seismicity—The Breath of a Restless Earth 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Rock Failure, Earthquakes, and Faults 5.2.1 Stress and Rock Deformation 5.2.2 Earthquakes and Faults 5.3 Seismic Waves 5.4 Seismographs and Seismograms 5.5 Earthquake Magnitude, Intensity and Frequency 5.6 Global Distribution of Earthquakes 5.7 Summary 5.8 Box 5.1- Earthquake Effects, Prediction, Forecasting, and Mitigation References 6 Plate Tectonics - The Great Unifying Theory 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Fixism Versus Mobilism 6.2.1 The Theory of Continental Drift 6.2.2 From Continental Drift to Plate Tectonics 6.3 Plate Tectonics: The Framework 6.4 The Plate Boundaries 6.4.1 Divergent Boundaries 6.4.2 Convergent Boundaries 6.4.3 Transform Boundaries 6.5 Why Do Plates Move? 6.6 Where, When and Why Does Subduction Start 6.7 Summary 6.8 Box 6.1 - Linear Volcanism and Hotspots 6.9 Box 6.2 - The Continents References 7 Geochemical Cycles - The Circulatory System of Planet Earth 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Geochemical Cycles: Some Definitions 7.3 The Water Cycle 7.4 The Sodium Cycle 7.5 The Carbon Biogeochemical Cycle 7.6 The Phosphorus Biogeochemical Cycle 7.7 The Nitrogen Biogeochemical Cycle 7.8 The Oxygen Cycle 7.9 The Iron Cycle 7.10 The Geochemical Cycles of Lead and Arsenic 7.11 Summary 7.12 Box 7.1 The Rock Cycle 7.13 Box 7.2 The Geochemical Cycles and the Age of the Earth References 8 The Geochemical Cycles and the Environment - How Man is Changing the Earth 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Geochemical Cycles and Environmental Pollution 8.2.1 Toxic Elements 8.2.2 Phosphorus and Nitrogen Compounds 8.3 Environmental Aspects of the Carbon Cycle 8.3.1 CO2 and the Ocean Acidification 8.3.2 CO2 and the Greenhouse Effect 8.3.3 CO2 and Climatic Change: A Geological Perspective 8.3.4 A Lesson for the Future 8.4 Plastic Waste Pollution 8.5 Summary 8.6 Box 8.1 - Stable Isotopes: Measuring the Temperature of the Past 8.6.1 Some Basics of Isotope Geochemistry 8.6.2 The Delta Notation 8.6.3 Oxygen-Hydrogen Isotope Geothermometry 8.7 Box 8.2 - CO2 Sequestration: The message from Decameron References 9 From Hadean to Anthropocene - The Endless Story of a Lucky Planet 9.1 Introduction 9.2 From the Solar Nebula to the Formation of Planets 9.3 Hadean: The Hellish Aeon (~4600–4000 Ma) 9.4 Archaean (4000–2500 Ma): The Dawn of Life and the Start of Modern Plate Tectonics 9.5 Proterozoic (2500–541 Ma): Oxygen, Eukaryotes, Supercontinents 9.6 Phanerozoic: The explosion of Complex Organisms (541–0 Ma) 9.6.1 The Spread of Animals and Plants 9.7 Finally, The Anthropocene 9.8 The Gaia Hypothesis 9.9 Summary 9.10 Box 9.1 - Geochronology: How Ages of Rocks, Fossils and Geologic Events Are Determined 9.10.1 Relative Age of Rocks and Fossils 9.10.2 Absolute Age References 10 Epilogue 10.1 The Earth Anomaly 10.2 The Best of All Possible Worlds 10.3 Historical Times, Geological Times 10.4 Technology, Natural Resources and Environmental Impact 10.5 Natura, Non Nisi Parendo Vincitur Correction to: Air, Water, Earth, Fire Further Reading Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Call number: 9783030647773 (e-book)
    In: Water science and technology library, volume 99
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a step-by-step methodology and derivation of deep learning algorithms as Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM) and Convolution Neural Network (CNN), especially for estimating parameters, with back-propagation as well as examples with real datasets of hydrometeorology (e.g. streamflow and temperature) and environmental science (e.g. water quality). Deep learning is known as part of machine learning methodology based on the artificial neural network. Increasing data availability and computing power enhance applications of deep learning to hydrometeorological and environmental fields. However, books that specifically focus on applications to these fields are limited. Most of deep learning books demonstrate theoretical backgrounds and mathematics. However, examples with real data and step-by-step explanations to understand the algorithms in hydrometeorology and environmental science are very rare. This book focuses on the explanation of deep learning techniques and their applications to hydrometeorological and environmental studies with real hydrological and environmental data. This book covers the major deep learning algorithms as Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM) and Convolution Neural Network (CNN) as well as the conventional artificial neural network model.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 204 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030647773 , 978-3-030-64777-3
    ISSN: 0921-092X , 1872-4663
    Series Statement: Water science and technology library volume 99
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 What is Deep Learning? 1.2 Pros and Cons of Deep Learning 1.3 Recent Applications of Deep Learning in Hydrometeorological and Environmental Studies 1.4 Organization of Chapters 1.5 Summary and Conclusion References 2 Mathematical Background 2.1 Linear Regression Model 2.1.1 Simple Linear Regression 2.1.2 Multiple Linear Regression 2.2 Time Series Model 2.2.1 Autoregressive Model (AR) 2.3 Probability Distributions 2.3.1 Normal Distributions 2.3.2 Gamma Distribution 2.4 Exercises References 3 Data Preprocessing 3.1 Normalization 3.2 Data Splitting for Training and Testing 3.3 Exercises 4 Neural Network 4.1 Terminology in Neural Network 4.1.1 Components of Neural Network 4.1.2 Activation Functions 4.1.3 Error and Loss Function 4.1.4 Softmax and One-Hot Encoding 4.2 Artificial Neural Network 4.2.1 Simplest Network 4.2.2 Feedforward and Backward Propagation 4.2.3 Network with Multiple Input and Output Variables 4.2.4 Python Coding of the Simple Network 4.3 Exercises 5 Training a Neural Network 5.1 Initialization 5.2 Gradient Descent 5.3 Backpropagation 5.3.1 Simple Network 5.3.2 Full Neural Network 5.3.3 Python Coding of Network 5.4 Exercises Reference 6 Updating Weights 6.1 Momentum 6.2 Adagrad 6.3 RMSprop 6.4 Adam 6.5 Nadam 6.6 Python Coding of Updating Weights 6.7 Exercises References 7 Improving Model Performance 7.1 Batching and Minibatch 7.2 Validation 7.2.1 Python Coding of K-Fold Cross-Validation 7.3 Regularization 7.3.1 L-Norm Regularization 7.3.2 Dropout 7.3.3 Python Coding of Regularization 7.4 Exercises Reference 8 Advanced Neural Network Algorithms 8.1 Extreme Learning Machine (ELM) 8.1.1 Basic ELM 8.1.2 Generalized ELM 8.1.3 Python Coding 8.2 Autoencoder 8.2.1 Vanilla Autoencoder 8.2.2 Regularized Autoencoder 8.2.3 Python Coding of Regularized AE 8.3 Exercises Reference 9 Deep Learning for Time Series 9.1 Recurrent Neural Network 9.1.1 Backpropagation 9.1.2 Backpropagation Through Time (BPTT) 9.2 Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM) 9.2.1 Basics of LSTM 9.2.2 Example of LSTM 9.2.3 Backpropagation of a Simple LSTM 9.2.4 Backpropagation Through Time (BPTT) 9.3 Gated Recurrent Unit (GRU) 9.3.1 Basics of GRU 9.3.2 Example of GRU 9.3.3 Backpropagation of a Simple GRU Model 9.4 Exercises References 10 Deep Learning for Spatial Datasets 10.1 Convolutional Neural Network (CNN) 10.1.1 Definition of Convolution 10.1.2 Elements of CNN 10.2 Backpropagation of CNN 10.3 Exercises 11 Tensorflow and Keras Programming for Deep Learning 11.1 Basic Keras Modeling 11.2 Temporal Deep Learning (LSTM and GRU) 11.3 Spatial Deep Learning (CNN) 11.4 Exercises References 12 Hydrometeorological Applications of Deep Learning 12.1 Stochastic Simulation with LSTM 12.1.1 Mathematical Description for Stochastic Simulation with LSTM 12.1.2 Colorado Monthly Streamflow 12.1.3 Results of Colorado River 12.1.4 Python Coding 12.1.5 Matlab Coding 12.2 Forecasting Daily Temperature with LSTM 12.2.1 Preparing the Data 12.2.2 Methodology 12.2.3 Results 12.2.4 Python Coding 12.3 Exercises References 13 Environmental Applications of Deep Learning 13.1 Remote Sensing of Water Quality Using CNN 13.1.1 Introduction 13.1.2 Study Area and Monitoring 13.1.3 Field Data Collection 13.1.4 Point-Centered Regression CNN (PRCNN) 13.1.5 Results and Discussion 13.1.6 Conclusion 13.1.7 Python Coding References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Call number: 9783030665760 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book honors the career of Professor Elizabeth Gierlowski-Kordesch who was a pioneer and leader in the field of limnogeology since the 1980s. Her work was instrumental in guiding students and professionals in the field until her untimely death in 2016. This collection of chapters was written by her colleagues and students and recognize the important role that Professor Gierlowski-Kordesch had in advancing the field of limnogeology. The chapters show the breadth of her reach as these have been contributed from virtually every continent. This book will be a primary reference for scientists, professionals and graduate students who are interested in the latest advances in limnogeologic processes and basin descriptions in North and South America, Europe, Africa, and China. *Free supplementary material available online for chapters 3,11,12 and 13. Access by searching for the book on link.springer.com.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 592 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030665760 , 978-3-030-66576-0
    ISSN: 2211-2731 , 2211-274X
    Series Statement: Syntheses in limnogeology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction Introduction to Limnogeology: Progress, Challenges, and Opportunities: A Tribute to Elizabeth Gierlowski-Kordesch / Michael R. Rosen, Lisa Park Boush, David B. Finkelstein, and Sila Pla-Pueyo Part II African Lake Modern and Ancient Animal Traces in the Extreme Environments of Lake Magadi and Nasikie Engida, Kenya Rift Valley / Jennifer J. Scott, Robin W. Renaut, Luis A. Buatois, R. Bernhart Owen, Emma P. McNulty, Mona Stockhecke, Kennie Leet, Tim K. Lowenstein, and M. Gabriela Mángano Part III European Lakes Lake-Level Fluctuations and Allochthonous Lignite Deposition in the Eocene Pull-Apart Basin “Prinz von Hessen” (Hesse, Germany) – A Palynological Study / Maryam Moshayedi, Olaf K. Lenz, Volker Wilde, and Matthias Hinderer How Changes of Past Vegetation and Human Impact Are Documented in Lake Sediments: Paleoenvironmental Research in Southwestern Germany, a Review / Manfred Rösch, Karl-Heinz Feger, Elske Fischer, Matthias Hinderer, Lucas Kämpf, Angelika Kleinmann, Jutta Lechterbeck, Elena Marinova, Antje Schwalb, Gegeensuvd Tserendorj, and Lucia Wick Large-Scale Slumps and Associated Resedimented Deposits in Miocene Lake Basins from SE Spain / José P. Calvo, David Gómez-Gras, and Miguel A. Rodríguez-Pascua Lacustrine and Fluvial Carbonate Microbialites in the Neogene of the Ebro Basin, Spain: A Summary of Up-to-Date Knowledge / Concha Arenas-Abad, Leticia Martin-Bello, F. Javier Pérez-Rivarés, Nerea Santos-Bueno, and Marta Vázquez-Urbez Part IV North America Ecological Response of Ostracodes (Arthropoda, Crustacea) to Lake-Level Fluctuations in the Eocene Green River Formation, Fossil Basin, Wyoming, USA /Lisa E. Park Boush, Christine M. S. Hall, Lucas S. Antonietto, and Andrew J. McFarland History of Great Salt Lake, Utah, USA: since the Termination of Lake Bonneville / Charles G. Oviatt, Genevieve Atwood, and Robert S. Thompson What’s New About the Old Bonneville Basin? Fresh Insights About the Modern Limnogeology of Great Salt Lake / Kathleen Nicoll Middle Holocene Hydrologic Changes Catalyzed by River Avulsion in Big Soda Lake, Nevada, USA / Michael R. Rosen, Liam Reidy, Scott Starratt, and Susan R. H. Zimmerman Diatom Record of Holocene Moisture Variability in the San Bernardino Mountains, California, USA / Scott W. Starratt, Matthew E. Kirby, and Katherine Glover A 12,000 Year Diatom-Based Paleoenvironmental Record from Lago De Zirahuén, Mexico / Isabel Israde-Alcántara, C. G. Vázquez, Sarah Davies, Ben Aston, and Margarita Caballero Miranda Sedimentary Record of the Zacapu Basin, Michoacán, México, and Implications for P’urhépecha Culture During the Preclassic and Postclassic Periods / Diana C. Soria-Caballero, Víctor Hugo Garduño-Monroy, Isabel Israde-Alcántara, Ángel G. Figueroa-Soto, M. Gabriela Gómez-Vasconcelos, and Nathalie Fagel Stratigraphy and Sedimentology of the Upper Pleistocene to Holocene Lake Chalco Drill Cores (Mexico Basin) / Blas Valero-Garcés, Mona Stockhecke, Socorro Lozano-García, Beatriz Ortega, Margarita Caballero, Peter Fawcett, Josef P. Werne, Erik Brown, Susana Sosa Najera, Kristin Pearthree, David McGee, Alastair G. E. Hodgetts, and Rodrigo Martínez Submarine Groundwater Discharge as a Catalyst for Eodiagenetic Carbonate Cements Within Marine Sedimentary Basins / Elizabeth H. Gierlowski-Kordesch, Gar W. Rothwell, Ruth A. Stockey, and David B. Finkelstein Part V South America Reconstructing Paleoenvironmental Conditions Through Integration of Paleogeography, Stratigraphy, Sedimentology, Mineralogy and Stable Isotope Data of Lacustrine Carbonates: An Example from Early Middle Triassic Strata of Southwest Gondwana, Cuyana Rift, Argentina / C. A. Benavente, A. C. Mancuso, and K. M. Bohacs Part VI Asia Modern Sedimentary Systems of Qinghai Lake / Jiang Zaixing and Liu Chao Freshwater Microbialites in Early Jurassic Fluvial Strata of the Pranhita-Godavari Gondwana Basin, India / Suparna Goswami and Parthasarathi Ghosh Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Call number: 9783319777887 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is the result of collaboration within the framework of the Third International Scientific School for Young Scientists held at the Ishlinskii Institute for Problems in Mechanics of Russian Academy of Sciences, 2017, November. The papers included describe studies on the dynamics of natural system – geosphere, hydrosphere, atmosphere—and their interactions, the human contribution to naturally occurring processes, laboratory modeling of earth and environment processes, and testing of new developed physical and mathematical models. The book particularly focuses on modeling in the field of oil and gas production as well as new alternative energy sources.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 382 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319777887 , 978-3-319-77788-7
    ISSN: 2197-9545 , 2197-9553
    Series Statement: Springer geology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents The Tyrrhenian Continent Ragmentation / Al. A. Schreider, A. A. Schreider, and A. E. Sazhneva Long Waves Influence on Polarization Ratio for Microwave Backscattering from the Sea Surface / Alexandr Zapevalov Elimination of Hydrocarbons Spills on Water Objects and Fluorescent Diagnostics of Water Pureness / T. O. Chaplina and E. V. Stepanova Investigations of Internal Waves in the Seas of Russia and in the Central Atlantic / K. S. Grigorenko and S. M. Khartiev Critically Stressed Fractures and Their Relation to Elastic Moduli / Nikita Vladislavovich Dubinya and Ilya Vladimirovich Fokin Mechanical Properties of Thin Films of Coals by Nanoindentation / Elena Kossovich, Svetlana Epshtein, Nadezhda Dobryakova, Maxim Minin, and Darya Gavrilova Using the Variational Approach and Adjoint Equations Method Under the Identification of the Input Parameter of the Passive Admixture Transport Model / Sergey Germanovich Demyshev, Vladimir Sergeevich Kochergin, and Sergey Vladimirovich Kochergin Mechanisms Accounting for Interannual Variability of Advective Heat Transport in the North Atlantic Upper Layer / A. B. Polonsky and P. A. Sukhonos Convective Jets: Volcanic Activity and Turbulent Mixing in the Boundary Layers of the Atmosphere and Ocean / Alexander Vulfson, Oleg Borodin, and Petr Nikolaev Theoretical and Experimental Evaluation of Formation Fluid Composition Influence on Filtration and Elastic Properties of Porous Media / Daniil Karmanskiy and Andrey Maltsev Synchronous Changes of Geophysical Fields in the Earth’s Near-Surface Zone / Svetlana Riabova and Alexander Spivak Vertical Mass Transport by Weakly Nonlinear Inertia-Gravity Internal Waves / A. A. Slepyshev and D. I. Vorotnikov Field Investigation and Numerical Simulation of Wind-Wave Interaction at the Middle-Sized Inland Reservoirs / G. A. Baydakov, A. M. Kuznetsova, V. V. Papko, A. A. Kandaurov, M. I. Vdovin, D. A. Sergeev, and Yu. I. Troitskaya Multidecadal Variability of Hydro-Thermodynamic Characteristics and Heat Fluxes in North Atlantic / N. A. Diansky and P. A. Sukhonos Reconstruction of Hydrophysical Fields in the Coastal Region of the Black Sea on the Basis of Hydrodynamic Model with Assimilation of Observational Data / Demyshev Sergei and Evstigneeva Natalia The Vertical Turbulent Exchange Features in the Black Sea Active Layer / A. S. Samodurov and A. M. Chukharev Model of Oscillations of Earth’s Poles Based on Gravitational Tides / S. A. Kumakshev Laboratory Modeling of Ring Geophysical Structures / B. Shvilkin Principles of Controlling the Apparatus Function for Achieving Super-Resolution in Imagers / E. N. Terentiev, N. E. Terentiev, and I. I. Farshakova A Regular System of Vortices in a Circular Stratified Flow Behind the Edge of a Rotating Disk / Roman N. Bardakov Comparison of Empirical Sea-Surface Slopes Probability Densities for the Purposes of Satellite Sounding / Nick Evgenievich Lebedev and Alexandr Sergeevich Zapevalov Mathematical Modeling of Thermomechanical Behavior of Porous Impermeable Medium with Active Filler / M. V. Alekseev, E. B. Savenkov, and N. G. Sudobin Evaluation of the Temporal Dynamics of Oceanic Eddies with Initial Peripheral Rate Shift / Alexander Aleхeyevich Solovyev and Dmitry Alexandrovich Solovyev Reservoir Proxy Model as a Part of Geo-Technological Model of Gas Fields and Underground Gas Storages / Sergey A. Kirsanov, Andrey V. Chugunov, Oleg S. Gatsolaev, Yan S. Chudin, Ivan А. Fedorov, Aleksey A. Kontarev, and Alexandra P. Popovich Understanding of Rock Material Behavior Under Dynamic Loadings Based on Incubation Time Criteria Approach / A. N. Martemyanov and Yu. V. Petrov Analytical Research of Character of Relative Permeability Function Under Unsteady Two-Phase Filtration / D. U. Semiglasov and V. M. Maximov Estimation of the Hydraulic Fracture Propagation Rate in the Laboratory Experiment / M. Trimonova, E. Zenchenko, N. Baryshnikov, S. Turuntaev, P. Zenchenko, and A. Aigozhieva Paleomagnetism of Some Basalts Samples from the Red Sea Rift Zone / V. I. Maksimochkin and L. R. Preobrazhenskii Influence of Hydrodynamic Perturbations on Dispersion Characteristics of a Near-Water Aerosol / V. N. Nosov, S. G. Ivanov, V. I. Pogonin, V. I. Timonin, N. A. Zavyalov, E. A. Zevakin, and A. S. Savin A Comparative Analysis of Optical Methods for Detection and Prediction of Radionuclides Migration in the Geosphere / B. P. Yakimov, G. S. Budylin, V. G. Petrov, V. V. Fadeev, S. N. Kalmykov, S. A. Evlashin, and E. A. Shirshin Advanced Procedure for Estimation of Phytoplankton Fluorescence Quantum Yield Using Remote Sensing Data: A Comparative Study of the Amundsen Sea Polynyas / Elena E. Nikonova, Evgeny A. Shirshin, Victor V. Fadeev, and Maxim Y. Gorbunov The Exact Mathematical Models of Nonlinear Surface Waves / Anatoly Kistovich Numerical Analysis and Prediction of the Consequences of Natural and Technological Impacts in Coastal Areas of the Azov Sea / T. Ya. Shul’ga, S. M. Khartiev, and A. R. Ioshpa The Problem of Forecasting of Vertical Temperature Distribution in Inland Hydrophysical Objects with Experimental Data / D. Gladskikh, D. Sergeev, G. Baydakov, I. Soustova, and Yu. Troitskaya Modeling Geomechanical Processes in Oil and Gas Reservoirs at the True Triaxial Loading Apparatus / V. I. Karev, D. M. Klimov, and Yu. F. Kovalenko Modeling of Deformation and Filtration Processes Near Wells with Emphasis of their Coupling and Effects Caused by Anisotropy / V. I. Karev, D. M. Klimov, Yu. F. Kovalenko, and K. B. Ustinov Effect of a Tidal Wave Caused by Large Gliding Satellite on Formation of 220 km Seismic Boundary and Split of the Mantle into Blocks / S. Kasyanov and V. Samsonov Influence of Baroclinicity on Sea Level Oscillations in the Baltic Sea / Evgeny Zakharchuk, Natalia Tikhonova, Anatoly Gusev, and Nikolay Diansky Author Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Call number: 9783709118832 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxx, 765 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783709118832 , 978-3-7091-1883-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Cardiac Development and Animal Models of Congenital Heart Defects / Robert G. Kelly 2 Normal Cardiac Anatomy and Clinical Evaluation / David J. Driscoll Part II Development of the Heart and Its Vessels 3 First and Second Heart Field / Margaret Buckingham 4 Neural Crest / Bijoy Thattaliyath and Mary Hutson 5 Inflow Tract Development / Andy Wessels 6 Epicardium and Coronary Arteries / José C. Martín-Robles and José M. Pérez-Pomares 7 Establishment of Cardiac Laterality / George C. Gabriel and Cecilia W. Lo 8 Cardiac Conduction System / Rajiv Mohan and Vincent M. Christoffels 9 Hemodynamics During Development and Postnatal Life / David Sedmera 10 Evolutionary Aspects of Cardiac Development / Bjarke Jensen and Antoon F.M. Moorman Part III Central Molecular Pathways 11 Inter- and Intracellular Signaling Pathways / Jörg Heineke 12 Cardiac Transcription Factors and Regulatory Networks / Marcel Grunert, Cornelia Dorn, and Silke Rickert-Sperling 13 Post-transcriptional Regulation by Proteins and Non-coding RNAs / Amelia E. Aranega and Diego Franco 14 Post-translational Modification / Jun Wang and Robert J. Schwartz 15 Epigenetics / Rajan Jain, Mudit Gupta, and Jonathan A. Epstein 16 Environmental Signals / George A. Porter Jr. 17 The Contractile Apparatus of the Heart / Ingo Morano 18 Technologies to Study Genetics and Molecular Pathways / Cornelia Dorn, Marcel Grunert, Ana Dopazo, Fátima Sánchez-Cabo, Alberto Gatto, Jésus Vázquez, Silke Rickert-Sperling, and Enrique Lara-Pezzi Part IV Atrial Septal Defect 19 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Atrial Septal Defect / David J. Driscoll 20 Human Genetics of Atrial Septal Defect / Rabia Khan and Patrick Y. Jay 21 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Atrial Septal Defect / Patrick Y. Jay, Karl R. Degenhardt, and Robert H. Anderson Part V Ventricular Septal Defect 22 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Ventricular Septal Defect / David J. Driscoll 23 Human Genetics of Ventricular Septal Defect / Katherina Bellmann, Andreas Perrot, and Silke Rickert-Sperling 24 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Ventricular Septal Defect / Lucile Houyel Part VI Atrioventricular Septal Defect 25 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Atrioventricular Septal Defect / David J. Driscoll 26 Human Genetics of Atrioventricular Septal Defect / Cheryl L. Maslen 27 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Atrioventricular Septal Defect / Andy Wessels Part VII Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return 28 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return / David J. Driscoll 29 Human Genetics of Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return / Robert E. Poelmann, Monique R.M. Jongbloed, Marco C. DeRuiter, and Adriana C. Gittenberger-de Groot 30 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return / Robert E. Poelmann, Adriana C. Gittenberger-de Groot, Monique R.M. Jongbloed, and Marco C. DeRuiter Part VIII Tetralogy of Fallot and Double Outlet Right Ventricle 31 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Tetralogy of Fallot and Double Outlet Right Ventricle / David J. Driscoll 32 Human Genetics of Tetralogy of Fallot and Double Outlet Right Ventricle / Cornelia Dorn, Andreas Perrot, and Silke Rickert-Sperling 33 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Tetralogy of Fallot and Double Outlet Right Ventricle / Robert G. Kelly Part IX d-Transposition of the Great Arteries 34 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of d-Transposition of the Great Arteries / David J. Driscoll 35 Human Genetics of d-Transposition of the Great Arteries / Patrice Bouvagnet and Anne Moreau de Bellaing 36 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of d-Transposition of the Great Arteries / Amy-Leigh Johnson and Simon D. Bamforth Part X Defects of Situs 37 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Defects of Situs / David J. Driscoll 38 Human Genetics of Defects of Situs / Andreas Perrot and Silke Rickert-Sperling 39 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Defects of Situs / Nikolai T. Klena, George C. Gabriel, and Cecilia W. Lo Part XI Semilunar Valve and Aortic Arch Anomalies 40 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Semilunar Valve and Aortic Arch Anomalies / David J. Driscoll 41 Human Genetics of Semilunar Valve and Aortic Arch Anomalies / Matina Prapa and Siew Yen Ho 42 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Semilunar Valve and Aortic Arch Anomalies / Amy-Leigh Johnson and Simon D. Bamforth Part XII Coronary Artery Anomalies 43 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Coronary Artery Anomalies / David J. Driscoll 44 Human Genetics of Coronary Artery Anomalies / Beatriz Picazo and José M. Pérez-Pomares 45 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Coronary Artery Anomalies / Juan A. Guadix and José M. Pérez-Pomares Part XIII Truncus Arteriosus 46 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Truncus Arteriosus / David J. Driscoll 47 Human Genetics of Truncus Arteriosus / Hiroyuki Yamagishi 48 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Truncus Arteriosus / Amy-Leigh Johnson and Simon D. Bamforth Part XIV Tricuspid Atresia and Univentricular Heart 49 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Tricuspid Atresia and Univentricular Heart / David J. Driscoll 50 Human Genetics of Tricuspid Atresia and Univentricular Heart / Abdul-Karim Sleiman, Liane Sadder, and George Nemer 51 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Tricuspid Atresia and Univentricular Heart / Kamel Shibbani and George Nemer Part XV Ebstein Anomaly 52 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Ebstein Anomaly / David J. Driscoll 53 Human Genetics of Ebstein Anomaly / Gregor U. Andelfinger 54 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Ebstein Anomaly / Gregor U. Andelfinger Part XVI Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome 55 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome / David J. Driscoll 56 Human Genetics of Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome / Woodrow D. Benson 57 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome / Florian Wünnemann and Gregor U. Andelfinger Part XVII Cardiomyopathies 58 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Cardiomyopathies / David J. Driscoll 59 Human Genetics of Cardiomyopathies / Alexa M.C. Vermeer, Arthur A.M. Wilde, and Imke Christiaans 60 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Cardiomyopathies / Enkhsaikhan Purevjav
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Call number: 9783030789275 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book is based on results from the Russian expedition in the region of the Antarctic Peninsula and Powell Basin in the northern part of the Weddell Sea, as well as on the review of earlier research in the region. The main goal of the research was to collect the newest data and study the physical properties and ecology of this key region of the Southern Ocean. Data analysis is supplemented with numerical modeling of the atmosphere-ocean interaction and circulation in the adjacent region, including research on rogue waves. The focus of the study was the Antarctic Circumpolar Current, currents and water properties in the Bransfield Strait and Antarctic Sound, properties of seawater, currents, ecosystem and biological communities in the Powell Basin of the northwestern Weddell Sea, and their variations. An attempt is made to reveal the role of various components of the Antarctic environment in the formation of biological productivity and maintenance of the Antarctic krill population. This is especially important as in the last decades the Antarctic environment has experienced significant changes related to the global climatic trends.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 455 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030789275
    Series Statement: Advances in polar ecology Volume 6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Atmosphere-Ocean Interaction and Physical Oceanography 1 Geostrophic and Wind-Driven Components of the Antarctic Circumpolar Current / Nikolay A. Diansky, Varvara V. Bagatinskaya, Anatoly V. Gusev, and Eugene G. Morozov 2 Multi-jet Structure of the Antarctic Circumpolar Current / Roman Yu Tarakanov 3 Frontal Zone Between Relatively Warm and Cold Waters in the Northern Weddell Sea / Eugene G. Morozov, Viktor A. Krechik, Dmitry I. Frey, Alexander A. Polukhin, Vladimir A. Artemiev, Valentina V. Kasyan, Philipp V. Sapozhnikov, and Rinat Z. Mukhametianov 4 Water Masses, Currents, and Phytoplankton in the Bransfield Strait in January 2020 / Eugene G. Morozov, Dmitry I. Frey, Viktor A. Krechik, Alexander A. Polukhin, and Philipp V. Sapozhnikov 5 Intra-annual Variability of Water Structure in the Atlantic Sector of the Southern Ocean Based on the ECMWF ORA-S3 and OI SST Reanalysis / Yuri V. Artamonov, Elena A. Skripaleva, Alexander V. Fedirko, and Nikolay V. Nikolsky 6 The Circulation and Mixing Zone in the Antarctic Sound in February 2020 / Alexander V. Krek, Elena V. Krek, and Viktor A. Krechik 7 Rogue Waves in the Drake Passage: Unpredictable Hazard / Ekaterina G. Didenkulova, Tatiana G. Talipova, and Efim N. Pelinovsky 8 Water Mass Transformation in the Powell Basin / Alina A. Fedotova and Svetlana V. Stepanova 9 Interannual Variations of Water Mass Properties in the Central Basin of the Bransfield Strait / Alina A. Fedotova and Sergey V. Kashin 10 Sea Surface Temperature and Ice Concentration Analysis Based on the NOAA Long-Term Satellite and Sea-Truth Data in the Atlantic Antarctic / Viktor V. Zamshin and Vladislav A. Shliupikov Part II Chemical Oceanography, Seawater Optical Properties, Productivity and Microbial Processes 11 Hydrochemical Structure of Waters in the Northern Weddell Sea in Austral Summer 2020 / Svetlana V. Stepanova, Alexander A. Polukhin, Gennadii V. Borisenko, Anna L. Chultsova, Evgeniia N. Marina, Oleg S. Popov, Anna M. Seliverstova, Anna V. Vidnichuk, and Petr P. Tishchenko 12 Features and Processes of the Oxygen and pCO2 Dynamics in the Surface Waters in the Western Parts of the Weddell and Scotia Seas (Southern Ocean) / Natalia A. Orekhova, Anna V. Vidnichuk, and Sergey K. Konovalov 13 Earth’s Insolation and Spatiotemporal Variability of Albedo in the Antarctic / Anton A. Bukatov and Margarita V. Babiy 14 Quantitative and Productional Characteristics of Microplankton in the Powell Basin and Bransfield Strait in Summer / Nadezda D. Romanova, Sergey A. Mosharov, Olga V. Vorobieva, and Elena V. Bardyukova 15 Detection of Thermophilic Methanotrophic Microbial Communities in the Water Column of the Bransfield Strait (Antarctica) / Anna L. Ponomareva, Nikita S. Polonik, Aleksandra V. Kim, and Renat B. Shakirov 16 Spectral Bio-optical Properties of Waters in the Bransfield Strait and Powell Basin / Tanya Ya Churilova, Nataliia A. Moiseeva, Tatiana V. Efimova, Vladimir A. Artemiev, Elena Y. Skorokhod, and Anatoly S. Buchelnikov 17 Variability of Seawater Optical Properties in the Adjacent Water Basins of the Antarctic Peninsula in January and February 2020 / Alexandr A. Latushkin, Vladimir A. Artemiev, Anton V. Garmashov, Pavel A. Salyuk, Inna V. Sahling, and Dmitry I. Glukhovets 18 Bio-Optical Models for Estimating Euphotic Zone Depth in the Western Atlantic Sector of the Southern Ocean in the Antarctic Summer / Pavel A. Salyuk, Vladimir A. Artemiev, Dmitry I. Glukhovets, Alexander N. Khrapko, Anatoly V. Grigoriev, Alexandr A. Latushkin, and Nadezda D. Romanova 19 Phycoerythrin Pigment Distribution in the Upper Water Layer Across the Weddell-Scotia Confluence Zone and Drake Passage / Pavel A. Salyuk, Dmitry I. Glukhovets, Alexander Yu. Mayor, Natalia A. Moiseeva, Vladimir A. Artemiev, and Alexander N. Khrapko 20 Nanophytoplankton in the Bransfield Strait: Contribution of Cryptophyta to the Community Abundance and Biomass During Austral Summer / Vladimir S. Mukhanov, Evgeny G. Sakhon, Aleksander A. Polukhin, and Vladimir A. Artemiev Part III Section Marine Ecosystems and Their Oceanographical Background 21 Phytopelagic Communities of the Powell Basin in the Summer of 2020 / Philipp V. Sapozhnikov, Olga Yu. Kalinina, and Tatiana V. Morozova 22 Bioluminescence in the Atlantic Sector of the Southern Ocean Based on the Field Observations and Sounding Data / Aleksandr V. Melnik, Viktor V. Melnikov, Lidiya A. Melnik, Olga V. Mashukova, and Sergei V. Kapranov 23 Parasites as an Inseparable Part of Antarctic and Subantarctic Marine Biodiversity / Tatyana A. Polyakova and Ilya I. Gordeev 24 Spatial Distribution, Species Composition, and Number of Seabirds in the Argentine Basin, Drake Passage, East of Antarctic Peninsula, and Powell Basin in January–March 2020 / Sergey P. Kharitonov, Alexander L. Mischenko, Nikolai B. Konyukhov, Alexander E. Dmitriyev, Andrey V. Tretyakov, Gleb Yu. Pilipenko, Svetlana M. Artemyeva, and Matvey S. Mamayev 25 Spatial Distribution, Species Composition, and Number of Marine Mammals in the Argentine Basin, Drake Passage, East of Antarctic Peninsula, and Powell Basin in January–March 2020 / Sergey P. Kharitonov, Andrey V. Tretyakov, Alexander L. Mischenko, Nikolai B. Konyukhov, Svetlana M. Artemyeva, Gleb Yu. Pilipenko, Matvey S. Mamayev, and Alexander E. Dmitriyev 26 Meat in the Ocean: How Much and Who Is to Blame? / Sergey P. Kharitonov, Andrey V. Tretyakov, and Alexander L. Mischenko 27 Macro- and Mesozooplankton in the Powell Basin (Antarctica): Species Composition and Distribution of Abundance and Biomass in February 2020 / Vladimir A. Yakovenko, Vassily A. Spiridonov, Konstantin M. Gorbatenko, Nickolai V. Shadrin, Ernest Z. Samyshev, and Natalia I. Minkina 28 Application of Autonomous Underwater Vehicles for Research of Ecosystems in the Southern Ocean / Alexander Yu. Konoplin, Alexey I. Borovik, Denis N. Mikhailov, Yuriy V. Vaulin, Alexander F. Scherbatyuk, Alexey A. Boreiko, Roman A. Babaev, Dmitriy A. Bolovin, and Dmitriy I. Tregubenko 29 Heavy Metals and Anthropogenic Radionuclides in the Region of the Antarctic Peninsula / Artem A. Paraskiv, Natalia Yu. Mirzoeva, Nataliya N. Tereshchenko, Vladislav Yu. Proskurnin, Ilya G. Sidorov, Svetlana I. Arkhipova, and Eugene G. Morozov
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Call number: 9783030534400 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book features original research and recent advances in ICT fields related to sustainable development. Based the International Conference on Networks, Intelligent systems, Computing & Environmental Informatics for Sustainable Development, held in Marrakech in April 2020, it features peer-reviewed chapters authored by prominent researchers from around the globe. As such it is an invaluable resource for courses in computer science, electrical engineering and urban sciences for sustainable development. This book covered topics including • Green Networks • Artificial Intelligence for Sustainability • Environment Informatics • Computing Technologies
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 407 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-030-53440-0 , 9783030534400
    ISSN: 2522-8722 , 2522-8714
    Series Statement: Advances in science, technology & innovation
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Artificial Intelligence for Sustainability An Intelligent Chatbot Using NLP and TF-IDF Algorithm for Text Understanding Applied to the Medical Field / Ayanouz Soufyane, Boudhir Anouar Abdelhakim, and Mohamed Ben Ahmed Artificial Intelligence in Predicting the Spread of Coronavirus to Ensure Healthy Living for All Age Groups / Stitini Oumaima, Kaloun Soulaimane, and Bencharef Omar Sustainability of Artificial Intelligence and Deep Learning Algorithms for Medical Image Classification: Case of Cancer Pathology / Dahdouh Yousra, Anouar Boudhir Abdelhakim, and Ben Ahmed Mohamed An Intelligent Strategy for Developing Scientific Learning Skills / Okacha Diyer, Naceur Achtaich, and Khalid Najib Interactivity for Artificial Intelligence Systems: NL2SQL / Karam Ahkouk, Mustapha Machkour, Rachid Mama, and Khadija Majhadi Toward an Intelligent Hybrid System Based on Data Analysis and Preprocessing Method / Sara Belattar, Otman Abdoun, and Haimoudi El khatir Proposed Precautions for Newborn Malware Family Inspired from the COVID19 Epidemic Outbreak / Ikram Ben Abdel Ouahab, Mohammed Bouhorma, Lotfi ElAachak,and Anouar Abdelhakim Boudhir Using Deep Features Extraction and Ensemble Classifiers to Detect Glaucoma from Fundus Images / Stephane Cedric Tekouabou Koumetio, El Arbi Abdellaoui Alaoui, Imane Chabbar, Walid Cherif, and Hassan Silkan The Role of Applications Deep Learning in Achieving Sustainable Development Goals / Redouane Lhiadi, Abdelali Kaaouachi, and Abdessamad Jaddar Self-Attention Mechanism for Diabetic Retinopathy Detection / Othmane Daanouni, Bouchaib Cherradi, and Amal Tmiri Comparative Study of Supervised Machine Learning Color-Based Segmentation for Object Detection in X-Ray Baggage Images for Intelligent Transportation Systems / Mohamed Chouai, Mostefa Merah, José-Luis Sancho-GÓmez, and Malika MIMI A Survey of Artificial Intelligence-Based E-Commerce Recommendation System / Mohamed Khoali, Abdelhak Tali, and Yassin Laaziz Green Networks and Intelligent Transportation Systems Customer-Oriented Dial-A-Ride Problems: A Survey on Relevant Variants, Solution Approaches and Applications / Sonia Nasri, Hend Bouziri, and Wassila Aggoune-Mtalaa Big Data Accident Prediction System in Green Networks and Intelligent Transportation Systems / Mouad Tantaoui, My Driss Laanaoui, and Mustapha Kabil A Survey of Optimization Techniques for Routing Protocols in Mobile Ad Hoc Networks / Younes Ben Chigra, Abderrahim Ghadi, and Mohamed Bouhorma Modeling and Performance Analysis for Transportation Systems of ULA and UCA Massive-MIMO Basing on Spherical Wave / Abdelhamid Riadi, Mohamed Boulouird, and Moha M’Rabet Hassani Enhancing Wireless Transmission Efficiency for Wireless Body Area Sensor Networks Based on Transposing of Sensors / Rahat Ali Khan, Shahzad Memon, and Qin Xin New Method to Detect the Congestion for Green Networking in MANET / Abdellah Nabou, My Driss Laanaoui, Mohammed Ouzzif, and Mohammed-Alamine El Houssaini Benchmarking Study of Machine Learning Algorithms Case Study: VANET Network / Sara Ftaimi and Tomader Mazri A Comparative Study of Detection Algorithm in VANET Network / Manale Boughanja and Tomader Mazri An Enhanced Energy-Efficient Hierarchical LEACH Protocol to Extend the Lifespan for Wireless Sensor Networks / Fatima Es-sabery and Abdellatif Hair A Survey of Security and Privacy for 5G Networks / Ahmed Ziani and Abdellatif Medouri An Adaptive Video Streaming Framework for Peer-To-Peer 5G Networks: Paving the Road to 5G-IMS / Adnane Ghani, El Hassan Ibn El Haj, Ahmed Hammouch, and Abdelaali Chaoub Recognition and Reconstruction of Road Marking with Generative Adversarial Networks (GANs) / Samir Allach, Mohamed Ben Ahmed, and Anouar Abdelhakim Boudhir Environmental Informatics & Sustainable Environment A Smart Agricultural System to Classify Agricultural Plants and Fungus Diseases Using Deep Learning / Oussama Bakkali Yedri, Mohamed Ben Ahmed, Mohammed Bouhorma, and Lotfi El Achaak Secure Data Collection for Wireless Sensor Network / Samir Ifzarne, Imad Hafidi, and Nadia Idrissi Computing Technologies to Construct an Islamic Geometric Patterns Respecting the “Hasba” Method / Yassine Ait Lahcen, Abdelaziz Jali, Ahmed El Oirrak, and Youssef Aboufadil Technology for Sustainable Development: Solar Adsorption Cooling System Cold Room Modelization Using Python / Hanane Abakouy, Hanae El Kalkha, and Adel Bouajaj Satellite Big Data Ingestion for Environmentally Sustainable Development / Badr-Eddine Boudriki Semlali and Chaker El Amrani A New Approach for Estimating Monthly Global Solar Irradiation Based on Empirical and Artificial Neural Networks Models: A Case Study of Al-Hoceima Province, in Morocco North Region / Badr Benamrou, Mustapha Ouardouz, Imane Allaouzi, and Mohamed Ben ahmed Computing Technologies for Sustainable Development Efficient Congestion Management for Sustainable Wireless Mesh Networks / Kaoutar Bazi and Bouchaib Nassereddine Classifying Security Attacks in IoT Using CTM Method / Hind Meziane, Noura Ouerdi, Mohammed Amine Kasmi, and Sanae Mazouz Exploring the Power of Computation Technologies for Entity Matching / Youssef Aassem, Imad Hafidi, and Noureddine Aboutabit Smart Sustainable Cities: A Chatbot Based on Question Answering System Passing by a Grammatical Correction for Serving Citizens / Bghiel Afrae, Ben Ahmed Mohamed, and Boudhir Anouar Abdelhakim Enhancing Wireless Transmission Efficiency for Sensors in Wireless Body Area Sensor Networks / Rahat Ali Khan, Shahzad Memon, and Qin Xin Study of Websocket Parent-Teachers/Qualified Teachers in Rural Areas: Case of Central African Republic / Ghislain Mervyl Saint-Juste Kossingou, Nadege Gladys Ndassimba, Edgard Ndassimba, Kéba Gueye, and Samuel Ouya A Comparison of QoS-Based Architecture Solutions for IoT/Edge Computing Environment / Nogaye Lo and Ibrahima Niang Towards Sustainable e-Learning Systems Using an Adaptive Learning Approach / El Miloud Smaili, Soukaina Sraidi, Salma Azzouzi, and My El Hassan Charaf Toward a Mobile Remote Controlled Robot for Early Childhood in Algeria / Ehlem Zigh, Ayoub Elhoucine, Abderrahmane Mallek, and Belcacem Kouninef Multi-Directional Total Variation and Wavelet Transform Based Methods: Application for Correlation Fringe Patterns Denoising and Demodulation / Mustapha Bahich and Mohammed Bailich A Multi-Agent System for Color Video Decomposition / Insaf Bellamine Serious Games for Sustainable Education in Emerging Countries: An Open-Source Pipeline and Methodology / Younes Alaoui, Lotfi El Achaak, Amine Belahbib, and Mohammed Bouhorma
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: 9783319730165 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book focuses on the worldwide threats to mangrove forests and the management solutions currently being used to counteract those hazards. Designed for the professional or specialist in marine science, coastal zone management, biology, and related disciplines, this work will appeal to those not only working to protect mangrove forests, but also the surrounding coastal areas of all types. Examples are drawn from many different geographic areas, including North and South America, India, and Southeast Asia. Subject areas covered include both human-induced and natural impacts to mangroves, intended or otherwise, as well as the efforts being made by coastal researchers to promote restoration of these coastal fringing forests. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 724 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    Edition: corrected publication 2018
    ISBN: 9783319730165 , 978-3-319-73016-5
    ISSN: 2211-0577 , 2211-0585
    Series Statement: Coastal research library Volume 25
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Natural Mangrove Systems 1 Australian Mangroves: Their Distribution and Protection / I. D. Cresswell and V. Semeniuk 2 The Dynamics of Expanding Mangroves in New Zealand / Erik M. Horstman, Carolyn J. Lundquist, Karin R. Bryan, Richard H. Bulmer, Julia C. Mullarney, and Debra J. Stokes 3 Mangrove Forests of the Persian Gulf and the Gulf of Oman / Alireza Salehipour Milani 4 Current Status of Mangrove Wetlands in Sinaloa: A Biological Corridor Along the Eastern Margin of the Gulf of California, México / Marlenne Manzano-Sarabia, Olivia Millán-Aguilar, Francisco Flores-Cárdenas, Lidia Rodríguez-Arredondo, Mayra I. Grano-Maldonado, and Mario Nieves-Soto 5 Geospatial Assessment of Spatio-Temporal Changes in Mangrove Vegetation of Pichavaram Region, Tamil Nadu, India / M. Vani and P. Rama Chandra Prasad Part II Threats, Vulnerability, and Impacts 6 Natural Threats and Impacts to Mangroves Within the Coastal Fringing Forests of India / Ashis Kr. Paul, Amrit Kamila, and Ratnadip Ray 7 An Assessment of Vulnerability and Adaptation of Coastal Mangroves of West Africa in the Face of Climate Change / Isaac Boateng 8 Historical Losses of Mangrove Systems in South America from Human-Induced and Natural Impacts / Daniel Gorman 9 Australian Mangroves: Anthropogenic Impacts by Industry, Agriculture, Ports, and Urbanisation / V. Semeniuk and I. D. Cresswell 10 Determining the Influence of Urbanization on Mangrove Zones of Northeastern Brazil: Characterization of Ceará State Coastal Zone Organic Matter Inputs / Stéphane Jean Louis Mounier, Rozane Valente Marins, and Luiz Drude de Lacerda 11 Vulnerability of Mangrove Forests and Wetland Ecosystems in the Sundarbans Natural World Heritage Site (Bangladesh) / Shafi Noor Islam, Sandra Reinstädtler, and Albrecht Gnauck Part III Pollution and Contamination by Hydrocarbons and Heavy Metals 12 The Impact of Oil and Gas Exploration: Invasive Nypa Palm Species and Urbanization on Mangroves in the Niger River Delta, Nigeria / Aroloye O. Numbere 13 Oil-Related Mangrove Loss East of Bonny River, Nigeria / Erich R. Gundlach 14 Sediment Hydrocarbons in Former Mangrove Areas, Southern Ogoniland, Eastern Niger Delta, Nigeria / David I. Little, Kay Holtzmann, Erich R. Gundlach, and Yakov Galperin 15 Heavy Metal Distribution and Accumulation from Natural and Anthropogenic Sources in Tropical Mangroves of India and Bangladesh / Prabhat Ranjan, Karuna Rao, Alok Kumar, and A. L. Ramanathan Part IV Assessment Techniques, Ecosystem Design, and Management Strategies 16 Ecosystem Design: When Mangrove Ecology Meets Human Needs / Martin Zimmer 17 Towards Sustainability and Protection of Threatened Coastal Ecosystems: Management Strategies for a Rare Stone Mangrove in Gorda Beach, Armação dos Búzios, Brazil / Marcelo Obraczka, Kátia Leite Mansur, and Gerson Cardoso da Silva, Jr. 18 Assessment and Management Strategies of Mangrove Forests Alongside the Mangsalut River Basin (Brunei Darussalam, on the Island of Borneo) / Shafi Noor Islam, Nurin Hidayati Hj Abd Rahman, Sandra Reinstädtler, and Mohd Nur Azri Bin Aladin 19 Mangrove Establishment in an Artificially Constructed Estuarine Channel, Sungei Api-Api, Singapore / Suzanna Ramos and Patrick A. Hesp 20 Interaction of Mangroves, Coastal Hydrodynamics, and Morphodynamics Along the Coastal Fringes of the Guianas / Erik A. Toorman, Edward Anthony, Pieter G. E. F. Augustinus, Antoine Gardel, Nicolas Gratiot, Oudho Homenauth, Nicolas Huybrechts, Jaak Monbaliu, Kene Moseley, and Sieuwnath Naipal 21 The Beneficial Effects of Mangrove Forest to Sea Defence Structures / Henk Jan Verhagen 22 Remote Sensing of Mangrove Forests: Current Techniques and Existing Databases / Stuart E. Hamilton, Gustavo A. Castellanos-Galindo, Marco Millones-Mayer, and Mara Chen 23 Urban Mangrove Biology and Ecology: Emergent Patterns and Management Implications / Benjamin Branoff 24 High-Throughput Techniques As Support for Knowledge-Based Spatial Conservation Prioritization in Mangrove Ecosystems / Véronique Helfer and Martin Zimmer Part V Conservation, Rehabilitation, and Governance 25 Mangrove Concessions: An Innovative Strategy for Community Mangrove Conservation in Ecuador / Fausto Vinicio López Rodríguez 26 Conserving Mangroves for Their Blue Carbon: Insights and Prospects for Community-Based Mangrove Management in Southeast Asia / Dixon T. Gevaña, Leni D. Camacho, and Juan M. Pulhin 27 Mangrove Habitats in São Tomé and Príncipe (Gulf of Guinea, Africa): Conservation and Management Status / R. Haroun, A. Herrero Barrencua, and A. D. Abreu 28 The Success of Hydrological Rehabilitation in Mangrove Wetlands Using Box Culverts Across Coastal Roads in Northern Yucatán (SE, México) / Claudia Teutli-Hernández and Jorge A. Herrera-Silveira 29 Mangroves on the Brazilian Amazon Coast: Uses and Rehabilitation / Marcus E. B. Fernandes, Francisco Pereira Oliveira, and Indira A. L. Eyzaguirre 30 Mangrove Restoration and Mitigation After Oil Spills and Development Projects in East Africa and the Middle East / David I. Little 31 Environmental Governance As a Framework for Mangrove Sustainability on the Brazilian Amazon Coast / Indira A. L. Eyzaguirre and Marcus E. B. Fernandes Erratum Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer Nature
    Call number: 9783030521714 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This practical handbook provides a clearly structured, concise and comprehensive account of the huge variety of atmospheric and related measurements relevant to meteorologists and for the purpose of weather forecasting and climate research, but also to the practitioner in the wider field of environmental physics and ecology. The Springer Handbook of Atmospheric Measurements is divided into six parts: The first part offers instructive descriptions of the basics of atmospheric measurements and the multitude of their influencing factors, fundamentals of quality control and standardization, as well as equations and tables of atmospheric, water, and soil quantities. The subsequent parts present classical in-situ measurements as well as remote sensing techniques from both ground-based as well as airborn or satellite-based methods. The next part focusses on complex measurements and methods that integrate different techniques to establish more holistic data. Brief discussions of measurements in soils and water, at plants, in urban and rural environments and for renewable energies demonstrate the potential of such applications. The final part provides an overview of atmospheric and ecological networks. Written by distinguished experts from academia and industry, each of the 64 chapters provides in-depth discussions of the available devices with their specifications, aspects of quality control, maintenance as well as their potential for the future. A large number of thoroughly compiled tables of physical quantities, sensors and system characteristics make this handbook a unique, universal and useful reference for the practitioner and absolutely essential for researchers, students, and technicians.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (LVIII, 1748 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030521714
    Series Statement: Springer Handbooks
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of Abbreviations List of Symbols Part A Basics of Atmospheric Measurement Techniques 1 Introduction to Atmospheric Measurements / Thomas Foken, Frank Beyrich, Volker Wulfmeyer 1.1 Measuring Meteorological Elements 1.2 History 1.3 The Structure of the Atmosphere 1.4 Devices, Systems, and Typical Specifications 1.5 Applications 1.6 Future Developments 1.7 Further Reading References 2 Principles of Measurements / Wolfgang Foken 2.1 Basics of Measurements 2.2 History 2.3 Errors in Measurement 2.4 Regression Analysis 2.5 Time Domain and Frequency Domain for Signals and Systems 2.6 Dynamics of Measuring Systems 2.7 Analog and Digital Signal Processing 2.8 Hardware for Digital Measurement Systems 2.9 Further Reading References 3 Quality Assurance and Control / Cove Sturtevant, Stefan Metzger, Sascha Nehr, Thomas Foken 3.1 Principles and Definition 3.2 History 3.3 Elements of Quality Management 3.4 Application 3.5 Future Developments 3.6 Further Reading References 4 Standardization in Atmospheric Measurements / Simon Jäckel, Annette Borowiak, Brian Stacey 4.1 Background and Definitions 4.2 History 4.3 Principles and Procedures 4.4 Standardization in the Field of Atmospheric Measurements 4.5 Future Developments 4.6 Further Reading References 5 Physical Quantities / Thomas Foken, Olaf Hellmuth, Bernd Huwe, Dietrich Sonntag 5.1 Selection of Parameters 5.2 History and Thermodynamic Standards 5.3 Units and Constants 5.4 Parameters of Air, Water Vapor, Water, and Ice 5.5 Parameterization of Optical Properties of Clouds 5.6 Absorption Coefficients for Water Vapor, Ozone, and Carbon Dioxide 5.7 Parameters of Soil 5.8 Time and Astronomical Quantities 5.9 Tables in Other Chapters 5.10 Future Developments 5.11 Further Reading References Part B In situ Measurement Techniques 6 Ground-Based Platforms / Olaf Kolle, Norbert Kalthoff, Christoph Kottmeier, J. William Munger 6.1 Principles of Platforms 6.2 History 6.3 Theory 6.4 Platforms and Sensor Installations 6.5 Specification 6.6 Quality Control and Safety 6.7 Maintenance 6.8 Applications 6.9 Future Developments 6.10 Further Reading References 7 Temperature Sensors / Thomas Foken, Jens Bange 7.1 Measurement Principles and Parameters 7.2 History 7.3 Theory 7.4 Devices and Systems 7.5 Specifications 7.6 Quality Control 7.7 Maintenance 7.8 Applications. 7.9 Future Developments 7.10 Further Reading References 8 Humidity Sensors / Dietrich Sonntag, Thomas Foken, Holger Vömel, Olaf Hellmuth 8.1 Measurement Principles and Parameters 8.2 History 8.3 Theory 8.4 Devices and Systems 8.5 Specifications 8.6 Quality Control 8.7 Maintenance 8.8 Application 8.9 Future Developments 8.10 Further Readings References 9 Wind Sensors / Thomas Foken, Jens Bange 9.1 Measurement Principles and Parameters 9.2 History 9.3 Theory 9.4 Devices and Systems 9.5 Specifications 9.6 Quality Control 9.7 Maintenance 9.8 Application 9.9 Future Developments 9.10 Further Reading References 10 Pressure Sensors / Anni Torri, Thomas Foken, Jens Bange 10.1 Measurement Principles and Parameters 10.2 History 10.3 Theory 10.4 Devices and Systems 10.5 Specifications 10.6 Quality Control 10.7 Maintenance 10.8 Application 10.9 Future Developments 10.10 Further Reading References 11 Radiation Sensors / Klaus Behrens 11.1 Measurement Principles and Parameters 11.2 History 11.3 Theory 11.4 Devices and Systems 11.5 Specifications 11.6 Quality Control 11.7 Maintenance 11.8 Applications 11.9 Future Developments 11.10 Further Reading References 12 In-situ Precipitation Measurements / Arianna Cauteruccio, Matteo Colli, Mattia Stagnaro, Luca G. Lanza, Emanuele Vuerich 12.1 Measurement Principles and Parameters 12.2 History 12.3 Theory 12.4 Devices and Systems 12.5 Specifications 12.6 Quality Control, Uncertainty, and Calibration 12.7 Maintenance 12.8 Application 12.9 Future Developments 12.10 Further Reading References 13 Visibility Sensors / Martin Löffler-Mang, Klaus Heyn 13.1 Measurement Principles and Parameters 13.2 History 13.3 Theory 13.4 Devices and Systems 13.5 Specifications 13.6 Quality Control 13.7 Maintenance 13.8 Application 13.9 Future Developments 13.10 Further Reading References 14 Electricity Measurements / Giles Harrison, Alec Bennett 14.1 Measurement Principles and Parameters 14.2 History 14.3 Theory 14.4 Devices and Systems 14.5 Specifications 14.6 Quality Control 14.7 Maintenance 14.8 Applications 14.9 Future Developments 14.10 Further Reading References 15 Radioactivity Sensors / Jacqueline Bieringer, Thomas Steinkopff, Ulrich Stöhlker 15.1 Measurement Principles and Parameters 15.2 History 15.3 Theory 15.4 Devices and Systems 15.5 Specifications 15.6 Quality Control 15.7 Maintenance 15.8 Application 15.9 Future Developments 15.10 Further Reading References 16 Gas Analysers and Laser Techniques / Dwayne Heard, Lisa K. Whalley, Steven S. Brown 16.1 Measurement Principles and Parameters 16.2 History 16.3 Theory 16.4 Devices and Systems 16.5 Specifications 16.6 Quality Control 16.7 Maintenance 16.8 Applications 16.9 Future Developments 16.10 Further Reading References 17 Measurement of Stable Isotopes in Carbon Dioxide, Methane, and Water Vapor / Ingeborg Levin, Matthias Cuntz 17.1 Measurement Principles and Parameters 17.2 History of Stable Isotope Measurements in Atmospheric CO2, CH4 and H2O 17.3 Theory 17.4 Devices and Systems 17.5 Specifications 17.6 Quality Control 17.7 Maintenance 17.8 Application 17.9 Future Developments 17.10 Further Readings References 18 Measurement of Fundamental Aerosol Physical Properties / Andreas Held, Alexander Mangold 18.1 Measurement Principles and Parameters 18.2 History 18.3 Theory 18.4 Devices and Systems 18.5 Specifications 18.6 Quality Control 18.7 Maintenance 18.8 Application 18.9 Future Developments 18.10 Further Reading References 19 Methods of Sampling Trace Substances in Air / Christopher Pöhlker, Karsten Baumann, Gerhard Lammel 19.1 Measurement Principles and Parameters 19.2 History 19.3 Theory 19.4 Devices and Systems 19.5 Specifications 19.6 Quality Control 19.7 Maintenance 19.8 Application 19.9 Future Developments 19.10 Further Reading References 20 Optical Fiber-Based Distributed Sensing Methods / Christoph K. Thomas, John Selker 20.1 Measurement Principles and Parameters 20.2 History 20.3 Theory 20.4 Devices 20.5 Specifications 20.6 Quality Control 20.7 Maintenance 20.8 Applications 20.9 Future Developments 20.10 Further Reading References 21 Odor Measurements / Ralf Petrich, Axel Delan 21.1 Measurement Principles and Parameters 21.2 History 21.3 Theory 21.4 Devices and Systems 21.5 Specifications 21.6 Quality Control 21.7 Maintenance 21.8 Application 21.9 Future Developments 21.10 Further Readings References 22 Visual Observations / Thomas Foken, Raymond Rülke 22.1 Principles of Visual Observations 22.2 History 22.3 Theory 22.4 Observed Parameters 22.5 Quality Control 22.6 Application 22.7 Future Developments 22.8 Further Readings References Part C Remote-Sensing Techniques (Ground-Based) 23 Sodar and RASS / Stefan Emeis 23.1 Measurement Principles and Parameters 23.2 History 23.3 Theory 23.4 Devices and Systems 23.5 Specifications 23.6 Quality Control 23.7 Maintenance 23.8 Applications 23.9 Future Developments 23.10 Further Reading References 24 Backscatter Lidar for Aerosol and Cloud Profiling / Christoph Ritter, Christoph Münkel 24.1 Measurement Prinziples and Parameters 24.2 History 24.3 Theory 24.4 Devices and Systems 24.5 Specifications 24.6 Quality Control 24.7 Maintenance 24.8 Applications 24.9 Further Reading References 25 Raman Lidar for Water-Vapor and Temperature Profiling / Volker Wulfmeyer, Andreas Behrendt 25.1 Measurement Principles and Parameters 25.2 History 25.3 Theory 25.4 Devices and Systems 25.5 Specifications 25.6 Quality Control 25.7 Maintenance 25.8 Applications 25.9 Future Developments 25.10 Further Reading References 26 Water Vapor Differential Absorption Lidar / Scott M. Spuler, Matthew Hayman, Tammy M. Weckwerth 26.1 Measurement Principles and Param
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783031141942 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book explores the PhD experience as never before and provides a “survival guide” for current and prospective PhD students. The book investigates why mental health issues are so common among the postgraduate population, going beyond the statistics, looking at lived experience of both the author and as well as current PhD students, who have found balancing mental wellness with the PhD endeavour challenging. The author discusses tips and tricks she wished she had known at the start of her PhD process for managing mental health, such as managing imposter feelings, prioritising workload, and self-care strategies to help others throughout their own journey. The book goes beyond typical mental health discussions (where the focus for improving mental health is placed on PhD students to become “more resilient”) and explores some of the often unspoken environmental factors that can impact mental health. These include the PhD student-supervisor relationship, the pressure to publish, and deep systemic problems in academia, such as racism, bullying and harassment. Finally, the book is a call to action, providing tangible improvements from the author’s perspective that university institutions can make to ensure that academia is a place for all to thrive.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIX, 199 Seiten)
    ISBN: 9783031141942 , 978-3-031-14194-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Defining the Problem 1 Introduction 1.1 A Comment on the Guide 1.2 If You Are Studying for a PhD 1.3 If You Are a PhD Supervisor or PhD Course Coordinator 1.4 If You Are a Concerned Friend or Family Member References 2 Challenging Perceptions: What Is Mental Health Anyway? 2.1 The Mental Health Continuum 2.2 Barriers to Seeking Help 2.3 Recognising the Signs 2.4 Helping Others 2.5 What Mental Health Isn’t 2.6 To Declare or Not to Declare?: That Is the Question References 3 Setting the Scene: Understanding the PhD Mental Health Crisis 3.1 Exploring the Data 3.2 What Is the Cause? 3.3 Research Culture 3.4 The Ups and Downs of the PhD Journey 3.5 There Is Hope References Part II Mindset Matters 4 Self-Care: Without You There Is No PhD 4.1 Setting the Foundations 4.2 Establishing a Good Sleep Schedule 4.3 Eat Nutritious Food 4.4 Physical Exercise 4.5 Managing Finances 4.6 Examples of Self-Care 4.7 Putting Self-Care in Context of a PhD 4.8 Acknowledging There May Be a Problem: Addiction 4.9 Setting Boundaries 4.10 What to Do If You Reach Burnout 4.11 Navigating Self-Care as a Part-Time PhD Student References 5 Not Another Yoga Session: University Wellbeing Programs and Why They so Often Miss the Mark 5.1 Reactive Not Proactive 5.2 Trying Something New 5.3 Building Resilience 5.4 The Darker Side of Resilience References 6 “I’ll Read It Later” and Other Lies We Tell Ourselves: Managing Expectations and Guilt 6.1 Starting Out 6.2 Changing the World 6.3 Planning Your PhD 6.4 You Are Entitled to (and Deserve) Breaks 6.5 Becoming an Expert 6.6 First Time Failing 6.7 Be Grateful (or Else) 6.8 Productivity and Time Management 6.9 Prioritising References 7 Why You Earned It: Fighting the Impostor 7.1 Understanding the Value You Bring 7.2 Receiving Recognition 7.3 Receiving Critique 7.4 Comparing Yourself With Others 7.5 Asking for Help 7.6 Redefining Your Self-Worth 7.7 Perfectionism 7.8 Email ‘Anxiety’ 7.9 Presentation Nerves 7.10 Fighting Back 7.11 Discriminatory Gaslighting References Part III Environmental Stressors 8 Dismantling the Ivory Tower: Systemic Issues That Might Impact Your Mental Health 8.1 The Ivory Tower 8.2 Systemic Racism 8.3 Gender Discrimination 8.4 Sexual Harassment 8.5 Bullying 8.6 LGBT+ Discrimination 8.7 Being “First Generation” 8.8 Classism 8.9 Financial Concerns 8.10 Ableism, Disability and Neurodivergence 8.11 Ageism 8.12 Isolation and Culture Shock 8.13 A Comment on Intersectionality 8.14 Changing the Research Culture 8.15 In the Meantime, What Can You Do? 8.16 Finding Light in a Dark Place References 9 Perhaps It’s Not You It’s Them: PhD Student-Supervisor Relationships 9.1 Choosing Your Supervisor 9.2 The Role of a PhD Supervisor 9.3 Understanding What Makes a Supportive Supervisor 9.4 At Odds 9.5 The Flaw in the System 9.6 Identifying Your Supervisor’s Working Style 9.7 Pervasive, Damaging Biases 9.8 When Things Go Seriously Wrong (and It Is Definitely not Your Fault) 9.9 What You Can Do If Your Supervisor Is Abusive 9.10 Effective Communication 9.11 What to Do if You Have a Disagreement References 10 Publish or Perish: On the Myth of Meritocracy 10.1 It Is Not an Equal Playing Field 10.2 The Publication Process 10.3 Managing Reviewer 2 10.4 Publishing Options 10.5 Who Is Perishing, Anyway? 10.6 Perfectionism 10.7 Writing Your Thesis 10.8 Research Misconduct 10.9 What to Do if You Realise Research Misconduct Is Happening References 11 The High-Walled Rose Garden: Understanding There Is Life Outside the Academy 11.1 So What Does This Mean for You and Surviving Your PhD? 11.2 Finding Out What You Truly Enjoy 11.3 Reframing Your Skillsets 11.4 Transitioning from Your PhD 11.5 Debunking the Myths 11.6 Should I Stay or Should I Go? References Part IV Seeking Help 12 Thriving, Not Just Surviving 12.1 Identifying the Problem Set 12.2 Sharing the Hypothesis with Others 12.3 Conversation Starters 12.4 Finding a Support Network 12.5 Online Communities 12.6 Speaking About Your Mental Health with Your PhD Superviso 12.7 Lack of Understanding 12.8 Seeking External Assistance to Achieve Your Goal 12.9 If You Are at Crisis Point 12.10 The Elephant in the Room 12.11 Leading the Change 12.12 Not Just Surviving References Resources
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 9783319252025 (e-book)
    In: Theory and applications of transport in porous media, Volume 27
    Description / Table of Contents: This book treats the mechanics of porous materials infiltrated with a fluid (poromechanics), focussing on its linear theory (poroelasticity). Porous materials from inanimate bodies such as sand, soil and rock, living bodies such as plant tissue, animal flesh, or man-made materials can look very different due to their different origins, but as readers will see, the underlying physical principles governing their mechanical behaviors can be the same, making this work relevant not only to engineers but also to scientists across other scientific disciplines. Readers will find discussions of physical phenomena including soil consolidation, land subsidence, slope stability, borehole failure, hydraulic fracturing, water wave and seabed interaction, earthquake aftershock, fluid injection induced seismicity and heat induced pore pressure spalling as well as discussions of seismoelectric and seismoelectromagnetic effects. The work also explores the biomechanics of cartilage, bone and blood vessels. Chapters present theory using an intuitive, phenomenological approach at the bulk continuum level, and a thermodynamics-based variational energy approach at the micromechanical level. The physical mechanisms covered extend from the quasi-static theory of poroelasticity to poroelastodynamics, poroviscoelasticity, porothermoelasticity, and porochemoelasticity. Closed form analytical solutions are derived in details. This book provides an excellent introduction to linear poroelasticity and is especially relevant to those involved in civil engineering, petroleum and reservoir engineering, rock mechanics, hydrology, geophysics, and biomechanics.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (893 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319252025 (e-book) , 978-3-319-25202-5
    ISSN: 2213-6940 , 0924-6118
    Series Statement: Theory and applications of transport in porous media Volume 27
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Porous Material 1.2 Physical Mechanism 1.2.1 Drained and Undrained Responses 1.2.2 Time and Length Scale 1.2.3 Skempton Pore Pressure Effect 1.2.4 Effective Stress for Volumetric Deformation 1.2.5 Effective Stress for Pore Collapse 1.2.6 Fluid Storage 1.2.7 Thermoelasticity Analogy 1.2.8 Coupled Versus Uncoupled Diffusion 1.3 Poroelastic Phenomena 1.3.1 Borehole Failure 1.3.2 Mandel-Cryer Effect 1.3.3 Noordbergum Effect 1.3.4 Land Subsidence 1.3.5 Slope Stability and Fault Slippage 1.3.6 Fluid Induced Seismicity 1.3.7 Outburst of Coal 1.3.8 Hydraulic Fracturing 1.3.9 Water Wave and Seabed Interaction 1.3.10 Tidal and Barometric Efficiency 1.3.11 Biomechanics 1.3.12 Poroviscoelasticity and Anelastic Strain Recovery 1.3.13 Porothermoelasticity and Thermal Fracturing 1.3.14 Poroelastodynamics and Seismoelectric Effect 1.3.15 Swelling of Clay and Shale 1.3.16 Nanoporous Material References 2 Constitutive Equation 2.1 Physical Versus Phenomenological Approach 2.2 Stress and Strain of Porous Medium 2.2.1 Stress 2.2.2 Strain 2.3 Poroelastic Constitutive Equation 2.3.1 Isotropic Elastic Material 2.3.2 Isotropic Poroelastic Material 2.3.3 Reciprocal Work Theorem 2.3.4 Stress-Strain Relation 2.3.5 Strain-Stress Relation 2.4 Bulk Material Constant 2.4.1 Drained and Undrained Constant 2.4.2 Effective Stress Coefficient 2.4.3 Pore Pressure Coefficient 2.4.4 Storage Coefficient References 3 Micromechanics 3.1 Micromechanical Analysis 3.1.1 Solid and Pore Volumetric Strain 3.1.2 Fluid Volumetric Strain 3.1.3 Link Among Material Constants 3.2 Ideal Porous Medium 3.3 Effective Modulus 3.3.1 Mackenzie Model 3.3.2 Walsh Model 3.3.3 Budiansky and O’Connell Model 3.3.4 Bounds on Material Constants 3.4 Nonlinear Model 3.4.1 Effective Stress Dependent Pore Compressibility 3.4.2 Compaction Induced Permeability Change 3.5 Laboratory Test 3.5.1 Drained Test 3.5.2 Undrained Test 3.5.3 Unjacketed Test 3.6 Table of Poroelastic Constants References 4 Variational Energy Formulation 4.1 Internal and External Stress and Strain 4.1.1 Porosity 4.1.2 Volume and Surface Averaging of Elastic Material 4.1.3 Volume and Surface Averaging of Porous Material 4.1.4 Linkage Between Internal and External Strains 4.2 Thermodynamic Principles 4.3 Variational Formulation 4.3.1 Virtual Work 4.3.2 Internal Energy 4.3.3 Porosity Equilibrium 4.4 Constitutive Equation 4.4.1 Linear Material Model 4.4.2 Linear Model 4.5 Intrinsic Material Constant 4.5.1 Effective Solid Bulk Modulus 4.5.2 Fundamental Deformation Mode 4.5.3 Microisotropy and Microhomogeneity: Ideal Porous Medium 4.6 Link with Phenomenological Model 4.6.1 Link with Bulk Continuum Model 4.6.2 Link with Micromechanics Model 4.7 Deviation from Ideal Porous Medium 4.8 Limiting Material Properties 4.8.1 Ideal Porous Medium 4.8.2 Granular Material 4.8.3 Soil Mechanics Model: Saturated 4.8.4 Soil Mechanics Model: Nearly Saturated 4.8.5 Highly Compressible Solid 4.8.6 Highly Compressible Fluid 4.9 Material Stability and Energy Diagram 4.10 Semilinear Model 4.10.1 Geometric Nonlinearity 4.10.2 Structural Nonlinearity 4.11 Laboratory Measurement of Intrinsic Constant References 5 Anisotropy 5.1 Anisotropic Constitutive Equation 5.1.1 Elasticity 5.1.2 Poroelastic Stress-Strain Relation 5.1.3 Poroelastic Strain-Stress Relation 5.2 Material Symmetry 5.2.1 Orthotropy 5.2.2 Transverse Isotropy 5.2.3 Isotropy 5.3 Micromechanics 5.4 Ideal Porous Medium 5.5 Example References 6 Governing Equation 6.1 Darcy’s Law 6.1.1 Darcy’s Empirical Law 6.1.2 Homogenization Theory 6.1.3 Intrinsic Permeability and Mobility Coefficient 6.1.4 Irreversible Thermodynamics Process 6.2 Other Physical Laws 6.2.1 Mass Conservation 6.2.2 Force Equilibrium 6.3 Governing Equation 6.3.1 Navier-Cauchy Equation 6.3.2 Diffusion Equation 6.3.3 Compatibility Equation 6.3.4 Harmonic Relation 6.3.5 Orthotropy 6.3.6 Transverse Isotropy 6.4 Degenerated Governing Equation 6.4.1 Drained and Undrained State 6.4.2 Soil Mechanics Model 6.4.3 Irrotational Displacement Field 6.4.4 Uncoupling of Diffusion Equation 6.5 Boundary Value Problem 6.5.1 Existence and Uniqueness 6.5.2 Boundary Condition 6.6 Field Equation 6.6.1 Biot Function 6.6.2 Biot Decomposition 6.6.3 McNamee-Gibson Displacement Function References 7 Analytical Solution 7.1 Review of Early Work 7.2 Uniaxial Strain 7.2.1 Isotropy 7.2.2 Transverse Isotropy 7.3 One-Dimensional Consolidation Problem 7.3.1 Terzaghi’s Consolidation Problem 7.3.2 Loading by Fluid Pressure 7.3.3 Variable Rete Loading 7.3.4 Harmonic Excitation 7.4 Plane Strain 7.4.1 Orthotropy 7.4.2 Isotropy 7.4.3 Volumetric Strain and Rotation Formulation 7.5 Generalized Plane Strain 7.5.1 Definition of Generalized Plane Strain 7.5.2 Pure Shear 7.5.3 Warping 7.5.4 Torsion 7.5.5 Plane Strain 7.5.6 Axial Strain 7.5.7 Pure Bending 7.6 Pure Bending of Plate 7.6.1 Bending of Cantilever Plate 7.6.2 Buckling of Axially Loaded Plate 7.7 Mandel Problem 7.8 Water Wave Over Seabed 7.9 Spherical Symmetry 7.10 Cryer Problem 7.11 Spherical Cavity 7.11.1 Pressurized Cavity 7.11.2 Excavated Cavity 7.11.3 Pore Pressure Meter Problem 7.12 Axial Symmetry 7.13 Cylinder Problem 7.13.1 Solid Cylinder 7.13.2 Hollow Cylinder 7.14 Borehole Problem 7.14.1 Plane Strain Borehole Problem 7.14.2 Inclined Borehole Problem 7.15 Borehole and Cylinder Application Problems 7.15.1 Retrieval of Cylindrical Core 7.15.2 Excavated Borehole 7.15.3 Fluid Extraction and Injection 7.15.4 Borehole Breakdown Pressure 7.15.5 Borehole Stability Analysis 7.16 Moving Load on Half Plane 7.17 Plane Strain Half Space and Layered Problem 7.17.1 General Solution for Layered Problem 7.17.2 Plane Strain Half Space Problem 7.18 Axial Symmetry Half Space Problem References 8 Fundamental Solution and Integral Equation 8.1 Reciprocal Theorem 8.1.1 Green’s Second Identity 8.1.2 Betti-Maxwell Reciprocal Theorem 8.1.3 Reciprocal Theorem of Poroelasticity 8.2 Somigliana Integral Equation 8.2.1 Green’s Third Identity 8.2.2 Elasticity 8.2.3 Poroelasticity 8.3 Fredholm Integral Equation 8.3.1 Potential Problem 8.3.2 Elasticity 8.3.3 Poroelasticity 8.4 Stress Discontinuity Method 8.5 Displacement Discontinuity Method 8.6 Dislocation Method 8.7 Galerkin Integral Equation 8.8 Fundamental Solution 8.8.1 Elementary Fundamental Solution 8.8.2 Elasticity Fundamental Solution 8.9 Poroelasticity Fundamental Solution 8.10 Fluid Source 8.10.1 Continuous Source 8.10.2 Instantaneous Source 8.11 Fluid Dipole 8.11.1 Continuous Dipole 8.11.2 Instantaneous Dipole 8.12 Fluid Dilatation 8.12.1 Continuous Fluid Dilatation 8.12.2 Instantaneous Fluid Dilatation 8.13 Fluid Force 8.13.1 Continuous Fluid Force 8.13.2 Instantaneous Fluid Force 8.14 Fluid Dodecapole 8.15 Total Force 8.15.1 Continuous Total Force 8.15.2 Instantaneous Total Force 8.16 Solid Quadrupole and Hexapole 8.17 Solid Center of Dilatation 8.18 Displacement Discontinuity 8.19 Edge Dislocation 8.20 Fundamental Solution Relation Based on Reciprocity References 9 Poroelastodynamics 9.1 Dynamic Equilibrium Equation 9.2 Dynamic Permeability 9.3 Governing Equation 9.4 Wave Propagation 9.4.1 Elastic Wave 9.4.2 Poroelastic Wave 9.5 Phase Velocity and Attenuation 9.5.1 Phase Velocity 9.5.2 Attenuation 9.5.3 Extended Biot Models 9.6 One-Dimensional Wave Problem 9.6.1 Half Space 9.6.2 Finite Thickness Layer 9.7 Thermoelasticity Analogy 9.8 Poroelastodynamics Fundamental Solution 9.8.1 Elastodynamics Fundamental Solution 9.8.2 Helmholtz Decomposition 9.8.3 Three-Dimensional Point Force Solution 9.8.4 Three-Dimensional Fluid Source Solution 9.8.5 Two-Dimensional Fundamental Solution 9.9 Integral Equation Representation 9.10 Plane Wave Reflection and Refraction 9.10.1 Plane Strain Wave Solution 9.10.2 Reflection on Free Surface—Non-Dissipative Medium 9.10.3 Reflection on Free Surface—Dissipative Medium 9.10.4 Impermeable Surface 9.10.5 Fluid and Porous Medium Interface References 10 Poroviscoelasticity 10.1 Viscoelasticity 10.1.1 Spring and Dashpot Model 10.1.2 Correspondence Principle
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Call number: 9783030749132 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook introduces methods of geoscientific data acquisition using MATLAB in combination with inexpensive data acquisition hardware such as sensors in smartphones, sensors that come with the LEGO MINDSTORMS set, webcams with stereo microphones, and affordable spectral and thermal cameras. The text includes 35 exercises in data acquisition, such as using a smartphone to acquire stereo images of rock specimens from which to calculate point clouds, using visible and near-infrared spectral cameras to classify the minerals in rocks, using thermal cameras to differentiate between different types of surface such as between soil and vegetation, localizing a sound source using travel time differences between pairs of microphones to localize a sound source, quantifying the total harmonic distortion and signal-to-noise ratio of acoustic and elastic signals, acquiring and streaming meteorological data using application programming interfaces, wireless networks, and internet of things platforms, determining the spatial resolution of ultrasonic and optical sensors, and detecting magnetic anomalies using a smartphone magnetometer mounted on a LEGO MINDSTORMS scanner. The book’s electronic supplementary material (available online through Springer Link) contains recipes that include all the MATLAB commands featured in the book, the example data, the LEGO construction plans, photos and videos of the measurement procedures.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 340 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030749132 , 978-3-030-74913-2
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Data Acquisition in Earth Sciences 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Methods of Data Acquisition 1.3 Classroom-Sized Earth Science Experiments Recommended Reading 2 Introduction to MATLAB 2.1 MATLAB in Earth Sciences 2.2 Getting Started 2.3 The Syntax 2.4 Array Manipulation 2.5 Basic Visualization Tools 2.6 Generating Code to Recreate Graphics 2.7 Publishing and Sharing MATLAB Code 2.8 Exercises 2.8.1 Getting Started with MATLAB 2.8.2 Using MATLAB Help and Docs 2.8.3 Creating a Simple MATLAB Script 2.8.4 Creating Graphics with MATLAB 2.8.5 Collaborative Coding with MATLAB Recommended Reading 3 MATLAB Programming 3.1 Introduction to Programming 3.2 Data Types in MATLAB 3.3 Data Storage and Handling 3.4 Control Flow 3.5 Scripts and Functions 3.6 Creating Graphical User Interfaces 3.7 Exercises . 3.7.1 Communicating with the LEGO MINDSTORMS EV3 Brick 3.7.2 Controlling EV3 Motors Using an Ultrasonic Sensor 3.7.3 Reading Complex Text Files with MATLAB 3.7.4 Smartphone Sensors with MATLAB Mobile 3.7.5 Smartphone GPS Tracking with MATLAB Mobile Recommended Reading 4 Geometric Properties 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Position on the Earth’s Surface 4.3 Digital Elevation Models of the Earth’s Surface 4.4 Gridding and Contouring 4.5 Exercises 4.5.1 Dip and Dip Direction of Planar Features Using Smartphone Sensors 4.5.2 Precision and Accuracy of Ultrasonic Distance Measurements 4.5.3 Spatial Resolution of the LEGO EV3 Ultrasonic Sensor 4.5.4 Object Scanning with the LEGO EV3 Ultrasonic Sensor 4.5.5 Point Clouds from Multiple Smartphone Images Recommended Reading 5 Visible Light Images 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Visible Electromagnetic Waves 5.3 Acquiring Visible Digital Images 5.4 Storing Images on a Computer 5.5 Processing Images on a Computer 5.6 Image Enhancement, Correction and Rectification 5.7 Exercises 5.7.1 Smartphone Camera/Webcam Images with MATLAB 5.7.2 Enhancing, Rectifying and Referencing Images 5.7.3 Stitching Multiple Smartphone Images 5.7.4 Spatial Resolution of the LEGO EV3 Color Sensor 5.7.5 Scanning Images Using the LEGO EV3 Color Sensor Recommended Reading 6 Spectral Imaging 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Visible to Thermal Electromagnetic Radiation 6.3 Acquiring Spectral Images 6.4 Storing Spectral Images on a Computer 6.5 Processing Spectral Images on a Computer 6.6 Exercises 6.6.1 Infrared Spectrometry of Landscapes 6.6.2 Using Spectral Cameras in a Botanic Garden 6.6.3 Using RGB Cameras to Classify Minerals in Rocks 6.6.4 Using Spectral Cameras to Classify Minerals in Rocks 6.6.5 Thermal Imaging in a Roof Garden Recommended Reading 7 Acquisition of Elastic Signals 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Earth’s Elastic Properties 7.3 Acquiring Elastic Signals 7.4 Storing and Processing Elastic Signals 7.5 Exercises 7.5.1 Smartphone Seismometer 7.5.2 Smartphone Sonar for Distance Measurement 7.5.3 Use of Stereo Microphones to Locate a Sound Source 7.5.4 Sound in Time and Frequency Domains 7.5.5 Distortion of a Harmonic Signal Recommended Reading 8 Gravimetric, Magnetic and Weather Data 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Earth’s Gravity Field, Magnetic Field and Weather 8.3 Acquiring Gravimetric, Magnetic and Weather Data 8.4 Storing Gravimetric, Magnetic and Weather Data 8.5 Exercises 8.5.1 Measuring the Density of Minerals 8.5.2 Gravitational Acceleration 8.5.3 Position, Velocity and Acceleration 8.5.4 LEGO-Smartphone Magnetic Survey 8.5.5 ThingSpeak Weather Station Recommended Reading
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Call number: 9783319761022 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This richly illustrated book presents Germany’s geological evolution in the context of the Earth’s dynamic history. It starts with an introduction to Geology and explains the plate tectonic development, as well as the formation of both ancient and recent mountain belts - namely the Caledonian, Variscan and the modern-day Alps - that formed this part of Europe. A dedicated chapter discusses the origin of earthquakes in Germany, the occurrence of young volcanic rocks and the various episodes of rock deformation and metamorphism at these complex crossroads of plate tectonic history. The book highlights Germany’s diverse geological history, ranging from the origin of the Earth, the formation of deep crystalline rocks, and their overlying sedimentary sequences, to its more recent “ice age” quaternary cover. The last chapter addresses the shaping of the modern landscape. Though the content is also accessible for non-geologists, it is primarily intended for geoscience students and an academic audience
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxxvii, 304 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783319761022 , 978-3-319-76102-2
    ISSN: 2364-6438 , 2364-6446
    Series Statement: Regional Geology Reviews
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 2 Time and Geological Periods 3 Rocks and the Geological Record 4 The Age of the Rocks 5 Plate Tectonics, the Unifying Theory 6 Tectonics Units of Europe 6.1 Ancestral Europe 6.2 Paleo-Europe 6.3 Meso-Europe 6.4 Neo-Europe 7 Overview of the Plate Tectonic History of Europe 8 The Dynamic Earth, Earthquakes in Germany 9 Early Geological Evolution of Germany 9.1 The Pre-variscan Basement 9.2 Occurrences of Proterozoic and Early Paleozoic Units 9.2.1 Harz Mountains 9.2.2 Rheinisches Schiefergebirge 9.2.3 Lusatia 9.2.4 Elbe Zone 9.2.5 Erzgebirge 9.2.6 Schwarzburg Anticlinorium, Vesser Zone 9.2.7 Bohemian Massif 9.2.8 Black Forest 10 Late Paleozoic of Germany 10.1 The Variscan Orogeny 10.1.1 Rhenohercynian Zone 10.1.2 Saxothuringian Zone 10.1.3 Moldanubian Zone 10.2 Development of the Variscan Orogeny Through Time 10.2.1 Devonian 10.2.2 Carboniferous 10.3 The Variscides in Germany 10.3.1 Regional Geology of the Rhenohercynian 10.3.2 Northern Phyllite Zone 10.3.3 Regional Geology of the Saxothuringian 10.3.4 Saxothuringian (excluding the Mid-German Crystalline Zone) 10.3.5 Regional Geology of the Moldanubian 11 Permian and Mesozoic Geology of Germany 11.1 Post-Variscan History 11.2 Permian 11.2.1 Rotliegend 11.2.2 Zechstein 11.3 Permian/Triassic Boundary 11.4 Triassic 11.4.1 Buntsandstein (Bunter Sandstone) 11.4.2 Muschelkalk 11.4.3 Keuper 11.5 Triassic/Jurassic Boundary 11.6 Jurassic 11.6.1 Early Jurassic 11.6.2 Middle Jurassic 11.6.3 Late Jurassic 11.7 Cretaceous 11.7.1 Early Cretaceous 11.7.2 Late Cretaceous 11.8 Cretaceous/Tertiary Boundary 12 The Evolution of the Alps 12.1 Overview of the Tectonic Structure of the Alps 12.1.1 Helvetic 12.1.2 Penninic 12.1.3 Austroalpine and Southern Alpine Units 12.2 Development of the Alpine Region During the Permian 12.3 The Alpine Triassic 12.4 The Alpine Jurassic 12.5 The Alpine Region in the Cretaceous and Early Tertiary 12.6 The Tectonic Evolution of the Alps 13 Tertiary Basins 13.1 Tertiary Brown Coal Deposits 13.2 The Upper Rhine Graben 13.3 The Northern Alpine Foreland Basin—The Molasse 14 Tertiary and Quaternary Volcanism 14.1 Volcanism in the Eifel 14.2 Westerwald, Siebengebirge, Vogelsberg, Rhön, and Heldburger Gangschar 14.3 Small Chimneys in the Odenwald and the Messel Pit 14.4 Kaiserstuhl 14.5 Tuff Chimneys of Bad Urach, Hegau 14.6 Eger Graben Area, Fichtel Mountains, Vogtland, and Lusatia 15 Asteroid Craters 16 Germany During the Glacial Periods 16.1 Glacial and Interglacial Periods 16.2 Deposits and Erosion Forms of the Glacial Periods 16.3 The Baltic Sea—A Relic from the Last Glaciation Period Appendix References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Call number: 10.1144/SP507-2021-32 (e-book)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No.507
    Description / Table of Contents: This Special Publication is devoted to Earth surface environmental reconstructions and environmental changes that may be deciphered and modelled using stable isotopes along with mineralogical/chemical, sedimentological, palaeontological/biological and climatological methodologies. The volume is divided into two sections, both of them using stable isotopes analysis (δD, δ18O, δ13C, δ15N, δ34S and clumped isotopes Δ47) in various samples and phases as the main research tools. The first section is devoted to studies focusing on the distribution of isotopes in precipitations, groundwaters, lakes, rivers, springs and mine waters, and their relationship with terrestrial environments at regional to continental scale. In relation to this, the second section includes case studies from a range of continental settings, investigating cave deposits (stalagmites and bat guano), animal skeletons (dinosaurs, alligators, turtles and bivalves), present and past soils (palaeosols) and limestones. The sections focus on the interaction between the surficial water cycle and underground water storage, with deposits acting as archives of short- to long-term climatic and environmental changes. Examples from the Early Cretaceous–present time come from Europe, Asia, Africa and America.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vi, 351 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 26 cm
    ISBN: 9781786204974 , 978-1-78620-497-4
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 507
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Dedication Bojar, A.-V., Pelc, A. and Lécuyer, C. / Stable isotope studies of the water cycle and terrestrial environments: introduction The water cycle Lécuyer, C., Bojar, A.-V., Daux, V. and Legendre, S. / Geographic variations in the slope of the δ2H–δ18O meteoric water line over Europe: a record of increasing continentality Nagavciuc, V., Bădăluță , C.-A. and Ionita, M. / The influence of the Carpathian Mountains on the variability of stable isotopes in precipitation and the relationship with large-scale atmospheric circulation Daux, V., Minster, B., Cauquoin, A., Jossoud, O., Werner, M. and Landais, A. / Oxygen and hydrogen isotopic composition of tap waters in France Marche, B. M., Rashid, H. and Parkinson, D.-R. / Correlation of seasonal precipitation isotopic profile with the modern climatological data: a case study from the western Newfoundland region of Canada Varlam, C., Duliu, O. G., Ionete, R. E. and Costinel, D. / Time series analysis of the δ2 H, δ18 O and dexcess values in correlation with monthly temperature, relative humidity and precipitation in Râmnicu Vâlcea, Romania: 2012–2018 Bojar, A.-V., Chmiel, S., Bojar, H.-P., Varlam, C. and Barbu, V. / Hydrological system in Quaternary clastic deposits, Mehedinţi County, Romania: isotope composition, chemistry and radiocarbon dating Bădăluț ă, C. A., Mihă ilă, D., Mihă ilă, D., Bădăluț ă, G. and Bistricean, P. I. 7 Stable isotopic and geochemical characterization of precipitation and riverine waters in the Eastern Carpathians and links with large-scale drivers Joshi, S. K., Rai, S. P. and Sinha, R. / Understanding groundwater recharge processes in the Sutlej-Yamuna plain in NW India using an isotopic approach Sironić, A., Bronić, I. K., Horvatinčić, N., Barešić, J., Borković, D., Vurnek, M. and Mikelić, I. L. / Carbon isotopes in dissolved inorganic carbon as tracers of carbon sources in karst waters of the Plitvice Lakes, Croatia Papp, D. C., Baciu, C., Turunen, K. and Kittilä, A. / Applicability of selected stable isotopes to study the hydrodynamics and contaminant transport within mining areas in Romania and Finland Terrestrial environments Bojar, A.-V., Lécuyer, C., Duliu, O. G., Bojar, H.-P. and Fourel, F. / Isotopic and time series investigations of recent stalagmites (1945–2018), Schlossberg tunnels, Graz, Austria: implications for climate change in Central Europe Cleary, D. M. and Onac, B. P. / Using ratios in cave guano to assess past environmental changes Tabor, N. J., Jahren, A. H., Wyman, L., Feseha, M., Todd, L. and Kappleman, J. / Stable isotope geochemistry of the modern Shinfa River, northwestern Ethiopian lowlands: a potential model for interpreting ancient environments of the Middle Stone Age Bayat, O., Karimi, A. and Amundson, R. / Stable isotope geochemistry of pedogenic carbonates in calcareous materials, Iran: a review and synthesis Dias Veras, J. D., de Souza Neto, J. A., Sial, A. N., Ferreira, V. P. and Neumann, V. H. de M. L. / Stable isotope and chemical stratigraphy of the Eocene Tambaba Formation: correlations with the Paleocene–Eocene Thermal Maximum event Yamamura, D., Suarez, C. A., Titus, A. L., Manlove, H. M. and Jackson, T. 7 Multiproxy approaches to investigating palaeoecology and palaeohydrology in the Upper Cretaceous Kaiparowits Formation, USA Suarez, M. B., Knight, J. A., Godet, A., Ludvigson, G. A., Snell, K. E., Murphy, L. and Kirkland, J. I. / Multiproxy strategy for determining palaeoclimate parameters in the Ruby Ranch Member of the Cedar Mountain Formation Suarez, C. A., Frucci, M. N., Tompkins, T. B. and Suarez, M. B. / Quantification of a North American greenhouse hydrological cycle: using oxygen isotopic composition of phosphate from Early Cretaceous (Aptian–Albian) turtles Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Call number: 10.1144/SP514 (e-book)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 514
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vi, 418 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786205469 , 978-1-78620-546-9
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 514
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Reolid, M., Mattioli, E., Duarte, L. V. and Ruebsam, W. / The Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event: where do we stand? Correia, V. F., Riding, J. B., Duarte, L. V., Fernandes, P. and Pereira, Z. / The effects of the Jenkyns Event on the radiation of Early Jurassic dinoflagellate cysts Fraguas, Á., Gómez, J. J., Goy, A. and Comas-Rengifo, M. J. / The response of calcareous nannoplankton to the latest Pliensbachian–early Toarcian environmental changes in the Camino Section (Basque Cantabrian Basin, northern Spain) Menini, A., Mattioli, E., Hesselbo, S. P., Ruhl, M. and Suan, G. / Primary v. carbonate production in the Toarcian, a case study from the Llanbedr (Mochras Farm) borehole, Wales Thuy, B. and Numberger-Thuy, L. D. / Brittlestar diversity at the dawn of the Jenkyns Event (early Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event): new microfossils from the Dudelange drill core, Luxembourg Bomou, B., Suan, G., Schlögl, J., Grosjean, A.-S., Suchéras-Marx, B., Adatte, T., Spangenberg, J. E., Fouché, S., Zacaï, A., Gibert, C., Brazier, J.-M., Perrier, V., Vincent, P., Janneau, K. and Martin, J. E. / The palaeoenvironmental context of Toarcian vertebrate-yielding shales of southern France (Hérault) Martin, J. E., Suan, G., Suchéras-Marx, B., Rulleau, L., Schlögl, J., Janneau, K., Williams, M., Léna, A., Grosjean, A.-S., Sarroca, E., Perrier, V., Fernandez, V., Charruault, A.-L., Maxwell, E. E. and Vincent, P. / Stenopterygiids from the lower Toarcian of Beaujolais and a chemostratigraphic context for ichthyosaur preservation during the Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event Fernández-Martínez, J., Rodríguez-Tovar, F. J., Piñuela, L., Martínez-Ruiz, F. and García-Ramos, J. C. / The Halimedides record in the Asturian Basin (northern Spain): supporting the Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event relationship Šimo, V. and Reolid, M. / Palaeogeographical homogeneity of trace-fossil assemblages in Lower Jurassic spotted marls and limestones: comparison of the Western Carpathians and the Betic Cordillera Reolid, M., Soussi, M., Reolid, J., Ruebsam, W., Taher, I. B., Mattioli, E., Saidi, M. and Schwark, L. / The onset of the Early Toarcian flooding of the Pliensbachian carbonate platform of central Tunisia (north–south axis) as inferred from trace fossils and geochemistry Boomer, I., Copestake, P., Page, K., Huxtable, J., Loy, T., Bown, P., Dunkley Jones, T., O’Callaghan, M., Hawkes, S., Halfacree, D., Reay, H. and Caughtry, N. / Biotic and stable-isotope characterization of the Toarcian Ocean Anoxic Event through a carbonate–clastic sequence from Somerset, UK Müller, T., Price, G. D., Mattioli, E., Leskó, M. Z., Kristály, F. and Pálfy, J. / Hardground, gap and thin black shale: spatial heterogeneity of arrested carbonate sedimentation during the Jenkyns Event (T-OAE) in a Tethyan pelagic Basin (Gerecse Mts, Hungary) Rodrigues, B., Silva, R. L., Mendonça Filho, J. G., Reolid, M., Sadki, D., Comas-Rengifo, M. J., Goy, A. and Duarte, L. V. / The Phytoclast Group as a tracer of palaeoenvironmental changes in the early Toarcian Fonseca, C., Mendonça Filho, J. G., Lézin, C., Baudin, F., de Oliveira, A. D., Souza, J. T. and Duarte, L. V. / Boosted microbial productivity during the Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event in the Paris Basin, France: new evidence from organic geochemistry and petrographic analysis Xu, W., Weijers, J. W. H., Ruhl, M., Idiz, E. F., Jenkyns, H. C., Riding, J. B., Gorbanenko, O. and Hesselbo, S. P. / Molecular and petrographical evidence for lacustrine environmental and biotic change in the palaeo-Sichuan mega-lake (China) during the Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event Ruebsam, W. and Schwark, L. / Impact of a northern-hemispherical cryosphere on late Pliensbachian–early Toarcian climate and environment evolution Silva, R. L., Ruhl, M., Barry, C., Reolid, M. and Ruebsam, W. / Pacing of late Pliensbachian and early Toarcian carbon cycle perturbations and environmental change in the westernmost Tethys (La Cerradura Section, Subbetic zone of the Betic Cordillera, Spain) Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Call number: 10.1144/SP521 (e-book)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 521
    Description / Table of Contents: Mesozoic Biological Events and Ecosystems in East Asia covers a wide range of topics, encompassing palaeoenvironments, palaeoecosystems and important vertebrate, invertebrate and plant fossils, some found in amber with excellent preservation of delicate morphological features. Fifty-three authors from a number of different disciplines - geochronology, palaeontology, stratigraphy, sedimentology, tectonics and geochemistry - contribute to the 18 articles in the volume. Well-preserved fossils and rocks continue to be found from marine and terrestrial sediments across East Asia. Over some years, the palaeontological and geological evidence discovered from this region has significantly improved our understanding of Mesozoic environments. In discussing feathered dinosaurs, primitive birds, early mammals, diverse insects, amber inclusions, the oldest-known flowers and research utilizing new, advanced methods, this volume explores Earth's history in even greater detail. What other exciting discoveries are waiting to be unveiled in the future?
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vi, 242 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 26 cm
    ISBN: 9781786205674 , 978-1-78620-567-4 , 178620567X
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 521
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Chang, S.-G. and Zheng, D. / Mesozoic biological events and ecosystems in East Asia: introduction Clues and evidence from vertebrate fossils Zhou, C.-F., Wang, X. and Wang, J. / First evidence for tooth–tooth occlusion in a ctenochasmatid pterosaur from the Early Cretaceous Jehol Biota Yang, T.-R. and Sander, P. M. / The reproductive biology of oviraptorosaurs: a synthesis Pei, R. and Xu, X. / New prospects on the cranial evolution of non-avialan paravian theropods based on geometric morphometrics Clues and evidence from invertebrate and plant fossils Zhang, Q., Zheng, D., Wang, B. and Zhang, H. / A review of Triassic insects in China Chen, J. / True hopper fossils (Fulgoromorpha and Cicadomorpha) in the Jurassic to Cretaceous of eastern Asia and their evolutionary implications Cui, D.-F., Hou, Y., Yin, P. and Wang, X. / A Jurassic flower bud from China Peng, J., Slater, S. M. and Vajda, V. / A Late Triassic vegetation record from the Huangshanjie Formation, Junggar Basin, China: possible evidence for the Carnian Pluvial Episode Liao, H. / Clam shrimp of the Middle–Late Jurassic Yanliao Biota in China Wang, H., Du, S., Yu, T., Li, S., Lu, H., Zhang, H., Cao, M. and Horne, D. J. / Ostracods from the Pingyi Basin (eastern China) and their significance for the K/Pg boundary Significant fossils from amber Zhang, Q. and Zhang, J. / New record of Zhangsolva Nagatomi and Yang, 1998 (Diptera, Zhangsolvidae) from mid-Cretaceous Burmese amber and its implications Yu, Y., Hu, G., Zhu, Y., Li, Y., Jiang, W., Rasnitsyn, A. P., Zhang, H. and Zhang, Q. / New material for Peleserphidae (Proctotrupoidea, Hymenoptera) in Mid-Cretaceous Burmese (Kachin) amber Yu, T. / New data on gastropod genus Hirsuticyclus (Caenogastropoda, Cyclophoridae) from mid-Cretaceous Kachin amber Jarzembowski, E. A., Zheng, D. and Zhao, X. / Is the beetle Omma (Insecta: Coleoptera) a living fossil? Zheng, D., Jarzembowski, E. A., Zhuo, D. and Nel, A. / Protohemiphlebiidae fam. nov., a stem hemiphlebioid damselfly from Cretaceous amber in Kachin Paleoenvironments and paleoecosystems Zhao, X., Zheng, D., Wang, H., Fang, Y., Xue, N. and Zhang, H. / Carbon cycle perturbation and mercury anomalies in terrestrial Oceanic Anoxic Event 1b from Jiuquan Basin, NW China Li, T., Yang, X.-J. and Zhu, Y.-B. / Estimates of late Albian atmospheric CO2 based on stomata of Pseudofrenelopsis from Jilin Province, NE China Wang, J., Zhou, C.-F., Jourdan, F. and Chang, S.-C. / Jehol fossils from the Jiaolai Basin of Shandong, North China: review and new perspectives Wang, J., Yuan, Y., Zhang, D. and Chang, S.-C. / Detrital zircon geochronology of Late Cretaceous successions in the Ganzhou Basin, South China: evidence of a major tectonic transition Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Call number: 10.1144/SP516 (e-book)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 516
    Description / Table of Contents: Gold occurs in many settings, but the dynamic nature of Earth's crust means overlapping and overprinting deposit styles are common. Characterization of mineralization from an early stage becomes important, particularly where the mineralization is complex, in order to maximize exploration and project development success and mining productivity. Various techniques are used at different stages of a project to characterize gold deposits. This Special Publication offers a cross-section of some specific techniques used to investigate a variety of gold deposit types. The papers highlight both the breadth of the available techniques and their utility in deposit characterization, but also the many significant remaining questions and problems related to the exploration and research of gold deposits. Several papers include suggestions of avenues for fruitful further research, including a paper discussing a new approach to classifying orogenic gold deposits, and a paper describing archaeological applications of natural gold analyses.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: vi, 432 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786205490 , 978-1-78620-549-0
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 516
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Torvela, T., Chapman, R. and Lambert-Smith, J. / An introduction to Recent Advances in Understanding Gold Deposits: from Orogeny to Alluvium: the importance of multi-method approaches and developing a characterization Large-scale processes, models and multi-variate datasets Mortensen, J. K., Craw, D. and MacKenzie, D. J. / Concepts and revised models for Phanerozoic orogenic gold deposits Babedi, L., von der Heyden, B. P., Tadie, M. and Mayne, M. / Trace elements in pyrite from five different gold ore deposit classes: a review and meta-analysis Liu, Y., Zhao, Y., Xue, C., Yu, L., Chu, H. and Zhao, X. / The Changshagou gold deposit, Eastern Tianshan, NW China: orogenic gold mineralization overprinting a porphyry gold occurrence Mesquita, M. J., Gomes, M. E. B., Moreira, I. de C., Paes, R. A. S., Martins, H. E. da S., Matos, J. H., Ruggiero, A., Primo, G., Ducart, D. F., Poggi, L., Pimenta, V., de Laurentis, L. Z. and Kunifoshita, A. M. U. / Paleoproterozoic gold deposits at Alta Floresta Mineral Province, Brazil: two overprinted mineralizing events? Zhao, W., Zhao, X., Xue, C., Seltmann, R., Dolgopolova, A., Andersen, J. C., Cui, X. and Xing, L. / Thermochronological constraints on the exhumation history of the Carboniferous Katebasu gold deposit, western Tianshan gold belt, NW China Orogenic gold deposit case studies Combes, V., Eglinger, A., André-Mayer, A.-S., Teitler, Y., Heuret, A., Gibert, P. and Béziat, D. / Polyphase gold mineralization at the Yaou deposit, French Guiana Perret, J., André-Mayer, A.-S., Eglinger, A., Feneyrol, J., Voinot, A., Morlot, C., Barou, F., Teitler, Y., Seira, D. and Bosc, R. / Structural and geochemical ore-forming processes in deformed gold deposits: towards a multiscale and multimethod approach Smith, M., Banks, D., Ray, S. and Bowers, F. / Hypozonal gold mineralization in shear zone-hosted deposits driven by fault valve action and fluid mixing: the Nalunaq deposit, Greenland Alexandre, P. and Fayek, M. / Formation temperature and ages of the True North ‘orogenic’ gold deposit in Manitoba, Canada Gold in the surficial environment Chapman, R. J., Craw, D., Moles, N. R., Banks, D. A. and Grimshaw, M. R. / Evaluation of the contributions of gold derived from hypogene, supergene and surficial processes in the formation of placer gold deposits Chapman, R. J., Moles, N. R., Bluemel, B. and Walshaw, R. D. / Detrital gold as an indicator mineral Masson, F.-X., Beaudoin, G. and Laurendeau, D. / Multi-method 2D and 3D reconstruction of gold grain morphology in alluvial deposits: a review and application to the Rivière du Moulin (Québec, Canada) Combes, V., Teitler, Y., Eglinger, A., André-Mayer, A.-S., Heuret, A., Pochon, A., Cathelineau, M. and Gibert, P. / Diversity of supergene gold expressions and implications for gold targetting in an equatorial regolith (AMG’s Couriège Exploration Prospect, French Guiana) Leal, S., Lima, A. and Noronha, F. / Characterization of heavy mineral concentrates and detrital gold particles from the Bigorne granite-hosted gold deposit in the Iberian Variscan Belt Standish, C. D., Chapman, R. J., Moles, N. R., Walshaw, R. D. and Sheridan, J. A. / Archaeological applications of natural gold analyses Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Call number: https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, Volume 526
    Description / Table of Contents: Metals and minerals are essential for improving the quality of our lives, for new green energy technologies, and for a sustainable environment. This book addresses challenges in meeting the future demand for metals and minerals and presents results from ongoing research, surveying, exploration and exploitation of key minerals needed to supply the green and sustainable societies of the future.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressources (vi, 346 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9781786205735 , 1786205734
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London 526
    Language: English
    Note: Title description Full Access10 June 2023 About this title - The Green Stone Age: Exploration and Exploitation of Minerals for Green Technologies M. Smelror, K. Hanghøj, and H. Schiellerup https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526 Introduction Open Access5 May 2023 Entering the Green Stone Age – introduction Morten Smelror, Karen Hanghøj, and Henrik Schiellerup https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-312 The path to zero: how geology is part of the solution Open Access25 May 2022 Minerals for future technologies: how Germany copes with challenges Ralph Watzel https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-12 Open Access15 July 2022 Public geoscience solutions for diversifying Canada's critical mineral production Michael G. Gadd, Christopher J. M. Lawley, Louise Corriveau, Michel Houlé, Jan M. Peter, Alain Plouffe, Eric Potter, Anne-Aurélie Sappin, Jean-Luc Pilote, Geneviève Marquis, and Daniel Lebel https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2021-190 Open Access30 January 2023 European mineral intelligence – collecting, harmonizing and sharing data on European raw materials Lisbeth Flindt Jørgensen, Antje Wittenberg, Eimear Deady, Špela Kumelj, and Jørgen Tulstrup https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-179 Full Access2 March 2023 Afghanistan's mineral fortune: prospects for fuelling a green transition? Thomas N. Hale and Saleem H. Ali https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-46 Open Access2 March 2023 Critical metals and minerals in the Nordic countries of Europe: diversity of mineralization and green energy potential Erik Jonsson, Tuomo Törmänen, Jakob Kløve Keiding, Terje Bjerkgård, Pasi Eilu, Jussi Pokki, Håvard Gautneb, Helge Reginiussen, Diogo Rosa, Martiya Sadeghi,... https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-55 Full Access27 January 2023 Critical and energy transition minerals in Argentina: mineral potential and challenges for strengthening public institutions Diego I. Murguía and Ana Elizabeth Bastida https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-172 Open Access17 April 2023 Digging our way to a Just Transition Eoin McGrath, Eoin O'Donnell, and Koen Torremans https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-201 Exploration for critical minerals Open Access4 July 2022 New models to aid the discovery of critical raw material deposits for the Green Stone Age Anna Bidgood and Murray Hitzman https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-79 Open Access27 May 2022 GREENPEG – exploration for pegmatite minerals to feed the energy transition: first steps towards the Green Stone Age Axel Müller, Wolfgang Reimer, Frances Wall, Ben Williamson, Julian Menuge, Marco Brönner, Claudia Haase, Klaus Brauch, Claudia Pohl, Alexandre Lima, Ana Teodoro,... https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2021-189 Full Access19 May 2022 The potential for REEs in igneous-related apatite deposits in Europe Sophie Decrée, Nolwenn Coint, Vinciane Debaille, Graham Hagen-Peter, Thierry Leduc, and Henrik Schiellerup https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2021-175 Open Access20 May 2022 A step towards meeting battery raw material demand: the geology and exploration of graphite deposits, examples from northern Norway Håvard Gautneb, Jan Steinar Rønning, and Bjørn Eskil Larsen https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2021-180 Full Access16 May 2022 Exploration and mining perspectives of the critical elements for green technologies in Ukraine Volodymyr A. Mykhailov, Oleksandr V. Hrinchenko, and Boris I. Malyuk https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2021-133 Exploration frontiers: seabed mineral deposits Full Access27 January 2023 MINDeSEA: exploring seabed mineral deposits in European seas, metallogeny and geological potential for strategic and critical raw materials Francisco J. González, Teresa Medialdea, Henrik Schiellerup, Irene Zananiri, Pedro Ferreira, Luis Somoza, Xavier Monteys, Trevor Alcorn, Egidio Marino, Ana B. Lobato,... https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-150 Full Access18 July 2022 Marine minerals’ role in future holistic mineral resource management Steinar Løve Ellefmo, Nicole Aberle, Verena Hagspiel, Mats Ingulstad, and Kurt Aasly https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-30
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    facet.materialart.12
    [New Delhi] : Springer
    Call number: 9788132227076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book presents recent research on marine ecology in different parts of the world. It aims to shed light on relevant topics for budding marine ecologists. The “blue soup” of Planet Earth, which comprises both biotic and abiotic components, is essential to keeping the wheel of civilization running. Four major ecosystem service categories have been identified within this context, namely provisioning services such as water, food, mangrove timber, honey, fish, wax, fuel wood, fodder and bioactive compounds from marine and estuarine flora and fauna; regulating services such as the regulation of climate, coastal erosion, coral bleaching and pollution;cultural services encompassing recreational (tourism), spiritual and other non-material benefits; and supporting services such as nutrient cycling and photosynthesis. These valuable services are obtained from various resources that must be conserved for the sake of humanity. This book presents data for each resource type, not just in the form of a simple description, but also through case studies that resulted from several research projec ts and pilot programs carried out in different parts of the world. Statistical tools were also used to critically analyze the influence of relevant hydrological parameters on the biotic community. Advanced research in marine and estuarine ecology is based on the use of sophisticated instruments, sampling precision, statistical tools, etc., which have also been highlighted in the book.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 481 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9788132227076 , 978-81-322-2707-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Marine Ecosystem: An Overview 1.1 Benthic Compartment 1.1.1 Supralittoral Zone 1.1.2 Eulittoral Zone 1.1.3 Sublittoral Zone 1.1.4 Continental Shelf 1.1.5 Continental Slope 1.1.6 Bathyal Zone 1.1.7 Abyssal Plains 1.1.8 Hadal Zone 1.2 Aquatic Compartment 1.2.1 Classification on the Basis of Light Penetration 1.2.2 How to Estimate the Age of Ocean Water? 1.2.3 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Consumption Method 1.2.4 Decay Rate of 14C Method 1.2.5 90Sr Content Method 1.2.6 Hydrogen Isotope Method Brain Churners Annexure References 2 Estuarine Ecosystem: An Overview 2.1 Definition and Ecosystem Services 2.1.1 Ecosystem Services 2.2 Classification Brain Churners Annexure References 3 Physical Processes in the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 3.1 Waves and Tides 3.1.1 Tides 3.1.2 Theories Related to Tides 3.1.3 Tidal Bore and Tide in Rivers 3.2 Currents 3.2.1 Upwelling and Downwelling: Causes and Significance 3.2.2 Factors Regulating the Pattern and Distribution of Currents 3.2.3 What Happens Practically? 3.2.4 El Niño Brain Churners Annexure References 4 Abiotic Variables of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 4.1 Chemical Components 4.1.1 Spatio-temporal Variations of Salinity 4.1.2 Deep-Water Salinity 4.1.3 Conservative and Non-conservative Ions 4.1.4 Dissolved Gases in Seawater 4.1.5 Nutrients 4.2 Sediment Compartment 4.2.1 Transportation of Marine Sediments 4.2.2 Classification of Marine Sediments 4.2.3 Ooze: Definition and Type 4.2.4 Sediment Deposition: A Boon or a Curse? Brain Churners Annexure References 5 Producers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 5.1 Phytoplankton Community 5.1.1 Diatoms 5.1.2 Dinoflagellates 5.1.3 Coccolithophores 5.1.4 Blue-Green Algae 5.1.5 Green Algae 5.1.6 Classification of Phytoplankton 5.2 Macrophytes 5.2.1 Seaweed Community 5.2.2 Mangroves 5.2.3 Seagrass and Salt Marsh Grass Brain Churners Annexure References 6 Consumers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 6.1 Zooplankton Community 6.1.1 Zooplankton: Do They Maintain Uniformity in Their Life Timeline? 6.2 Vertebrate Community 6.2.1 Fishes 6.2.2 Reptiles 6.2.3 Sea Birds 6.2.4 Marine Mammals Brain Churners Annexure References 7 Decomposers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 7.1 Overview of Marine and Estuarine Microbes 7.1.1 Marine Organisms as Habitats of Microorganisms 7.1.2 Identification of Marine and Estuarine Microorganisms: A Molecular Genetic Approach 7.2 Importance of Marine and Estuarine Microbes 7.2.1 Production of Antibiotics 7.2.2 Production of Antitumour Compounds 7.2.3 Production of Enzyme 7.2.4 Bioremediation of Petroleum Hydrocarbon 7.2.5 Degradation of Mangrove Litter 7.2.6 Drugs from Marine Microbes Brain Churners Annexure References 8 Adaptation of Marine and Estuarine Organisms 8.1 Adaptation of Organisms in the Intertidal Zone 8.1.1 Adaptation of Biota Inhabiting Rocky Shore 8.1.2 Adaptation of Biota Inhabiting Soft Substratum 8.2 Adaptation of Organisms Inhabiting Deep Sea 8.2.1 Morphological Adaptations 8.2.2 Biochemical Adaptations 8.2.3 Vent Communities of the Deep Sea 8.2.4 Properties of Vent Community Brain Churners Annexure References 9 Hot Spots of Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 9.1 Mangroves 9.2 Coral Reefs 9.2.1 Types of Coral Reefs 9.2.2 Coral Reef Characteristics 9.2.3 Reef Productivity Brain Churners Annexure References 10 Threats to Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 10.1 Natural Threats 10.1.1 Alteration of the Earth’s Orbit 10.1.2 Natural Oscillation of Atmospheric Carbon Dioxide 10.1.3 Volcanic Activities 10.1.4 Variations in Solar Output 10.1.5 Plate Tectonics 10.1.6 Natural Disasters and Extreme Weather Events 10.2 Anthropogenic Threats 10.2.1 Pollution 10.2.2 Aquaculture 10.2.3 Unplanned Tourism 10.2.4 Introduction of Alien Species 10.2.5 Development of Coastal Structures 10.2.6 Negative Fishing Brain Churners Annexure References 11 Conservation of Marine and Estuarine Resources 11.1 Conservation or Preservation? 11.2 Tiers for Conservation 11.2.1 Habitat Diversity 11.2.2 Community and Ecosystem Diversity 11.2.3 Functional Diversity 11.2.4 Population Diversity 11.2.5 Phyletic Diversity 11.2.6 Species Diversity 11.2.7 Genetic Diversity Brain Churners Annexure References 12 Instruments and Methods 12.1 Instruments 12.1.1 Instruments Used for Physical Oceanographic Study 12.1.2 Instruments Used for Geological Oceanographic Study 12.1.3 Instruments Used for Chemical Oceanographic Study 12.1.4 Instruments Used for Biological Oceanographic Study 12.2 Application of Satellites in Marine and Estuarine Researches Brain Churners Annexure References Erratum
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: 9783319400006 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents isotope data reflecting changes in temperature derived from core samples in South America. Marine Isotope Stage (MIS) is examined in detail with respect to Stage 3. With over 20 chapters, this detailed treatise discusses high climatic variability, paleoclimatic events, Dansgaard-Oeschger cycles, continental vertebrates, sea level changes, vegetation and climate changes based on pollen records, and the non-Amazon landscape and fauna from 65 to 20 ka B.P. The book also looks at the earth’s magnetic field and climate change during MIS 3 and MIS 5 and presents a comparison between both stages with respect to marine deposits in Uruguay. With case studies drawn from Brazil, Argentina and Uruguay this book presents research from the some of the worlds experts in this field.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 354 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319400006 , 978-3-319-40000-6
    ISSN: 2197-9596 , 2197-960X
    Series Statement: Springer Earth System Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Introduction / Germán Mariano Gasparini, Jorge Rabassa, Cecilia Deschamps and Eduardo Pedro Tonni The Heinrich and Dansgaard–Oeschger Climatic Events During Marine Isotopic Stage 3 / Jorge Rabassa and Juan Federico Ponce On the Origin of the Dansgaard–Oeschger Events and Its Time Variability / Silvia Duhau and Cornelis de Jager The Influence of the Geomagnetic Field in Climate Changes / María Julia Orgeira, Ana María Sinito and Rosa Hilda Compagnucci Abrupt Climate Changes During the Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3) / Eduardo Andrés Agosta and Rosa Hilda Compagnucci Active Deformation, Uplift and Subsidence in Southern South America Throughout the Quaternary: A General Review About Their Development and Mechanisms / Andrés Folguera, Guido Gianni, Lucía Sagripanti, Emilio Rojas Vera, Bruno Colavitto, Darío Orts and Víctor Alberto Ramos The Marine Isotopic Stage 3 (MIS 3) in Valleys of the Undulated Pampa, Buenos Aires Province, Argentina / Adriana María Blasi, Carola Castiñeira Latorre, Gabriela Catalina Cusminsky and Ana Paula Carignano Sea Level Changes During Marine Isotopic Stage 3 (MIS 3) in Argentina / Federico Ignacio Isla and Enrique Jorge Schnack Paleogeographic Evolution of the Atlantic Coast of South America During Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3) / Juan Federico Ponce and Jorge Rabassa The Continental Record of Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3; ~60–25 ka) in Central Argentina: Evidence from Fluvial and Aeolian Sequences / Marcelo Zárate, Adriana Mehl and Alfonsina Tripaldi Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3) and Continental Beds from Northern Uruguay (Sopas Formation): Paleontology, Chronology, and Climate / Martín Ubilla, Andrea Corona, Andrés Rinderknecht, Daniel Perea and Mariano Verde The Brazilian Intertropical Fauna from 60 to About 10 ka B.P.: Taxonomy, Dating, Diet, and Paleoenvironments / Mário André Trinidade Dantas and Mario Alberto Cozzuol Continental Vertebrates During the Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3) in Argentina / Germán Mariano Gasparini, Esteban Soibelzon, Cecilia Deschamps, Analía Francia, Elisa Beilinson, Leopoldo Héctor Soibelzon and Eduardo Pedro Tonni Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3) Versus Marine Isotope Stage 5 (MIS 5) Fossiliferous Marine Deposits from Uruguay / Alejandra Rojas and Sergio Martínez Vegetation and Climate in Southern South America during Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3): an Overview of Existing Terrestrial Pollen Records / Ana María Borromei and Lorena Laura Musotto Response of Diatoms to Late Quaternary Climate Changes / Marcela Alcira Espinosa Silicophytolith Studies in South America and Argentina: Scope and Limitations for Paleoenvironmental Reconstruction of the Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS3) / Margarita Osterrieth, María Fernanda Alvarez, Mariana Fernández Honaine and Georgina Erra Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Call number: 9783319249452 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book covers the state-of-the-art of microalgae physiology and biochemistry (and the several –omics). It serves as a key reference work for those working with microalgae, whether in the lab, the field, or for commercial applications. It is aimed at new entrants into the field (i.e. PhD students) as well as experienced practitioners. It has been over 40 years since the publication of a book on algal physiology. Apart from reviews and chapters no other comprehensive book on this topic has been published. Research on microalgae has expanded enormously since then, as has the commercial exploitation of microalgae. This volume thoroughly deals with the most critical physiological and biochemical processes governing algal growth and production.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 681 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319249452 , 978-3-319-24945-2
    ISSN: 2543-0599 , 2543-0602
    Series Statement: Developments in applied phycology 6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I The Algae Cell The Cell Cycle of Microalgae / Vilém Zachleder, Kateřina Bišová, and Milada Vítová Biosynthesis of the Cell Walls of the Algae / David S. Domozych Part II The Fundamental Physiological Processes Photosynthesis and Light Harvesting in Algae / Anthony W. Larkum Carbon Acquisition by Microalgae / John Beardall and John A. Raven Fundamentals and Recent Advances in Hydrogen Production and Nitrogen Fixation in Cyanobacteria / Namita Khanna, Patrícia Raleiras, and Peter Lindblad Dark Respiration and Organic Carbon Loss / John A. Raven and John Beardall Part III Nutrients and Their Acquisition Combined Nitrogen / John A. Raven and Mario Giordano Nutrients and Their Acquisition: Phosphorus Physiology in Microalgae / Sonya T. Dyhrman Sulphur and Algae: Metabolism, Ecology and Evolution / Mario Giordano and Laura Prioretti Micronutrients / Antonietta Quigg Iron / Adrian Marchetti and Maria T. Maldonado Selenium in Algae / Hiroya Araie and Yoshihiro Shiraiwa Silicification in the Microalgae / Zoe V. Finkel Calcification / Alison R. Taylor and Colin Brownlee Part IV Algae Interactions with Environment Chemically-Mediated Interactions in Microalgae / Michael A. Borowitzka Coping with High and Variable Salinity: Molecular Aspects of Compatible Solute Accumulation / Martin Hagemann Effects of Global Change, Including UV and UV Screening Compounds / Richa, Rajeshwar P. Sinha, and Donat-P. Häder Part V Secondary Metabolites Lipid Metabolism in Microalgae / Inna Khozin-Goldberg Sterols in Microalgae / John K. Volkman Carotenoids / Einar Skarstad Egeland Exocellular Polysaccharides in Microalgae and Cyanobacteria: Chemical Features, Role and Enzymes and Genes Involved in Their Biosynthesis / Federico Rossi and Roberto De Philippis Algae Genome-Scale Reconstruction, Modelling and Applications / Cristiana G.O. Dal’Molin and Lars K. Nielsen Part VI Applications Algal Physiology and Large-Scale Outdoor Cultures of Microalgae / Michael A. Borowitzka Part VII Systematics and Taxonomy Systematics, Taxonomy and Species Names: Do They Matter? / Michael A. Borowitzka
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Call number: 9783319790992 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides important insights into the operating principles of plants by highlighting the relationship between structure and function. It describes the quantitative determination of structural and mechanical parameters, such as the material properties of a tissue, in correlation with specific features, such as the ability of the tissue to conduct water or withstand bending forces, which will allow advanced analysis in plant biomechanics. This knowledge enables researchers to understand the developmental changes that occur in plant organs over their life span and under the influence of environmental factors. The authors provide an overview of the state of the art of plant structure and function and how they relate to the mechanical behavior of the organism, such as the ability of plants to grow against the gravity vector or to withstand the forces of wind. They also show the sophisticated strategies employed by plants to effect organ movement and morphogenesis in the absence of muscles or cellular migration. As such, this book not only appeals to scientists currently working in plant sciences and biophysics, but also inspires future generations to pursue their own research in this area.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 441 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319790992 , 978-3-319-79099-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Organ and Tissue Mechanics Wood Cell Wall Structure and Organisation in Relation to Mechanics / Lennart Salmén Modelling, Evaluation and Biomechanical Consequences of Growth Stress Profiles Inside Tree Stems / Tancrède Alméras, Delphine Jullien and Joseph Gril Bending Stress in Plant Stems: Models and Assumptions / Christopher J. Stubbs, Navajit S. Baban, Daniel J. Robertson, Loay Alzube and Douglas D. Cook Tree Mechanics and Wind Loading / John Moore, Barry Gardiner and Damien Sellier Part II Growth, Morphogenesis and Motion The Mechanics of Leaf Growth on Large Scales / Eran Sharon and Michal Sahaf Twisting Growth in Plant Roots / Hirofumi Wada and Daichi Matsumoto Plants at Bodybuilding: Development of Plant “Muscles” / Tatyana Gorshkova, Polina Mikshina, Anna Petrova, Tatyana Chernova, Natalia Mokshina and Oleg Gorshkov Modeling Plant Morphogenesis: An Introduction / Anne-Lise Routier-Kierzkowska and Adam Runions Mechanical Conflicts in Growth Heterogeneity / Nathan Hervieux and Olivier Hamant Folding, Wrinkling, and Buckling in Plant Cell Walls / Dorota Borowska-Wykręt and Dorota Kwiatkowska Structural Principles in the Design of Hygroscopically Moving Plant Cells / Rivka Elbaum Using Modeling to Understand the Hygromechanical and Hysteretic Behavior of the S2 Cell Wall Layer of Wood / Dominique Derome, Karol Kulasinski, Chi Zhang, Mingyang Chen and Jan Carmeliet Part III Molecular Underpinnings of Cell Wall Mechanics Calcium–Pectin Chemistry and Biomechanics: Biological Background and Mathematical Modelling / Mariya Ptashnyk and Henry R. Allen Cell Wall Expansion as Viewed by the Creep Method / Dmitry Suslov and Kris Vissenberg Tensile Testing of Primary Plant Cells and Tissues / Amir J. Bidhendi and Anja Geitmann Part IV Water Transport, Mechanosensing and Biomimetics Water Motion and Sugar Translocation in Leaves / Tomas Bohr, Hanna Rademaker and Alexander Schulz Molecular Mechanisms of Mechanosensing and Mechanotransduction / Masatsugu Toyota, Takuya Furuichi and Hidetoshi Iida Biomechanics and Functional Morphology of Plants—Inspiration for Biomimetic Materials and Structures / Thomas Speck, Georg Bold, Tom Masselter, Simon Poppinga, Stefanie Schmier, Marc Thielen and Olga Speck Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    facet.materialart.12
    [Singapore] : Springer
    Call number: 9789811054303 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book focuses on the environmental components of sustainability, including aspects of resourcing and the environmental impacts of human societies. Marine and tropical forest ecosystems, food security and other natural resources, as well as technologies for the environmental control of societal impacts are examined. This volume is multi-disciplinary, but with a consistent focus on the natural environment. This 2-volume set discusses a wide range of topics concerning sustainability and human security in Asia, particularly South East Asia. The individual chapters have been contributed by authors from various fields, and due to the breadth of the material are separated into two thematic volumes.The set offers a valuable resource for professionals and researchers in the urban planning industry, postgraduates, policymakers, government officials and natural resources managers. In addition, it can be used in courses on Environmental Engineering, Agriculture and Forestry, Public Policy and Earth Science.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 250 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811054303 , 978-981-10-5430-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Natural Resource Conservation 1 Revegetation Prospects on Ex-illegal Gold Mining Sites Using Secondary Forest Seedling Materials / Wiwik Ekyastuti and Emi Roslinda 2 Hydrological Processes in Different Types of Teak (Tectona grandis L.) Plantation / Hatma Suryatmojo and M. Ali Imron 3 Sustainability Assessment of Highland Tropical Rainforest Ecosystem: A Case of Selupu Rejang Agropolitan Area, Indonesia / Sri Fatkhiati and Djoko Hartoyo Part II Environmental Control 4 The Diversity of Soil Fungus in and Around Termite Mounds of Globitermes sulphureus (Haviland) (Blattodea: Termitidae) and Response of Subterranean Termite to Fungi / Ikhsan Guswenrivo, Hideyuki Nagao, and Chow Yang Lee 5 Screening of Strains and Media of Termitomyces eurrhizus Collected from Japan Toward Nutritional Analyses / Kazuko Ono, Tsuyoshi Yoshimura, and Kazuhiko Kinjo 6 Volume Visualization of Hidden Gallery System of Drywood Termite Using Computed Tomography: A New Approach on Monitoring of Termite Infestation / S. Khoirul Himmi, Tsuyoshi Yoshimura, Yoshiyuki Yanase, Toshiyuki Torigoe, Masanori Akada, Motoko Ikeda, and Setsuo Imazu Part III Biomass and Microbiology in Tropical Regimes 7 The Potency of Fenton-Polyaluminum Chloride for Black Liquor Treatment / Ajeng Arum Sari, Anis Kristiani, Hendris Hendarsyah Kurniawan, and R. Irni Fitria Anggraini 8 Pretreatment of Sweet Sorghum Bagasse Using EFB-Based Black Liquor for Ethanol Production / Muryanto and Ajeng Arum Sari 9 Increasing Farmers’ Affordability for Anaerobic Digester Construction in Rural Area Using Spatial Cluster Analysis / Christia Meidiana, Siska Ita Selvia, and Dian Dinanti Part IV Marine Ecosystems 10 Marine Ecosystem Sustainability Post-Mine Closure Activities (Macrobenthos Dynamics Study Due to the Influence of Tailing Disposal in Buyat Bay, Minahasa, Indonesia) / Djoko Hartoyo, A. Harsono Soepardjo, Abimanyu T. Alamsyah, and Arie Herlambang 11 Reinventing Fiscal Policy on a Quintuple Helix Perspective Toward Indonesia-World Maritime Interaction: A Case in Batam Free Trade Zone and Lamongan, Indonesia / Haula Rosdiana, Inayati, and Maria R.U.D. Tambunan 12 Seaweed Utilization for Phytoremediation of Litopenaeus vannamei Shrimp Farming Waste in Recirculation Systems (Environmentally Friendly Design of Sustainable Shrimp Culture) / Sinung Rahardjo, A. Harsono Soepardjo, D. Djokosetiyanto, and Abimanyu T. Alamsyah Part V Food Security and Technology 13 Effect of Salt Stress on Growth Performance and Antioxidant Status of Local Black Rice (Oryza sativa L.) / Yuda C. Hariadi, Arry Y. Nurhayati, and Rida R. Akbar 14 Larvicidal Activity of Cerbera odollam Gaertn Against a Dengue Vector, Aedes aegypti (Diptera: Culicidae) / Didi Tarmadi, Dwi Jayanti Gunandini, and Sulaeman Yusuf 15 DNA-Based Occupancy Modeling: Human Activity Did Not Significantly Influence Common Palm Civet’s Occupancy / Sena A. Subrata, T.R.A. Budiman, and Fauzi Hamdan 16 Sustainable Development of Traditional Processed Fishery Products: A Feasibility and Risk Analysis of Small-Scale Businesses in West Kalimantan / Eva Dolorosa and Nurliza Nurliza 17 Obstacles to Achieving Food Security: The Failure of Rice Sector Policy and Its Impact on Peasant Deprivation in the Era of Political Reform in Indonesia / Sunardi Purwaatmoko 18 Identification of Phenotype and the Origin of Rambon Cattle of Indonesia / Yudi Adinata, Aryogi, Dicky Pamungkas, and Tety Hartatik 19 Machine Vision-Based Analysis for Black Tea Quality Evaluation / Avicienna Ulhaq Muqodas, Slamet Widodo, Kudang B. Seminar, and Mohamad Solahudin
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Call number: 9783319757414 (e-book)
    In: Geotechnical, geological and earthquake engineering, volume 46
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is a collection of invited lectures including the 5th Nicholas Ambraseys distinguished lecture, four keynote lectures and twenty-two thematic lectures presented at the 16th European Conference on Earthquake Engineering, held in Thessaloniki, Greece, in June 2018. The lectures are put into chapters written by the most prominent internationally recognized academics, scientists, engineers and researchers in Europe. They address a comprehensive collection of state-of-the-art and cutting-edge topics in earthquake engineering, engineering seismology and seismic risk assessment and management. The book is of interest to civil engineers, engineering seismologists, seismic risk managers, policymakers and consulting companies covering a wide spectrum of fields from geotechnical and structural earthquake engineering, to engineering seismology and seismic risk assessment and management. Scientists, professional engineers, researchers, civil protection policymakers and students interested in the seismic design of civil engineering structures and infrastructures, hazard and risk assessment, seismic mitigation policies and strategies, will find in this book not only the most recent advances in the state-of-the-art, but also new ideas on future earthquake engineering and resilient design of structures. Chapter 1 of this book is available open access under a CC BY 4.0 license.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 691 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319757414 , 978-3-319-75741-4
    ISSN: 1573-6059 , 1872-4671
    Series Statement: Geotechnical, geological and earthquake engineering volume 46
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Analysis in Seismic Provisions for Buildings: Past, Present and Future / Peter Fajfar 2 Implications of Site Specific Response Analysis / Atilla Ansal, Gökçe Tönük, and Aslı Kurtuluş 3 A Redefinition of Seismic Input for Design and Assessment / G. Michele Calvi, Daniela Rodrigues, and Vitor Silva 4 From Force- to Displacement-Based Seismic Design of Concrete Structures and Beyond / Michael N. Fardis 5 Seismic Assessment of Existing Irregular Masonry Buildings by Nonlinear Static and Dynamic Analyses / Sergio Lagomarsino, Daniela Camilletti, Serena Cattari, and Salvatore Marino 6 Capturing Geographically-Varying Uncertainty in Earthquake Ground Motion Models or What We Think We Know May Change / John Douglas 7 Implementation of Near-Fault Forward Directivity Effects in Seismic Design Codes / Sinan Akkar and Saed Moghimi 8 3D Physics-Based Numerical Simulations: Advantages and Current Limitations of a New Frontier to Earthquake Ground Motion Prediction. The Istanbul Case Study / Roberto Paolucci, Maria Infantino, Ilario Mazzieri, Ali Güney Özcebe, Chiara Smerzini, and Marco Stupazzini 9 Issues with the Use of Spatially Variable Seismic Ground Motions in Engineering Applications / Aspasia Zerva, Mohammad Reza Falamarz-Sheikhabadi, and Masoud Khazaei Poul 10 Bridging the Gap Between Seismology and Engineering: Towards Real-Time Damage Assessment / Stefano Parolai, Michael Haas, Massimiliano Pittore, and Kevin Fleming 11 Earthquake Geotechnics in Offshore Engineering / Amir M. Kaynia 12 The Dynamics of Rocking Isolation / Nicos Makris 13 Multistory Building Frames and Shear Walls Founded on “Rocking” Spread Footings / G. Gazetas, D. Dais, F. Gelagoti, and R. Kourkoulis 14 Seismic Design of Foundations in Difficult Soil Conditions: Examples of Solutions / Alain Pecker 15 Structural Health Monitoring for Seismic Protection of Structure and Infrastructure Systems / Oreste S. Bursi, Daniele Zonta, Emiliano Debiasi, and Davide Trapani 16 Large Scale Testing Facilities – Use of High Gravity Centrifuge Tests to Investigate Soil Liquefaction Phenomena / Gopal S. P. Madabhushi 17 Seismic Analysis and Design of Composite Steel/Concrete Building Structures Involving Concrete-Filled Steel Tubular Columns / Konstantinos A. Skalomenos, George D. Hatzigeorgiou, and Dimitri E. Beskos 18 Seismic Design of Steel Structures: New Trends of Research and Updates of Eurocode 8 / Raffaele Landolfo 19 Unreinforced Masonry Walls Subjected to In-Plane Shear: From Tests to Codes and Vice Versa / Elizabeth Vintzileou 20 Seismic Design of Bridges: Present and Future / Andreas J. Kappos 21 Technologies for Seismic Retrofitting and Strengthening of Earthen and Masonry Structures: Assessment and Application / Paulo B. Lourenço 22 Seismic Performance of a Full-Scale FRP Retrofitted Sub-standard RC Building / Alper Ilki, Erkan Tore, Cem Demir, and Mustafa Comert 23 Advances in the Assessment of Buildings Subjected to Earthquakes and Tsunami / Tiziana Rossetto, Crescenzo Petrone, Ian Eames, Camilo De La Barra, Andrew Foster, and Joshua Macabuag 24 Seismic Vulnerability of Classical Monuments / Ioannis N. Psycharis 25 What Seismic Risk Do We Design for When We Design Buildings? / Iunio Iervolino 26 The 2016–2017 Central Apennines Seismic Sequence: Analogies and Differences with Recent Italian Earthquakes / Mauro Dolce and Daniela Di Bucci 27 Eurocode 8. Evolution or Revolution? / Philippe Bisch 28 Research Needs Towards a Resilient Community / Paolo Franchin
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 9783319392646 (e-book)
    In: Modern approaches in solid earth sciences, volume 12
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a detailed overview of the operational principles of modern mining geology, which are presented as a good mix of theory and practice, allowing use by a broad range of specialists, from students to lecturers and experienced geologists. The book includes comprehensive descriptions of mining geology techniques, including conventional methods and new approaches. The attributes presented in the book can be used as a reference and as a guide by mining industry specialists developing mining projects and for optimizing mining geology procedures. Applications of the methods are explained using case studies and are facilitated by the computer scripts added to the book as Electronic Supplementary Material.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 448 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319392646 , 978-3-319-39264-6
    ISSN: 1876-1682 , 1876-1690
    Series Statement: Modern approaches in solid earth sciences volume 12
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction References Part I Mine Design, Mine Mapping and Sampling 2 Mining Methods 2.1 Open Pit Mines 2.2 Underground Mines 2.2.1 Underground Selective Mining Methods 2.2.2 Underground Bulk Mining Methods 2.2.3 Mining of the Gently Dipping Ore Bodies 2.3 Unconventional Mining 2.3.1 In situ Leach (ISL) Technique 2.3.2 Dredging of the Mineral Sands References 3 Mine Mapping 3.1 Mine Mapping Principles 3.2 Mapping Open Pit Mines 3.3 Mapping of Underground Mines 3.4 Mapping Using Digital Photogrammetry and Laser Technologies 3.4.1 Mapping Mining Faces Using Photogrammetry 3.4.2 Remote Mapping of the Mines Using Laser 3.5 Optimisation of the Mine Mapping Procedures References 4 Drilling Techniques and Drill Holes Logging 4.1 Drilling Methods 4.2 Diamond Core Drilling 4.2.1 Core Quality and Representativeness 4.2.2 Orientated Core 4.2.3 Logging Diamond Core Holes 4.2.4 Sampling Diamond Core 4.3 Open Hole Percussion Drilling 4.3.1 Sampling Blastholes for Grade Control Purpose in the Open Pits 4.3.2 Use of ‘Jumbo’ Drilling for Delineation of Underground Stopes 4.4 Reverse Circulation (RC) Percussion Drilling 4.4.1 Logging RC Holes 4.4.2 Sampling RC Holes 4.5 Sonic Drilling Technologies 4.5.1 Strength and Weakness of the Sonic Drilling 4.5.2 Logging and Sampling Sonic Drill Holes 4.6 Auger Drilling 4.7 Rotary Drilling Using Tricone Bit References 5 Sampling of the Mine Workings 5.1 Sampling Rock Faces in the Underground Mines 5.1.1 Channel Sampling 5.1.2 Rock Chip Sampling 5.2 Sampling of the Broken Ore 5.3 Trenching and Winzing References 6 Geotechnical Logging and Mapping 6.1 Geotechnical Logging of the Drill Core 6.1.1 Drilling Parameters and Core Recovery 6.1.2 Rock Weathering 6.1.3 Rock Strength 6.1.4 Rock Quality Designation Index (RQD) 6.1.5 Natural Breaks 6.2 Geotechnical Mapping 6.3 Geotechnical Applications of Rock Mass Classification Schemes References 7 Dry Bulk Density (DBD) of Rocks 7.1 Types of the Rock Densities Used in the Mining Industry 7.2 Dry Bulk Density Measurement Techniques 7.2.1 Competent Non-porous Rocks 7.2.2 Porous and Weathered Rocks 7.2.3 Non-consolidated Sediments 7.3 Spatial Distribution of the Rock Density Measurements References 8 Data Points Location (Surveying) 8.1 Surface Points Location 8.2 Down-Hole Survey Reference Part II Sampling Errors 9 Introduction to the Theory of Sampling 9.1 Types of Sampling Errors 9.2 Fundamental Sampling Error 9.2.1 Theoretical Background 9.2.2 Experimental Calibration of the Sampling 9.2.3 Sampling Nomogram 9.3 Grouping – Segregation Error 9.4 Errors Related to the Sampling Practices 9.5 Instrumental Errors References 10 Quality Control and Assurance (QAQC) 10.1 Accuracy Control 10.1.1 Statistical Tests for Assessing Performance of the Standard Samples 10.1.2 Statistical Tests for Assessing the Data Bias Using the Duplicate Samples 10.1.3 Diagnostic Diagram: Pattern Recognition Method 10.2 Precision Control 10.2.1 Matching Pairs of Data 10.2.2 Processing and Interpretation of Duplicate Samples 10.3 Comparative Analysis of the Statistical Estimation Methods 10.4 Guidelines for Optimisation of the Sampling Programmes 10.4.1 Planning and Implementation of the Sampling Programmes 10.4.2 Frequency of Inserting QAQC Material to Assay Batches 10.4.3 Distribution of the Reference Materials 10.4.4 Distribution of the Duplicate Samples References 11 Twin Holes 11.1 Method Overview 11.1.1 Objectives of the Twinned Holes Study 11.1.2 Statistical Treatment of the Results 11.1.3 Distance Between Twinned Holes 11.1.4 Drilling Quality and Quantity 11.1.5 Comparison of Studied Variables 11.1.6 Practice of Drilling Twinned Holes for Mining Geology Applications 11.2 Case Studies 11.2.1 Gold Deposits: Confirmation of High-Grade Intersections 11.2.2 Twin Holes Studies in Iron Ore Deposits 11.2.3 Mineral Sands Deposits: Validation of Historic Drilling 11.2.4 Bauxites: Use of Twin Holes as a Routine Control of Drilling Quality References 12 Database 12.1 Construction of the Database 12.2 Data Entry 12.2.1 Electronic Data Transfer 12.2.2 Keyboard Data Entry 12.2.3 Special Values 12.3 Management of the Data Flow 12.4 Database Safety and Security References Part III Mineral Resources 13 Data Preparation 13.1 Data Compositing 13.1.1 Data Coding 13.1.2 Compositing Algorithms 13.1.3 Choice of the Optimal Compositing Intervals 13.1.4 Validating of the Composited Assays 13.2 High Grade Cut-Off References 14 Geological Constraints of Mineralisation 14.1 Introduction to Wireframing 14.2 Characterisation of the Mineralisation Contacts 14.2.1 Contact Profile 14.2.2 Determining of the Cut-Off Value for Constraining Mineralisation 14.2.3 Contact Topography 14.2.4 Uncertainty of the Contacts 14.3 Geometry and Internal Structure of the Mineralised Domains 14.3.1 Unfolding References 15 Exploratory Data Analysis 15.1 Objective of the EDA 15.2 Overview of the EDA Techniques 15.2.1 Spider Diagram 15.2.2 Data Declustering 15.2.3 Q-Q Plots 15.2.4 Box-and-Whisker Plot (Box Plot) 15.3 Grouping and Analysis of the Data 15.3.1 Data Types 15.3.2 Data Generations 15.3.3 Grouping Samples by Geological Characteristics 15.4 Statistical Analysis of the Resource Domains References 16 Resource Estimation Methods 16.1 Polygonal Method 16.2 Estimation by Triangulation 16.3 Cross-Sectional Method 16.3.1 Extrapolation of the Cross-Sections 16.3.2 Interpolation Between Cross-Sections 16.4 Estimation by Panels 16.5 Inverse Distance Weighting Method References Part IV Applied Mining Geostatistics 17 Introduction to Geostatistics 17.1 Regionalised Variable and Random Function 17.2 Stationarity and Intrinsic Hypothesis References 18 Variography 18.1 Quantitative Analysis of the Spatial Continuity 18.2 Intuitive Look at Variogram 18.3 Geostatistical Definition of Variogram 18.4 Directional, Omnidirectional and Average Variograms 18.5 Properties of the Variograms 18.5.1 Behaviour Near Origin 18.5.2 Anisotropy 18.6 Analysis of the Data Continuity Using a Variogram Map 18.7 Presence of Drift 18.8 Proportional Effect 18.9 Variogram Sill and the Sample Variance 18.10 Impact of the Different Support 18.11 Variogram Models 18.11.1 Common Variogram Models 18.11.2 Modelling Geometric Anisotropy 18.11.3 Nested Structures 18.11.4 Modelling Zonal Anisotropy 18.12 Troublesome Variograms 18.12.1 Hole Effect 18.12.2 Saw-Tooth Shaped and Erratic Variograms 18.13 Alternative Measures of a Spatial Continuity 18.13.1 Variograms of the Gaussian Transformed Values 18.13.2 Relative (Normalised) Variograms 18.13.3 Different Structural Tools 18.14 Indicator Variograms 18.15 Variograms in the Multivariate Environment 18.15.1 Multivariate Geostatistical Functions 18.15.2 Linear Model of Coregionalisation References 19 Methods of the Linear Geostatistics (Kriging) 19.1 Geostatistical Resource Estimation 19.2 Kriging System 19.2.1 Ordinary Kriging 19.2.2 Simple Kriging 19.2.3 Simple Versus Ordinary Kriging 19.3 Properties of Kriging 19.3.1 Exactitude Property of Kriging 19.3.2 Negative Kriging Weights and Screening Effect 19.3.3 Smoothing Effect 19.3.4 Kriging Variance 19.3.5 Conditional Bias 19.4 Block Kriging 19.4.1 Blocks and Point Estimates 19.4.2 Kriging of the Small Blocks References 20 Multivariate Geostatistics 20.1 Theoretical Background of Multivariate Geostatistics 20.1.1 Ordinary Co-kriging 20.1.2 Collocated Co-kriging 20.1.3 Properties of the Co-kriging 20.2 Kriging with External Drift References 21 Multiple Indicator Kriging 21.1 Methodology of the Multiple Indicator Kriging 21.2 Practical Notes on the Indicators Post-Processing References 22 Estimation of the Recoverable Resources 22.1 Change of Support Concept 22.1.1 Dispersion Variance 22.1.2 Volume Variance Relations 22.1.3 Conditions for Change-of-Support Models 22.2 Global Change of Support Methods 22.2.1 Affine Correction 22.2.2 Discrete Gaussian Change of Support 22.3 Local Change of Support Methods 22.3.1 Uniform Conditioning 22.3.2 Localised Uniform Conditioning 22.3.3 Application of the LUC
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Call number: 9783030747138 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents the result of an innovative challenge, to create a systematic literature overview driven by machine-generated content. Questions and related keywords were prepared for the machine to query, discover, collate and structure by Artificial Intelligence (AI) clustering. The AI-based approach seemed especially suitable to provide an innovative perspective as the topics are indeed both complex, interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary, for example, climate, planetary and evolution sciences. Springer Nature has published much on these topics in its journals over the years, so the challenge was for the machine to identify the most relevant content and present it in a structured way that the reader would find useful. The automatically generated literature summaries in this book are intended as a springboard to further discoverability. They are particularly useful to readers with limited time, looking to learn more about the subject quickly and especially if they are new to the topics. Springer Nature seeks to support anyone who needs a fast and effective start in their content discovery journey, from the undergraduate student exploring interdisciplinary content, to Master- or PhD-thesis developing research questions, to the practitioner seeking support materials, this book can serve as an inspiration, to name a few examples. It is important to us as a publisher to make the advances in technology easily accessible to our authors and find new ways of AI-based author services that allow human-machine interaction to generate readable, usable, collated, research content.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 364 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030747138 , 978-3-030-74713-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Origin and Evolution of Atmospheres Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 2 Downscaling, Regional Models and Impacts Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 3 Response and Alternative Theories in Climate Change Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 4 Stochastic Weather and Climate Models Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 5 Progress in Climate Modeling Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 6 Maximum Entropy Production (MEP) and Climate Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 7 Astrobiology and Development of Human Civilization Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 8 Planets and Exoplanets, Habitability Sustainability and Time Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 9 Geobiology Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 10 The Fermi Paradox Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 11 The Gaia Hypothesis, Evolution and Ecology Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Call number: 9783030830748 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is dedicated to the analysis of bottom waters flows through underwater channels of the Atlantic Ocean. The study is based on recent observations of the authors, analysis of historical data, numerical modeling, and literature review. For example, studying both the measurements from the World Ocean Circulation experiment in the 1990s and recent measurements reveals the decadal variations of water properties in the ocean. Seawater is cooled at high latitudes, descends to the ocean bottom, and slowly flows to the tropical latitudes and further. This current is slow in the deep basins, but intensifies in the abyssal channels connecting the basins. The current overflows submarine topographic structures and sometimes forms deep cataracts when water descends over slopes by several hundred meters. The flow of Antarctic Bottom Water (AABW) is studied on the basis of CTD sections combined with Lowered Acoustic Doppler Profiling (LADCP) carried out annually, and long-term moored measurements of currents. This book is a collection of oceanographic data, interpretation, and analysis, which can be used by field oceanographers, specialists in numerical modeling, and students who specialize in oceanography.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXX, 483 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030830748 , 978-3-030-83074-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Deep Water Masses of the South and North Atlantic 1.1 General Description 1.2 Global Overturning Circulation 1.3 Mechanisms of the Formation of the Deep and Bottom Waters 1.4 Classifications of Deep and Bottom Waters in the Atlantic 1.5 Upper Circumpolar Water and Upper Circumpolar Deep Water 1.6 North Atlantic Deep Water 1.7 Lower Circumpolar Water and Lower Circumpolar Deep Water, Circumpolar Bottom Water, Southeast Pacific Deep Water, and Warm Deep Water 1.8 Antarctic Bottom Water References 2 General Overview of Abyssal Pathways, and Channels (for Waters of the Antarctic Origin) 2.1 Propagation of Deep and Bottom Waters as Series of Deep Cataracts 2.2 Propagation of Antarctic Waters in the Abyss of the Atlantic 2.3 Comparison of Spreading of Water Masses Reference 3 Source Regions 3.1 Weddell Sea and Weddell Gyre 3.2 Agulhas and Cape Basins 3.3 Drake Passage, Scotia Sea, and Georgia Basin 3.3.1 General Description and Bottom Topography 3.3.2 Deep and Bottom Water Masses and Previous Concepts of Circulation 3.3.3 Analysis of Recent Data 3.4 Antarctic Bottom Water in the Argentine Basin References 4 Exchange Between the Argentine and Brazil Basins; Abyssal Pathways and Bottom Flow Channels (for Waters of the Antarctic Origin) 4.1 General Description 4.2 Vema Channel 4.2.1 Topography and General Description 4.2.2 History of Research and Datasets of Long-Term Observations 4.2.3 Deep and Bottom Waters 4.2.4 Section Along the Channel 4.2.5 Structure of the Flow. Sections Across the Channel 4.2.6 Trends in Potential Temperature and Salinity of the Coldest Bottom Water Observed Since 1972 4.2.7 Salinity Variations 4.2.8 Flow in the Southern Part of the Channel at the Boundary with the Argentine Basin 4.2.9 Moored Observations of Velocities in the Channel 4.2.10 Measurements with the Lowered ADCP 4.2.11 Extreme Transport Velocities of Antarctic Bottom Water in the Deep-Water Vema Channel 4.2.12 Flow of Antarctic Bottom Water from the Vema Channel 4.3 Modeling of Antarctic Bottom Water Flow in the South Atlantic 4.4 Modeling of Antarctic Bottom Water Flow Through the Vema Channel 4.5 Santos Plateau 4.6 Hunter Channel References 5 Further Propagation of Antarctic Bottom Water from the Brazil Basin 5.1 Brazil Basin 5.2 Flow in the Guiana Basin and Westward Equatorial Channels 5.3 North American Basin 5.4 Eastward Equatorial Channels. The Romanche and Chain Fracture Zones 5.4.1 Research History 5.4.2 Bottom Topography 5.4.3 Hydrography of the Romanche and Chain Fracture Zones 5.4.4 Currents in the Eastern Parts of the Romanche and Chain Fracture Zones 5.4.5 Temperature Distributions Along the Romanche and Chain Fracture Zone 5.4.6 Long-Term Variations in Temperature and Salinity 5.4.7 Inflow of Antarctic Bottom Water and Deep Spillway in the Western Part of the Romanche Fracture Zone 5.4.8 Summary 5.4.9 Abyssal Spillway at the Main Sill in the Chain Fracture Zone 5.4.10 Abyssal Spillway at the Nameless Sill of the Romanche Fracture Zone 5.4.11 Modeling of the Flow in the Romanche Fracture Zone References 6 Fractures in the Mid-Atlantic Ridge of the North Atlantic 6.1 Vema Fracture Zone 6.1.1 Bottom Topography 6.1.2 Measurements 6.1.3 Structure of Bottom Flow Based on the Measurements in 2006 6.1.4 Bottom Water Transport Based on the Measurements in 2006 6.1.5 Bottom Flow Through the Vema Fracture Zone Based on the Measurements in 2014–2016 6.2 Other Fracture Zones of the Northern Mid-Atlantic Ridge 6.2.1 Strakhov Fracture Zone (Four North Fracture Zone) (3° 53' N) 6.2.2 Bogdanov Fracture Zone (7° 10' N) 6.2.3 Nameless Fracture Zone (7° 28' N) 6.2.4 Vernadsky Fracture Zone (7° 49' N) 6.2.5 Doldrums Fracture Zone (8° N) and a Rift Valley South of It 6.2.6 Arkhangelsky Fracture Zone (9° N) 6.2.7 Ten Degree Fracture Zone (9° 57' N) 6.2.8 Rift Valley South of the Vema Fracture Zone (10° 21' N) 6.2.9 Marathon Fracture Zone (12° 40' N) 6.2.10 Fifteen Twenty Fracture Zone (Cabo Verde Fracture Zone) (15° 16' N) 6.2.11 Kane Fracture Zone (24° N) 6.2.12 Pathways and AABW Transport Through the Northern Part of the MAR 6.3 Modeling of the Flow Through the Northern MAR References . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Eastern Basin Pathways and Further Propagation of Antarctic Bottom Water in the East Atlantic 7.1 General Description 7.2 Mixing Caused by the Barotropic Tide 7.3 Kane Gap 7.4 Angola Basin References 8 Passages in the East Azores Ridge 8.1 General Description 8.2 Discovery Gap 8.3 Western Gap 8.4 Modeling References 9 Flows Through the Northern Channels in the North Atlantic 9.1 Charlie Gibbs Fracture Zone 9.2 Overflow in the Denmark Strait 9.3 Overflow in the Faroe-Shetland Channel 9.4 Overflow in the Gibraltar Strait 9.5 Gravity Current in the Bear Island Trough References Summary of Research and Integrated Conclusions
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Call number: 9783319645995 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book sheds new light on the limits of adaptation to anthropogenic climate change. The respective chapters demonstrate the variety of and interconnections between factors that together constitute the constraints on adaptation. The book pays special attention to evidence that illustrates how and where such limits have become apparent or are in the process of establishing themselves, and which indicates future trends and contexts that might prove helpful in understanding adaptation limits. In particular, the book provides an overview of the most important challenges and opportunities regarding adaptation limits at different temporal, jurisdictional, and spatial scales, while also highlighting case studies, projects and best practices that show how they may be addressed. The book presents innovative multi-disciplinary research and gathers evidence from various countries, sectors and regions, the goal being to advance our understanding of the limits to adaptation and ways to overcome or modify them
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 410 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319645995 , 978-3-319-64599-5
    ISSN: 1610-2002 , 1610-2010
    Series Statement: Climate change management
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction: Limits to Adaptation / Johanna Nalau and Walter Leal Filho Part I Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Asia 2 Strategies and Barriers to Adaptation of Hazard-Prone Rural Households in Bangladesh / G. M. Monirul Alam, Khorshed Alam, Shahbaz Mushtaq, Most Nilufa Khatun and Walter Leal Filho 3 Governance Limits to Adaptation in Cambodia’s Health Sector / Daniel Gilfillan 4 Land-Based Strategic Model by Integrating Diverse Policies for Climate Change Adaptation in Nepal / Adish Khezri, Arbind Man Tuladhar and Jaap Zevenbergen 5 Climate Change and Migration in Bangladesh: Empirically Derived Lessons and Opportunities for Policy Makers and Practitioners / Johannes Luetz Part II Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Africa 6 Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Zimbabwe: Insights, Experiences and Lessons / Nelson Chanza 7 Pastoralists Shifting Strategies and Perceptions of Risk: Post-crisis Recovery in Damergou, Niger / Karen Marie Greenough 8 Political Limits to Climate Change Adaptation Practices: Insights from the Johannesburg Case / Karen Hetz 9 Constraints and Limits to Climate Change Adaptation Efforts in Nigeria / Idowu O. Ologeh, Joshua B. Akarakiri and Francis A. Adesina 10 Adapting Agriculture to Climate Change: Suitability of Banana Crop Production to Future Climate Change Over Uganda / Geoffrey Sabiiti, Joseph Mwalichi Ininda, Laban Ayieko Ogallo, Jully Ouma, Guleid Artan, Charles Basalirwa, Franklin Opijah, Alex Nimusiima, Saul Daniel Ddumba, Jasper Batureine Mwesigwa, George Otieno and Jamiat Nanteza 11 Local Adaptation to Climate Extremes in Domboshawa: Opportunities and Limitations / Vincent Itai Tanyanyiwa and Rejoice Madobi Part III Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Australia, North-America and Europe 12 The Limits of Imagination / Liese Coulter 13 Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal East Arctic Ecosystems: Complexity and Challenges of Monitoring and Evaluation / Moktar Lamari, Line Poulin-Larivière and Johann L. Jacob 14 Limits to Adaptation on Climate Change in Bosnia and Herzegovina: Insights and Experiences / Goran Trbic, Davorin Bajic, Vladimir Djurdjevic, Vladan Ducic, Raduska Cupac, Đorđe Markez, Goran Vukmir, Radoslav Dekić and Tatjana Popov Part IV Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in the Pacific Region 15 Climate Change Adaptation Limits in Small Island Developing States / Stacy-ann Robinson 16 Limits to Coastal Adaptation in Samoa: Insights and Experiences / Richard Crichton and Miguel Esteban 17 Limits to Capital Works Adaptation in the Coastal Zones and Islands: Lessons for the Pacific / Brendan Mackey and Daniel Ware 18 A ‘Cost Barrier’ Perspective to Adaptation on a Coral Triangle Initiative (CTI) and Mangrove Rehabilitation Projects (MRP) in Solomon Islands / Michael Otoara Ha’apio, Walter Leal Filho and Morgan Wairiu 19 Customary Land and Climate Change Induced Relocation: A Case Study of Vunidogoloa Village, Vanua Levu, Fiji / Dhrishna Charan, Manpreet Kaur and Priyatma Singh 20 Limits to Adapting to Climate Change Through Relocations in Papua-New Guinea and Fiji / Dalila Gharbaoui and Julia Blocher 21 Atoll Habitability Thresholds / Mark H. N. Stege 22 Conclusions: Overcoming the Limits to Adaptation / Walter Leal Filho and Johanna Nalau
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Call number: 9783319969787 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Ecologists and natural resource managers are charged with making complex management decisions in the face of a rapidly changing environment resulting from climate change, energy development, urban sprawl, invasive species and globalization. Advances in Geographic Information System (GIS) technology, digitization, online data availability, historic legacy datasets, remote sensors and the ability to collect data on animal movements via satellite and GPS have given rise to large, highly complex datasets. These datasets could be utilized for making critical management decisions, but are often “messy” and difficult to interpret. Basic artificial intelligence algorithms (i.e., machine learning) are powerful tools that are shaping the world and must be taken advantage of in the life sciences. In ecology, machine learning algorithms are critical to helping resource managers synthesize information to better understand complex ecological systems. Machine Learning has a wide variety of powerful applications, with three general uses that are of particular interest to ecologists: (1) data exploration to gain system knowledge and generate new hypotheses, (2) predicting ecological patterns in space and time, and (3) pattern recognition for ecological sampling. Machine learning can be used to make predictive assessments even when relationships between variables are poorly understood. When traditional techniques fail to capture the relationship between variables, effective use of machine learning can unearth and capture previously unattainable insights into an ecosystem's complexity. Currently, many ecologists do not utilize machine learning as a part of the scientific process. This volume highlights how machine learning techniques can complement the traditional methodologies currently applied in this field
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 441 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319969787 , 978-3-319-96978-7
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Machine Learning in Wildlife Biology: Algorithms, Data Issues and Availability, Workflows, Citizen Science, Code Sharing, Metadata and a Brief Historical Perspective / Grant R. W. Humphries and Falk Huettmann 2 Use of Machine Learning (ML) for Predicting and Analyzing Ecological and ‘Presence Only’ Data: An Overview of Applications and a Good Outlook / Falk Huettmann, Erica H. Craig, Keiko A. Herrick, Andrew P. Baltensperger, Grant R. W. Humphries, David J. Lieske, Katharine Miller, Timothy C. Mullet, Steffen Oppel, Cynthia Resendiz, Imme Rutzen, Moritz S. Schmid, Madan K. Suwal, and Brian D. Young 3 Boosting, Bagging and Ensembles in the Real World: An Overview, some Explanations and a Practical Synthesis for Holistic Global Wildlife Conservation Applications Based on Machine Learning with Decision Trees / Falk Huettmann Part II Predicting Patterns 4 From Data Mining with Machine Learning to Inference in Diverse and Highly Complex Data: Some Shared Experiences, Intellectual Reasoning and Analysis Steps for the Real World of Science Applications / Falk Huettmann 5 Ensembles of Ensembles: Combining the Predictions from Multiple Machine Learning Methods / David J. Lieske, Moritz S. Schmid, and Matthew Mahoney 6 Machine Learning for Macroscale Ecological Niche Modeling - a Multi-Model, Multi-Response Ensemble Technique for Tree Species Management Under Climate Change / Anantha M. Prasad 7 Mapping Aboveground Biomass of Trees Using Forest Inventory Data and Public Environmental Variables within the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Brian D. Young, John Yarie, David Verbyla, Falk Huettmann, and F. Stuart Chapin III Part III Data Exploration and Hypothesis Generation with Machine Learning 8 ‘Batteries’ in Machine Learning: A First Experimental Assessment of Inference for Siberian Crane Breeding Grounds in the Russian High Arctic Based on ‘Shaving’ 74 Predictors / Falk Huettmann, Chunrong Mi, and Yumin Guo 9 Landscape Applications of Machine Learning: Comparing Random Forests and Logistic Regression in Multi-Scale Optimized Predictive Modeling of American Marten Occurrence in Northern Idaho, USA / Samuel A. Cushman and Tzeidle N. Wasserman 10 Using Interactions among Species, Landscapes, and Climate to Inform Ecological Niche Models: A Case Study of American Marten (Martes americana) Distribution in Alaska / Andrew P. Baltensperger 11 Advanced Data Mining (Cloning) of Predicted Climate-Scapes and Their Variances Assessed with Machine Learning: An Example from Southern Alaska Shows Topographical Biases and Strong Differences / Falk Huettmann 12 Using TreeNet, a Machine Learning Approach to Better Understand Factors that Influence Elevated Blood Lead Levels in Wintering Golden Eagles in the Western United States / Erica H. Craig, Tim H. Craig, and Mark R. Fuller Part IV Novel Applications of Machine Learning Beyond Species Distribution Models 13 Breaking Away from ‘Traditional’ Uses of Machine Learning: A Case Study Linking Sooty Shearwaters (Ardenna griseus) and Upcoming Changes in the Southern Oscillation Index / Grant R. W. Humphries 14 Image Recognition in Wildlife Applications / Dawn R. Magness 15 Machine Learning Techniques for Quantifying Geographic Variation in Leach’s Storm-Petrel (Hydrobates leucorhous) Vocalizations / Grant R. W. Humphries, Rachel T. Buxton, and Ian L. Jones Part V Implementing Machine Learning for Resource Management 16 Machine Learning for ‘Strategic Conservation and Planning’: Patterns, Applications, Thoughts and Urgently Needed Global Progress for Sustainability / Falk Huettmann 17 How the Internet Can Know What You Want Before You Do: Web-Based Machine Learning Applications for Wildlife Management / Grant R. W. Humphries 18 Machine Learning and ‘The Cloud’ for Natural Resource Applications: Autonomous Online Robots Driving Sustainable Conservation Management Worldwide? / Grant R. W. Humphries and Falk Huettmann 19 Assessment of Potential Risks from Renewable Energy Development and Other Anthropogenic Factors to Wintering Golden Eagles in the Western United States / Erica H. Craig, Mark R. Fuller, Tim H. Craig, and Falk Huettmann Part VI Conclusions 20 A Perspective on the Future of Machine Learning: Moving Away from ‘Business as Usual’ and Towards a Holistic Approach of Global Conservation / Grant R. W. Humphries and Falk Huettmann Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Call number: 9789811002076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This proceedings contains articles submitted to the fifth International Conference on Cognitive Neurodynamics (ICCN2015). In ICCN2015, twelve invited plenary lectures were presented by the leading scientists in their respective research fields. More than 15 mini-symposiums are organized by specialists with topics covering: motor control and learning, dynamic coding in distributed neural circuits, dynamics of firing patterns and synchronization in neuronal systems, information and signal processing techniques in neurotechnology, neural oscillations and synaptic plasticity in the hippocampus, new perspective on model-based vs. model-free brain process, neural mechanisms of internal switching, neuroinformation computation, neural model and dynamics, imaging human cognitive networks, neuroinformatics, neuroergonomics & neuroengineering, dynamic brain for communication, visual information processing and functional imaging and neural mechanisms of language processing. All articles are peer-reviewed. The ICCN is a series conference held every two years since 2007
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 872 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811002076 , 978-981-10-0207-6
    ISSN: 2213-3569 , 2213-3577
    Series Statement: Advances in Cognitive Neurodynamics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Plenary Talk 1 Putting Sensory Back into Voluntary Motor Control / Stephen H. Scott 2 Is Visual Processing in Primates Strictly Hierarchical? / Mark A.G. Eldridge, Samarth Chandra and Barry J. Richmond 3 Self-organization of a Second Kind: General Scope and a Cortical Case Study / Ichiro Tsuda 4 Toward Autonomous Intelligence: From Active 3D Vision to Invariant Object and Scene Learning, Recognition, and Search / Stephen Grossberg 5 The Cognitive Control of Goal-Directed Action: How Predictive Learning Affects Choice / Bernard W. Balleine 6 Functional Connectivity Mapping of Decision-Making in Drosophila Melanogaster / Aike Guo, Ke Zhang, Q.Z. Ren, H.F. Su and N.N. Chen 7 Neurodynamics of Decision-Making—A Computational Approach / Azadeh Hassannejad Nazir and Hans Liljenström 8 Brain Pattern Analysis Based on Magnetic Resonance Imaging / Dewen Hu 9 Dopamine Prediction Errors and the Relativity of Value / Masamichi Sakagami and Shingo Tanaka 10 The Neural Mechanism of Direction- and Orientation-Selective Neurons for Processing Direction, Speed, and Axis of Motion in Early Visual Cortices / Hongliang Gong, Xu An, Liling Qian, Jiapeng Yin, Yiliang Lu and Wei Wang Part II Neural Dynamics in Motor and Sensory Systems 11 Stability and Flexibility During Human Motor Control / Taishin Nomura, Yasuyuki Suzuki, Chunjiang Fu, Naoya Yoshikawa, Ken Kiyono, Maura Casadio and Pietro Morasso 12 Context-Dependent Human Motor Memories: Function, Implementation, and Manipulation / Daichi Nozaki 13 A Model of Gait Cycle Variability During Human Walking / Chunjiang Fu, Yasuyuki Suzuki, Ken Kiyono and Taishin Nomura 14 Coordinate Systems in the Motor System: Computational Modeling and EEG Experiment / Hirokazu Tanaka, Makoto Miyakoshi and Scott Makeig 15 Simulation Study on Neuromuscular Model-Inspired Control Strategy for Variable Stiffness Actuators / Jun Zhu, Yu Wang and Heng Cao 16 Changes in the Inner Gene Expression of Lateral Olivocochlear Receptors After the Loss of the Descending Cortical Pathway / Miguel A. Merchan, Veronica Lamas and Jose Manuel Juiz 17 Effect of Parvalbumin Deficiency on Distributed Activity and Interactions in Neural Circuits Activated by Instrumental Learning / Agnès Gruart, José Maria Delgado-García and Alessandra Lintas 18 Dynamic Patterns of Cortical Activation During Different Types of Learning Tasks and Unpredictable Situations / José M. Delgado-García, Raudel Sánchez-Campusano, Iván Fernández-Lamo and Agnès Gruart 19 The Application of Spatiotemporal Energy Model in the Simulation of Population Responses in Early Visual Cortices / Yiliang Lu, Xu An, Hongliang Gong and Wei Wang 20 Aspect Ratio of the Receptive Field Makes a Major Contribution to the Bandwidth of Orientation Selectivity in Cat V1 / Tao Xu, Ming Li, Ke Chen, Ling Wang and Hong-Mei Yan 21 Nonlinear Dynamical Analysis of Spontaneous EEG Recordings in Rats After Chronic Spinal Cord Injury / Pu Jiangbo, Xu Hanhui, Wang Yazhou, Cui Hongyan and Hu Yong Part III Interactive Dynamics in Cognitive Functions 22 Causality in Neuroscience and Its Limitations: Bottom-up, Top-down, and Round-About / Hans A. Braun 23 Decisions and Downward Causation in Neural Systems / Hans Liljenström and Azadeh Hassannejad Nazir 24 Top-down and/or Bottom-up Causality: The Notion of Relatedness in the Human Brain / Kim C. Wende and Andreas Jansen 25 Overviewing Causality or Over-Interpreting Noise: Is Modern Neuroscience Shaping Our View of the Human Mind? / Kim C. Wende and Andreas Jansen 26 Theoretical Models of Decision-Making in the Ultimatum Game: Fairness vs. Reason / Tatiana V. Guy, Miroslav Kárný, Alessandra Lintas and Alessandro E.P. Villa 27 Dynamic Interactions in Prefrontal Functional Connectivity During Adolescence / Xin Zhou, Emilio Salinas, Terrence R. Stanford and Christos Constantinidis 28 Causal Interaction Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum Estimated by Granger Causality / Xiaochuan Pan, Rubin Wang and Masamichi Sakagami 29 Two Strategies for Interactive Planning / Jiro Okuda 30 TMS-EEG for Probing Distinct Modes of Neural Dynamics in the Human Brain / Keiichi Kitajo and Yuka O. Okazaki 31 Estimating Information Transmission Time Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum by Transfer Entropy / Kaidi Shao, Xiaochuan Pan and Rubin Wang 32 Reward-Modulated Functional Connectivity Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum / Yan Zhang, Xiaochuan Pan and Rubin Wang 33 On the Role of Intrinsic Rewards in Communication / Jan Lauwereyns and Shizuka Sakurai Lauwereyns Part IV Neural Dynamics in Hippocampus 34 Hydrogen Sulfide Prevents Synaptic Plasticity from Vascular Dementia-Induced Damage via Inhibiting Autophagy on Rats / Chunhua Liu, Tao Zhang and Zhuo Yang 35 The Impact of Nasal Copper Nanoparticle Exposure on Rats’ Synaptic Plasticity and Spatial Cognition / Ye Liu, Wei Guan, Jinzhe Liu and Zhuo Yang 36 Theta Phase Time-Delayed Modulating Low Gamma Amplitude in Hippocampal CA3–CA1 Network / Chenguang Zheng, Qun Li, Yiyi Wang and Tao Zhang 37 Roles of DA and 5-HT in Modulating Neural Oscillatory Synchronization / Chenguang Zheng and Tao Zhang 38 Dynamic Information Routing in the Hippocampus / Hiroshi Nishida, Muneyoshi Takahashi and Jan Lauwereyns 39 Rule Switching Affects Cross-Frequency Couplings in Rat Hippocampus / Tomoaki Nakazono, Susumu Takahashi and Yoshio Sakurai Part V Imaging Cognitive Networks 40 Functional Connectivity Analysis of Cognitive Reappraisal Using Sparse Spectral Clustering Method / Ling Zou, Yi Xu, Zhongyi Jiang, Zhuqing Jiao, Changjie Pan and Renlai Zhou 41 Theta Coupling in the Human EEG During the Control of Bottom-up and Top-down Attention / Dandan Zhao and Ling Li 42 Phase-Dependent Alteration of Functional Connectivity Density During Face Recognition in the Infra-slow Frequency Range / Yifeng Wang, Feng Liu, Xiujuan Jing, Zhiliang Long and Huafu Chen 43 The Supramodal Brain Network for the Recognition of Faces and Bodies: Is Visual Experience Necessary for the Development of High-Order Visual Cortices? / Ryo Kitada 44 Over-Complete Analysis for Resting-State fMRI Data / Ruiyang Ge, Li Yao, Hang Zhang, Xia Wu and Zhiying Long 45 Decoding Brain States with Simulated Microgravity from Baseline Using Functional Connectivity of Default Network / Ling-Li Zeng, Yang Liao, Hui Shen, Xufeng Liu and Dewen Hu 46 Experimental Studies on the Contralateral Regulation of Cerebral Blood Flow Using a Patient-Specific Aneurysm Model / Lizhong Mu, Ying He, Junyuan Chen, Xunjie Yu, Jianhui Wei, Changjin Ji and Jiaqi Lv 47 A Robust Coherence-Based Brain Connectivity Method with an Application to EEG Recordings / Jiaqing Yan, Jianbin Wen, Yinghua Wang, Xianzeng Liu and Xiaoli Li Part VI Advanced Brain Computer Interaction 48 Robust Averaging of Covariance Matrices by Riemannian Geometry for Motor-Imagery Brain–Computer Interfacing / Takashi Uehara, Toshihisa Tanaka and Simone Fiori 49 Vibrotactile Brain–Computer Interface with Error-Detecting Codes / Sittipong Apichartstaporn, Kitsuchart Pasupa and Yoshikazu Washizawa 50 Sparse Support Vector Machine for Simultaneous Feature Selection and Classification in Motor-Imagery-Based BCI / Yu Zhang, Yu Wang, Jing Jin and Xingyu Wang 51 QEEG Coherence Evaluation for Soccer Performance Level Analysis of the Striker / Kittichai Tharawadeepimuk and Yodchanan Wongsawat 52 BCI-Based Mobile Phone Using SSVEP Techniques / Dongsheng Wang, Toshiki Kobayashi, Gaochao Cui, Daishi Watabe and Jianting Cao 53 Two-Step Input Spatial Auditory BCI for Japanese Kana Characters / Moonjeong Chang and Tomasz M. Rutkowski 54 Resting-State Long-Range Functional Connectivity Density Reveals Sensorimotor Rhythm-Based BCI Performance Variations / Rui Zhang, Tao Zhang, Teng Ma, Fali Li, Dezhong Yao and Peng Xu 55 On the Correlations of Motor Imagery of Swallow with Motor Imagery of Tongue Movements and Actual Swallow / Huijuan Yang, Cuntai Guan, Chuan Chu Wang, Kai Keng Ang, Kok Soon Phua, See San Chok, Christina Ka Yin Tang and Karen Sui Geok Chua
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...